Archive

Archive for October, 2007

Update: Gunny G’s Cops Out of Control…

October 31, 2007 Leave a comment


Home

   


Gunny G’s Wiki: Cops Out of Control!
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/


**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Out of control: Legal rules have changed, allowing federal agents, prosecutors to bypass Basic rights

October 31, 2007 Leave a comment

http://www.post-gazette.com/win/day1_1a.asp
http://www.post-gazette.com/win/day1_1a.asp

Out of control

Legal rules have changed, allowing federal agents, prosecutors to bypass basic rights

Parts 1–10…

Out of control

Legal rules have changed, allowing federal agents, prosecutors to bypass basic rights

November 22, 1998
By Bill Moushey, Post-Gazette Staff Writer

loren3m.jpg (7876 bytes)
Loren Pogue had never been involved with drugs until a government informant tied him to a phony real estate deal after lying about a drug cartel link. The informant got cash for the information. Pogue, 65, got 22 years in prison, even though he’s still not sure why he was the target of an investigation to begin with. (Joe Patronite)

Loren Pogue has served eight years of a 22-year federal prison sentence on drug conspiracy and money laundering charges.

Pogue, a Missouri native, never bought drugs, never sold them, never held them, never used them, never smuggled them, never even saw them.

But because federal prosecutors allowed a paid government informant to lie about Pogue’s involvement in the sale of a parcel of land to supposed drug smugglers, he was convicted. Under tough federal sentencing guidelines, a judge had no choice but to give the Air Force veteran what might effectively be a death sentence.

Pogue — father of 27 children, 15 of them adopted — is 65. He doesn’t expect to leave prison alive, and as details later in this story will show, he is baffled that the government he served for more than 30 years worked so hard to betray him.

bullet1.gif (71 bytes) bullet1.gif (71 bytes) bullet1.gif (71 bytes)

In another case, hundreds of miles away, federal agents interrogated businessman Dale Brown for four hours at a Houston, Texas, warehouse. When he tried to leave, they stopped him. When he asked for a lawyer, they refused to get him one.

After Brown finally was charged in a government sting called Operation Lightning Strike, federal prosecutors denied that the warehouse interrogation had even happened. They said the dozen others who reported the same coercive tactics in the sting were making it up, too.

Federal sting operations are supposed to snare criminals, but in Operation Lightning Strike, federal agents spent millions of dollars entrapping innocent people who worked on the periphery of the U.S. space program.

The evidence against them was contrived. The guilty pleas were coerced. Those who fought the charges won.

Brown said all it cost him was his business, his savings, his family and his health.

bullet1.gif (71 bytes) bullet1.gif (71 bytes) bullet1.gif (71 bytes)

In Florida, prisoners call the scam “jumping on the bus,” and it is as tantalizing as it is perverse. Inmates in federal prisons barter or buy information that only an insider to a crime could know — often from informants with access to confidential federal crime files.

The prisoners memorize it and get others to do the same. Then, to win sentence reductions, they testify about crimes that might have been committed while they were in prison, by people they’ve never met, in places they’ve never been. The scam succeeds only because of the tacit approval of federal law enforcement officers.

Cocaine smuggler Jose Goyriena used “jump on the bus” testimony to help federal prosecutors put three men in prison for life, and he was set to do it again for prosecutors who promised to cut his 27 year sentence by 10 years or more.

Prosecutors knew Goyriena had bragged about his lies to cellmates, but the prosecutors didn’t reveal what they’d heard to any of the men Goyriena had helped condemn — violating one of the fundamental tenets of American justice. It was defense attorneys who finally caught Goyriena in the scam.

bullet1.gif (71 bytes) bullet1.gif (71 bytes) bullet1.gif (71 bytes)

loren1m.jpg (9663 bytes)
Loren Pogue, above, was caught in a government sting driven by a paid informant. When the sting failed to snare big-time drug dealers, the informant trapped someone he knew: Pogue. (Joe Patronite)

In this nation’s war on crime, something has gone terribly wrong.

A two-year investigation by the Post-Gazette found that powerful new federal laws designed to snare terrorists, drug smugglers and pornographers are being aimed at business owners, engineers and petty criminals.

Whether suspects are guilty has come to matter less than making sure they are indicted or convicted or, more likely, coerced into pleading guilty.

Promises of lenient sentences and huge government checks encourage criminals to lie on the witness stand. Prosecutors routinely withhold evidence that might help prove a defendant innocent. Some federal agents work so closely with their undercover informants that they become lawbreakers themselves.

Those who practice this misconduct are almost never penalized or disciplined. “It’s a result-oriented process today, fairness be damned,” said Robert Merkle, whom President Ronald Reagan appointed U.S. Attorney for the Middle District of Florida, serving from 1982 to 1988.

“The philosophy of the past 10 to 15 years [is] that whatever works is what’s right.”

The Justice Department did not respond to questions the newspaper posed in writing about concerns raised in this series. Nor would it return phone calls requesting comment.

Previous Next
Front 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Bios


**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Is Bush crazy?

October 31, 2007 Leave a comment

Infowars.net – Printer Friendly / Low Graphics Page


Is Bush crazy?

You Tube
Wednesday October 31, 2007

Near the end of this interview Bush says;

“Whether it be Afghanistan or Iraq, we got more work to do. We the free world has more work to do, and I believe those of us who live in liberty have a responsibility to promote forms of government that deal with what causes 19 kids to get on airplanes to kill 3000 students.”

What is he talking about???

PHILADELPHIA (AP) – Democratic presidential candidate Dennis Kucinich questioned President Bush’s mental health in light of comments he made about a nuclear Iran precipitating World War III.
“I seriously believe we have to start asking questions about his mental health,” Kucinich, an Ohio congressman, said in an interview with The Philadelphia Inquirer’s editorial board on Tuesday. “There’s something wrong. He does not seem to understand his words have real impact.”

article here


Copyright © Infowars.net All rights reserved.

Printed from: http://www.prisonplanet.com/articles/october2007/311007crazy.htm

Bad Day For Flying…

October 31, 2007 1 comment
 
HistoryNet
Click Here to Print
SAVE THIS | EMAIL THIS | Close

A Bad Day For Flying: The story of a WWII B-24 Commander shot down over Hankow

Shot down in flames during a raid on Hankow, B-24 commander John T. Foster evaded capture and enjoyed an unlikely reunion with his Chinese nanny.By Alan Foster

“It was a great day for flying,” my father always said afterward. But August 24, 1943, turned out to be a thoroughly bad day for the crews of seven Consolidated B-24D Liberators of the 425th Squadron, 308th Bomb Group (Heavy), on a mission to Hankow, in Japanese-held China.

On that day my dad, 24-year-old aircraft commander 1st Lt. John T. Foster, and the rest of the crew of B-24D No. 42-40879, dubbed Belle Starr, were awakened at 4 a.m. in Kunming and briefed on the mission. For the recently formed heavy bomber force of Maj. Gen. Claire Chennault’s Fourteenth Air Force, this would be only the 15th mission.

The crews were well aware that they were on their way to the scene of a recent bloodbath. Just three days earlier, a group of Liberators based at Chengkung—14 B-24s from the 374th and 375th squadrons of the 308th Bomb Group—had bombed Hankow. Leading that flight was Major Walter “Bruce” Beat of the 374th. They flew to the rendezvous spot over the fighter field at Hengyang, but when a promised escort of Curtiss P-40s and Lockheed P-38s failed to appear, Beat decided to continue on to the target without any escort.

As the B-24s approached Hankow, they were met by a swarm of an estimated 60 Japanese fighters, which pounced on the lead squadron’s ships. Almost immediately, Beat’s Rum Runner burst into flames amidships, then exploded. Seeing that, as one co-pilot of another B-24 said, “We just poured on all the power we could to get the hell out of there.” Only one plane of the 374th and six of the 375th returned, carrying badly wounded crewmen.

The 308th’s commander, Colonel Eugene H. Beebe, watched as the shattered survivors landed at Kweilin. One crewman recalled: “Colonel Beebe didn’t say a word. He just stood there with tears streaming down his face as he saw the condition we all were in.”

Now, three days later, the 308th was going back to Hankow. For dad and the rest of Belle Starr’s crew, it would be their first combat mission since their arrival in China three weeks earlier.

My father grew up near Waterbury, Conn., but his earliest childhood years had been spent in Changsha, China, where my grandfather taught medicine. When civil unrest made life there risky for foreigners, he and his family slipped out of Changsha on a cold foggy morning in January 1927 in a small riverboat, making a stop at Hankow, then on to Shanghai and the ocean liner that took them back to the States.

Dad graduated from college in 1940 and after a year of selling insurance enlisted in the U.S. Army Air Forces in September 1941. He had never even been inside a plane and had no particular interest in flying, but it seemed preferable to a life “in the mud” as an infantryman. Once he was accepted, he went to an airfield and paid $5 for his first ride—just to see what it was like.

Ten days after the Japanese attacked Pearl Harbor, dad was inducted. During primary training, he later recalled, “It was soon clear, to me at least, that I really wasn’t cut out for all this, and in the first weeks I was confused, disoriented and scared.” In advanced flying school some cadets found they could put holes through the target sleeve in aerial gunnery drills, while others could not. Cadet Foster was among the latter, and he was assigned to B-17 training. In an August 1942 letter to his parents, he rationalized: “We’re all pretty satisfied with this heavy stuff. Not so glamorous as pursuit, but it is important and [it is] the offensive end. At the same time it’s the safer branch of flying.” The B-17s and B-24s, he had been told, “are so well defended that the Japs just aren’t attacking formations”!

Their instructors told them how lucky they were to be in B-17s, not the homely, slab-sided B-24s—“the box the B-17 came in.” But his graduation was followed by orders to Tucson and crew training. In the B-24.

In mid-June 1943, the crew was assigned a factory-new B-24D, one with the newly introduced “hi-tech” ball turret in the belly, and learned they were headed for the China-Burma-India Theater. Before they left the States, a former Disney artist airbrushed a sexy cowgirl and the name Belle Starr on the nose of 42-40879.

In later years my dad mused: “Let it be said that I never boasted of having much flying skill. Yet the Army Air Forces was handing me a fresh new quarter-million-dollar B-24, telling me, at age 24, to fly myself and my crew to China on my own. Was the Air Force so desperate? Or so overconfident?” His crew included Lieutenant Sheldon Chambers, co-pilot; Lieutenant Harry Rosenburg, navigator; Lieutenant Lionel “Jess” Young, bombardier; Tech. Sgt. Bill Gieseke, engineer and top turret gunner; Tech. Sgt. Jack Miller, assistant engineer and gunner; Staff Sgt. Alvin Hutchinson, ball turret gunner; Staff Sgt. Ray Reed, tail turret gunner; Staff Sgt. Don Smith, radioman and waist gunner; and Staff Sgt. Ray Pannelle, armorer and waist gunner.

Belle Starr left Homestead, Fla., headed for Trinidad, then Belem and Natal. After that came the hop across the Atlantic to Ascension Island, and finally on to Chabua, India—the primary supply station for the 308th Bomb Group. The next day Belle Starr made its first crossing of the Himalayas—“the Hump”—and continued on to Kunming, where it would be based.

After pulling the B-24 into a revetment, the weary fliers relaxed, pleased that their nine-day, 12,000-mile trip had at last come to an end. But while they were still in their seats, filling out the usual reports, the crew got a shock. “Alongside came a truck,” dad recalled, “and with it came a carrier piled with very real bombs and, as one group of men hurriedly threw boxes and baggage from our airplane onto one part of the truck, others were bringing aboard boxes of .50-caliber ammunition and pushing the bomb carrier under the bomb bay and starting to load. Someone said, ‘We have a mission in the morning.’ I was stunned because throughout our bomber training there had been the consistent message that when we reached our particular war zone there would be a period of training in local tactics.”

After a restless night, my father was told early the next morning that Belle Starr had a fuel leak, so they wouldn’t be going along on that mission after all. “I don’t remember going back to sleep, but I do remember the wave of relief,” he recalled. Three weeks of waiting, interrupted by one supply flight back over the Hump, still brought no training for Belle Starr’s crew. Finally on the evening of August 23 came word that there’d be an early call the next morning for a mission.

In the dim light of the briefing tent the next morning, they learned that seven B-24s from the 425th Squadron would rendezvous en route with seven more from the 373rd. Then a major said, “They clobbered our friends over Hankow the other day, and we’re going back to show they can’t do that to us!” Another officer announced they were going back to “get those Zeros” that had mauled the 374th and 375th squadrons on the 21st.

Last to speak was the charismatic squadron commander, Major William W. Ellsworth, who had previously impressed the men as a confident leader. My father recalled: “I watched and listened, and suddenly I felt a growing chill—not so much from the words I was hearing but more from growing recognition that this was a very different major than the one I had expected. This was a very uncertain man. His voice shook. His words were slow. The man seemed aged. We were going back to Hankow, and the major was as frightened as I was!”

Oddly, the name Foster came up three times during that briefing. Major Horace Foster, the group operations officer, would fly the lead plane. Captain “Pappy” Foster, the squadron’s intelligence officer, would be waiting at Kweilin, where the flight would land and be debriefed before returning to Kunming. Then Major Ellsworth said: “I’ll fly you, Lieutenant Foster. Meet you at your ship.”

“It should have been a thrill, but this changed man was no longer reassuring,” my dad said. Sheldon Chambers, Belle Starr’s usual co-pilot, would be staying behind that day, and dad moved to the right seat to make way for Major Ellsworth. Ed Uebel, a darkroom technician who had volunteered to take bomb damage photos, would replace assistant engineer Jack Miller for that mission.

Clustered fragmentation bombs were loaded aboard Belle Starr, and long belts of .50-caliber ammo were fed into each gun position. Without any greeting, Ellsworth bounded onto the flight deck, took his place in the left seat and began flicking switches. To dad’s amazement, the squadron commander abruptly started two engines at once, violating normal checklist procedures.

Soon the seven Liberators were roaring down the runway and into the air. The formation slowly climbed and turned left, with Belle Starr on the right, or outside, of the others as one by one they faded into a cloud layer. But when Belle Starr emerged, the other planes were not to its left anymore, but to the right. It had flown through the entire formation in the clouds!

Dad’s uncertainty about Ellsworth increased as they flew on: “He seemed oblivious to me as though absorbed in a world of his own. He wrestled, at times angrily, with the plane, jockeying the throttles back and forth and profanely cursing our plane’s ‘lack of trim.’ In truth, our plane with its belly turret was new to the theater, and it was a heavy addition to the tail, but he seemed to have unusual trouble keeping in formation.” (Much later my father learned that Ellsworth had had a premonition about the mission, telling his roommate that he knew “his number was up.” In an effort to calm Ellsworth, the roommate had shared a bottle of whiskey with him the night before—finally getting the major to bed only about an hour before he had to get up for the briefing.)

As the bombers flew on, word came over the radio that their sister squadron, the 373rd, would not be joining up—they were fogged in at their base in Yankai. Just as Major Beat had to decide whether to continue without fighter escort or to abort, now Major Horace Foster, leading the formation in Sherazade, had to call the shots. He too decided to continue on.

The weather was beautiful, with bright sun and high cumulus clouds. Feeling rather useless in the right seat, my dad started thinking about Changsha. He wondered whether he would ever see his childhood home and beloved Amah (Chinese for nanny) again.

Suddenly four P-40s appeared off to the right. The pilots of the shark-nosed fighters flew alongside for a bit, saluted, then snaked on ahead. “At least,” thought my dad, “it is reassuring to know the P-40s are out there somewhere.”

Major Foster in Sherazade, leading A Flight, was flanked by new planes and their novice pilots, Lieutenant Clarence Robinson in the unnamed “938” on his left and Lieutenant Linus J. Austin in Star Dust to his right. Leading B Flight in Chug-a-Lug, Captain Leland Farnell (ordered to command that aircraft by Major Foster, who had displaced Farnell in his usual position in Sherazade) had 1st Lt. Joe Hart on his left in Glamour Gal. On the right of B Flight was Belle Starr. Below and behind them was Cabin in the Sky, piloted by 1st Lt. David W. Holder.

After five hours the Liberators approached Hankow and its twin city of Wuchang along the Yangtze River. The bombers lined up on their target, the second of two airfields. Flak started bursting around them, and then the little red light flickered on the pilots’ instrument panel, indicating bombs away. But instead of rapidly turning away from the target, they continued straight ahead, eventually beginning a slow turn to the left. Then came a cry over the intercom: “I see fighters taking off!” Meanwhile, the 30 P-40 and eight P-38 escorts that had been promised were nowhere to be seen.

Off to the right my dad saw a distant airplane paralleling their course. Next he spied a speck straight ahead, heading right at them. Then it grew into another plane, with little “lights” blinking on and off along its wings—a Japanese fighter, firing at them!

Ellsworth gripped the controls tightly, and all dad could do was close his eyes and sink down in his seat. Belle Starr shuddered as its gunners returned fire. The smell of gunpowder permeated the plane. Then came shouting over the interphone—“Get that one!” and so forth, like cheering at a football game.

Robinson’s plane started streaming a trail of gray smoke from its right wing, then dropped out of the formation in a flat spin. Crewmen from other planes said they saw three chutes emerge from 938 before it crashed.

The B-24s had been under attack for some time when my dad heard a popping sound somewhere behind him. Suddenly Ellsworth leaned over and shouted: “Call the lead plane and tell them to slow down. They’ve got a cripple back here!” At first dad thought he meant that Holder was in trouble behind them. Then he saw Ellsworth’s hand thumbing over his shoulder and turned—to face an inferno in the bomb bay.

Three days earlier the lead B-24 had experienced this same sort of fire over Hankow and exploded. Like that plane, all the Liberators on this mission were carrying extra fuel in bomb bay tanks. My dad needed no further instructions. He hit the red bailout button repeatedly.

In the nose, bombardier Jess Young turned from firing his .50-caliber to ask Rosenburg if the alarm was what he thought it was, just in time to see the heels of Rosenburg’s shoes going out the floor escape hatch. Young quickly followed him.

Across the formation, bullets ripped through Glamour Gal’s nose, skimming over the heads of the navigator and bombardier and into the back of the pilot’s instrument panel, setting it afire and sending glass and metal fragments into pilot Lieutenant Hart’s face, temporarily blinding him. Bombardier 2nd Lt. Gordon Ruhf and navigator Lieutenant Fred Scheurman scrambled up to the flight deck. Standing behind Hart and co-pilot 2nd Lt. Clarence B. Stanley, Ruhf put a comforting hand on the co-pilot’s shoulder. Just as he did so, more bullets crashed through the side windows and into Stanley’s chest, killing him. Despite his injuries, Hart managed to dive the bomber and then ordered the crew to bail out.

Major Foster was still leading the small formation in Sherazade, with Lieutenant Donald J. Koshiek in the co-pilot seat. When Sherazade was raked by cannon fire in its bomb bay, right wing and rear fuselage, the No. 3 engine oil tank was punctured, and fuel began pouring from a broken line in the bomb bay.

Then things got even worse, as Koshiek later explained: “A 20mm shell entered the cockpit in front of me and exploded at Major Foster’s head. My face was full of plexiglass and shell fragments, and the shock of the shell knocked me out. I came to in time to take the plane out of a stall.”

In Chug-a-Lug’s nose, bombardier Lieutenant Elmond J. Purkey watched a fighter coming right at him. A shell exploded at his feet, and shrapnel peppered his legs. Substitute tail gunner Staff Sgt. Louis Kne was hit and killed instantly, and four other crewmen were seriously wounded. Co-pilot John White headed to the back of the plane to administer first aid, saving two of the gunners. White subsequently manned first one and then the other waist .50s until the ammo ran out. Chug-a-Lug had more than 200 holes from cannon and machine gun fire by the time Captain Farnell flew into cloud cover and turned south, headed home.

As the attack continued, the Japanese turned their attention to the trailing plane, Cabin in the Sky, piloted by Lieutenant Holder and co-pilot 2nd Lt. George E. Mosall. The B-24 was soon riddled with holes, and both engines on the left were knocked out. Even with full power on Nos. 3 and 4, it couldn’t keep up with the formation. No guns were firing, and Holder and Mosall got no response from the nose or tail. When they were only a thousand feet up, they agreed it was time to get out. But to their horror, as the two teetered on the narrow catwalk near the bomb bay, they saw the engineer, Staff Sgt. William Spells, staring at them from the far hatchway—without a parachute. The plane then rolled to one side, and Holder and Mosall dropped out. They landed safely, but they never forgot the look on Spells’ face.

Back in Belle Starr there was a crisis in front and rear. Bail-out procedures had seemed obvious during training. But figuring out how to follow those procedures was a different matter when Belle’s bomb bay was a holocaust, and flames were also streaming from the right wing and engine No. 3.

Dad leapt up and unlatched the small hatch above the engineer’s position, then pulled himself up into the 200-mph wind—and his seat parachute caught on the lip of the opening. He struggled for a few minutes, then fell back into the cockpit, exhausted. Sitting there, he was vaguely aware of Bill Gieseke dropping down from the upper gun turret. When dad tried once again to get through the hatch, he felt Gieseke’s hand on his left heel, pushing hard enough to pop him through the opening. “I know I laughed out there in space,” he said. Starting his free fall from 18,000 feet, he delayed opening his parachute and landed with only a broken rib to show for his brush with combat.

Gieseke, wearing a chest-pack type chute, had an easier time exiting the plane. But then he made a crucial error, opening his chute immediately. A fighter made several passes at him, shooting off half of one foot as he floated down.

Belle Starr’s waist gunners had watched a hole appear behind the No. 3 engine and a long streamer of flames flowing back toward them. Then they saw the hit to the bomb bay, followed by a roaring fire. The two gunners, Pannelle and Smith, were working frantically with tail gunner Ray Reed to extract Hutchinson from inside the ball turret. Uebel stood waiting to jump with the others. They were snapping Hutchinson’s chest-pack parachute to his harness when “Suddenly everything turned red,” Pannelle recalled. The right wing broke off, and the bomber went into a tight spiral. Centrifugal force threw Pannelle out one of the open waist windows and Uebel out the other. The other gunners died when Belle Starr hit the ground. Also left aboard was Ellsworth—still at the controls when Gieseke and dad last saw him.

Chinese guerrillas collected the downed fliers near the village of Hsiung Chian Tung and, carrying Gieseke on an improvised stretcher, managed to evade Japanese searchers. Eventually the party would number 11 survivors of the Hankow raid: dad, Rosenburg, Young, Pannelle, Uebel, Hart, Ruhf, Scheurman (navigator of Glamour Gal), Solberg (Glamour Gal’s engineer), Holder and Mosall. Gieseke died of his injuries a day after the mission.

Chug-a-Lug, riddled with holes, had escaped via that fortuitous cloud. Flying on a compass heading that navigator Lieutenant Irwin Zaetz provided from memory (his maps had blown out of the shattered nose), it headed straight back to Kweilin. Captain Farnell told the wounded crewmen they could bail out over the field rather than risk landing. They all decided to ride it down. Farnell landed without flaps, at 150 mph. He later explained, “With all the damage that plane had had, I was going to make sure it didn’t quit flying until I got her on the ground!” Without brakes, and given all that speed, he ground-looped at the far end of the runway, spinning the bomber around and around until it came to a stop neatly in the parking area.

Sherazade had its own problems but was still flying. Bombardier Morton Salk climbed up to the flight deck, helped to remove Major Foster’s body from the left seat and sat down to help Koshiek fly the plane. But then they got lost. After three long hours navigator Charles Haynes eventually got them on course to Hengyang. They too landed without brakes, managing to stop at the end of the runway. But Hengyang was too close to the Japanese for comfort. Frantic work patched up Sherazade’s fuel and hydraulic lines, at least sufficiently for the crew to fly back to Kunming the next morning.

Star Dust, piloted by Lieutenant Austin, landed at Kweilin without apparent damage and was scheduled to return to Kunming the next morning. “Pappy” Foster, on hand to debrief the returning crews, decided to return with Star Dust. The bomber took off normally, and Austin called Kunming when they were 40 minutes away from landing. Shortly after that, Star Dust flew into a mountaintop. Miraculously, two sergeants were thrown from the plane and survived.

In the end, only one of seven B-24s that left Kunming that morning returned to its base. Of the 73 men present at that early morning briefing, just 12 returned to base on August 25. Fifty men had died (31 at the scene of the battle), and then there were the 11 who were walking back.

For 10 strenuous days dad and the others were escorted through the country, mostly on foot—up and down mountains, across rice paddies, through villages and hiding in secret camps. During most of the journey the Americans had no idea where the Chinese were taking them, but eventually they learned their destination: Changsha, my father’s childhood home.

When they arrived, a small party of Westerners was waiting to greet them. An Englishman walked up to dad and said, “My name is John Foster.” “That’s my name too,” said my father. The Brit was John Norman Foster, a Methodist minister who worked for the Red Cross. When the fliers were assigned billets, dad chose a house across the street from the home where he had lived as a boy.

Nine fliers were invited to lunch the following day by Ethel Davis, another Methodist missionary. As they introduced themselves, Davis exclaimed “Johnny!” and hugged my very surprised father. She had known his family during the 1920s. After lunch she announced, “If the rest of you wouldn’t mind returning to the living room, I have a surprise for Johnny.” She then went into the kitchen and returned with a weeping Chinese woman. My father was at first stunned, but then he too began to cry—this was his Amah! With Davis translating, they spent an hour catching up on family news.

The next day brought a ceremony with speeches and gifts for the “American air generals,” a noisy parade and an elaborate banquet. But before the fliers began eating, an Army sergeant went to each man and whispered that Japanese infiltrators were rumored to be in Changsha. They would have to leave immediately. One by one the Americans rose and slipped out the back door, where rickshaws waited to take them to a boat.

Thus for the second time in his life dad surreptitiously exited Changsha by riverboat. As an evadee he was required to go back to the States, where he spent the rest of the war.

The August 24 Hankow raid represents just one mission in one theater of a global war. Yet it embodies the universal story of American volunteers thrust into combat. As for my father, John T. Foster, his experience with China had come full circle—and he had lived to tell about it.

Alan Foster is the younger of two sons of the late U.S. Air Force Major John T. Foster, who lived until 2003 and self-published an account of his experiences, China Up and Down. Additional reading: Chennault’s Forgotten Warriors: The Saga of the 308th Bomb Group in China, by Carroll V. Glines; or B-24 Liberator Units of the Pacific War, by Robert F. Dorr.


This article by Alan Foster was originally published in the January 2008 issue of Aviation History Magazine. For more great articles, subscribe to Aviation History magazine today!

.submission { display: none; }

Comments

Ron Eshelman

Hi Ron, This is a very interesting WW 2 story. I thought you might like to read it.

 

Find this article at:

http://www.historynet.com/magazines/aviation_history/10861746.html?showAll=y&c=y

The Essence of Liberty #174, Chapter 15: A Strategy for Liberty

October 31, 2007 Leave a comment

The Essence of Liberty: Part 174 (1) 

Compiled and Summarized by 

Dr. Jimmy T. (Gunny) LaBaume 

Summary of For a New Liberty: The Libertarian Manifesto by Murray N. Rothbard. The complete book is available for download at: http://www.mises.org/rothbard/newliberty.asp

Part III: Epilogue 

Chapter 15: A Strategy for Liberty 

Education: Theory and Movement

http://www.flyoverpress.com

How can we get from our State-ridden world to the goal of liberty?

There is no magic formula but a prime and necessary condition for victory is education which has two essential parts: calling people’s attention to the system, and then converting them to it. Furthermore, true education cannot be achieved without theory and activism. There must be an ideology and people to carry it forward. Both theory and movement become futile and sterile without each other. The theory will die without a movement and the movement will become pointless if it loses sight of the ideology of the goal.

Educating others is necessary but so is continuous self-education. Educating ourselves will achieve two essential goals. First it serves to refine and advance libertarian “theory” and enables us to refute and combat errors and objections as they arise. The second reason for “talking to ourselves” is reinforcement— the psychological boost we get from knowing that there are other people of like mind to talk, argue, communicate and interact with. This is the best antidote against giving up liberty as a hopeless, impractical or lost cause. 

Next Previous


Copyright ©2004, FlyoverPress.com

Jimmy T. LaBaume, PhD, ChFC is a full professor teaching economics and statistics in the School of Agricultural and Natural Resource Sciences, Sul Ross State University, Alpine, TX. He does not speak for Sul Ross State University. Sul Ross State University does not think for him.

Dr. LaBaume has lived in Mexico and spent extended periods of time in South and Central America as a researcher, consultant and educator.

“Gunny” LaBaume is a decorated veteran of the Vietnam War and Desert Storm. His Marine Corps career spanned some 35 years intermittently from 1962 until 1997 when he refused to re-enlist with less than 2 years to go to a good retirement. In his own words, he “simply got tired of being guilty of treason.”

He is also currently the publisher and managing editor of FlyoverPress.com, a daily e-source of news not seen or heard anywhere on the mainstream media. He can be reached at jlabaume@sulross.edu.

Permission is granted to forward as you wish, circulate among individuals or groups, post on all Internet sites and publish in the print media as long as the article is published in full, including the author’s name and contact information and the URL www.flyoverpress.com.

FlyoverPress.com can be contacted at editor@flyoverpress.com


*Note: We hold no special government issued licenses or permits. We don’t accept government subsidies, bailouts, low-cost loans, insurance, or other privileges. We don’t lobby for laws that hurt our competitors. We actively oppose protectionism and invite all foreign competitors to try to under price us. We do not lobby for tariffs, quotas, or anti-dumping laws. We do not support the government’s budget deficits: we hold no government or agency securities.


HOME

E-mail

To Subscribe to our daily e-mail alert service, send an e-mail with the word “subscribe” on the subject line.

UR SPONSORS


Options for Homeland Defense, Inc.

Professional Firearms Training at its finest.

Private and Descrete

Liberty Knows No Compromise

Protecting Liberty Through Private Firearms Ownership


AMERICAN LAPEL PINS & EMBLEMS, INC. has a large selection of patriotic lapel and hat pens, embroderied patches, badges, and service awards.

They also do custom work and can make just about anything. Your own pin complete with your logo or motto.

Visit their site.


The Warrior’s Press, Inc.

Military Manuals and Correspondence Courses

Infantry, Armor, Recon, Special Forces, Seals

Weapons; Tactics; Security; Intelligence; Nuclear, Biological and Chemical Warfare

We also carry a selection of unusual, outrageous and even banned books

Liberty Knows No Compromise

 

 

© Flyover Press All Rights Reserved.

Send Love Letters To Britney Spears…

October 31, 2007 Leave a comment

Send Love Letters To Britney Spears

By Paul Proctor

October 31, 2007

NewsWithViews.com


http://www.newswithviews.com/PaulProctor/proctor133.htm

In a recent Associated Press article titled, ‘Church Organizes Support For Britney,’ the senior minister at Southland Christian Church in Lexington, Kentucky, an affiliate of the Willow Creek Association, has reportedly asked the members of his congregation to each write troubled pop star, Britney Spears, a love note – this in response to her alleged drug and alcohol related problems, hedonistic lifestyle and ongoing custody battle with ex-husband, Kevin Federline:

 

 

“Take a few minutes and write a note to Britney Spears,” pastor John [sic] Weece said in a sermon and in a blog on the church Web site. “No preaching. No criticizing. Just love. As a church, let’s love Britney the way Jesus loves her.”

How many lost souls throughout history would you estimate died knowing Jesus loved them… hundreds… thousands… tens of thousands? Millions maybe? Do you think Judas Iscariot knew Jesus loved him when he supped with Him in the Upper Room, betrayed Him with a kiss in the Garden of Gethsemane and hung himself in the “field of blood?”

Is that really Pastor Weece’s only objective here – to make sure Britney feels loved? Is this his gospel message to her and those like her: “Jesus loves you and so do we?” If he cares so much about the controversial pop star and her place in eternity, why doesn’t he do as the Lord Himself did – as John the Baptist and those of the early church did, and call on her to repent – warning her in a compassionate way about the everlasting consequences of her actions? (Matthew 3:2, Matthew 4:17, Mark 1:15, Acts 2:38)

Did the Apostle Paul tell us in 1st Corinthians 1:18 that the power of God is found in love notes or did he write: “…the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but unto us which are saved it is the power of God”?

And did he go on to say in verse 21 that it pleased God by the foolishness of love notes to save them that believe or was it again the “foolishness of preaching?”

If God’s power and salvation come by preaching the cross, why then did Pastor Weece tell his flock “No preaching”? Or does he think a female pop music icon that French kisses Madonna on national television for all the world to see doesn’t need to hear from the Word of God?

Cindy Willison, the church’s director of communications was quoted as saying:

 

 

“This is an opportunity for us to reach out to someone who probably doesn’t have a lot of people in her life that care for her as a person.”

Apparently, Ms. Willison doesn’t understand the concept of fan mail. The one thing celebrities generate more of than anything else, except maybe money and paparazzi, is mail. And, as hard as it may be for the dear folks at Southland Christian Church to accept, most of that mail amounts to love letters. People like Britney aren’t just loved; they’re worshipped – and that’s the problem. In fact, many love, worship and adore celebrities, not just in spite of their bad behavior, but often, because of it. So, adding, “Jesus loves you” to that toxic mix, isn’t really going to help, especially where drugs and alcohol are involved.

Furthermore, SCC members don’t know her “as a person” any more than her fans do – and frankly, Britney’s hard core followers probably know a lot more about her than do Pastor John and the benevolent brethren out in Lexington – making their love notes to her much more genuine, sincere and personal than anything choreographed congregants from SCC could write – or do they think that Britney doesn’t hear “We love you” a hundred times a day, every day, day and night, everywhere she goes?

Why then is Southland Christian Church delivering a milquetoast message like this to Britney Spears? Could it be, this is what they were taught to do at Willow Creek, where nothing is more sacred than one’s “felt needs” and self-esteem?

You see, real Christian love doesn’t hide the wages of sin behind a half gospel; but fake Christian love tells the sinner what they want to hear to feel good about themselves and look good saying it.

And after all, is Jesus’ love for Britney really in question here or is it more Britney’s love for Jesus?

The only love letter that can help this young lady right now is the one from God Himself that begins with Genesis and ends with the Revelation.

“Preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort with all long suffering and doctrine.” – 2nd Timothy 4:2

Related Items:

1. Church Organizes Support For Britney
2. Megachurch To Send ‘Jesus Loves You’ Letters To Britney Spears
3. Southland Christian Church
4. Southland Christian Church website
5. The People’s Church
6. Willow Creek Hegelian Dialectic & The New World Order

© 2007 Paul Proctor – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


Paul Proctor, a rural resident of the Volunteer state and seasoned veteran of the country music industry, retired from showbiz in the late 1990′s to dedicate himself to addressing important social issues from a distinctly biblical perspective. As a freelance writer and regular columnist for NewsWithViews.com, he extols the wisdom and truths of scripture through commentary and insight on cultural trends and current events. His articles appear regularly on a variety of news and opinion sites across the internet and in print. E-Mail: watchman@usa.com

http://www.newswithviews.com/PaulProctor/proctor133.htm

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Texas Prop-13 Will Allow Innocent Men To Be Jailed Without Bail

October 31, 2007 Leave a comment

 

Texas Prop-13 Will Allow Innocent Men To Be Jailed Without Bail

by Mike McCormick and Glenn Sacks
October 31, 2007
NewsWithViews.com


http://www.newswithviews.com/Sacks/glenn74.htm

Texas voters will decide on November 6 whether to approve Proposition 13, a dangerous measure which will harm innocent men by greatly eroding the rights of those accused of domestic violence. The measure grants judges the ability to hold without bail those accused of nonviolent, trivial, or accidental violations of temporary restraining orders.

Under current Texas law, the only defendants ineligible for bail are those accused of capital crimes. In addition, judges are provided discretion to deny bail to those who have been both charged with a felony and convicted or indicted for a previous felony. To deny bail, there must be “evidence substantially showing the guilt of the accused.”

Prop 13 obliterates this, and opens the road for many innocent men to be held without bail. Under Prop 13, a Texas father can be booted out of his house on an ex parte protective order and then be jailed without bail for violating the order by calling his own children or going to their Little League game.

It is true that protective orders can be a useful tool to help protect battered women. However, as the Family Law News, the official publication of the State Bar of California Family Law Section, recently explained:

“Protective orders are increasingly being used in family law cases to help one side jockey for an advantage in child custody…[the orders are] almost routinely issued by the court in family law proceedings even when there is relatively meager evidence and usually without notice to the restrained person.”

These orders have become so commonplace that the Illinois Bar Journal calls them “part of the gamesmanship of divorce.”

Restraining orders cut men off from their children and forbid them many routine behaviors. Men can and are arrested for violating their orders by such acts as: returning their children’s phone calls; going to their children’s school events; sending their kids birthday cards; or accidentally running into them at the park or the mall.

Under Prop 13, judges will have the power to incarcerate these men without bail. Moreover, the Proposition lowers the evidence standard from Substantial Showing to Preponderance of the Evidence, which can rapidly degenerate into a “he said/she said” contest that men usually lose.

Prop 13 doesn’t even make a distinction between long-term protection orders, where accused men have some (limited) ability to contest the charges, and ex parte temporary orders, which are often issued without even providing the man an opportunity to appear in court to defend himself.

According to the Texas House of Representatives’ House Research Organization, Prop 13′s proponents claim that accused men “would retain all their rights to due process and other protections. For example, the determination to deny bail would have to be made at a hearing in which the defendant could appeal the denial of bond or make a case for another bond.”

This ignores the fact that protective orders often seriously impair men’s ability to obtain legal representation and defend themselves. Protective orders make men homeless and can cut them off from their financial resources. In cases where they work with or near their wives, or operate businesses partly or wholly out of their homes, their incomes can disappear overnight. By contrast, women obtaining protective orders are afforded free legal services by victim advocates at local domestic violence shelters, and remain in the marital home.

The House Research Organization also states:

“The proposed amendment also could have unfair consequences relating to legislation enacted by the 80th Legislature – HB 1988 by Martinez – which allows some protective orders to be in effect for life. This could result in someone being denied bail for one mistake after years of following a protective order.”

Prop 13 is reflective of a dangerous legal trend. Laws and police policies for those accused of domestic violence have been made increasingly draconian, clogging court calendars with weak or evidence-free cases which, were it any other crime, wouldn’t even be acted upon. At the same time, the judicial system hasn’t devoted substantial additional time and resources to investigating and adjudicating domestic violence claims. The result is often assembly-line justice in Kangaroo Courts. Prop 13 will accentuate this trend, and victimize many innocent men and fathers.

This column first appeared in The Ft. Worth Star-Telegram and the Austin-American Statesman (10/22/07).

© 2007 Glenn Sacks – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale



Glenn Sacks is a men’s and fathers’ issues columnist and radio talk show host. His columns have appeared in dozens of America’s largest newspapers. His radio show, His Side with Glenn Sacks, can be heard every Sunday in Los Angeles and Seattle.

Website: www.GlennSacks.com

E-mail: Glenn@GlennSacks.com.

Mike McCormick is the Executive Director of the American Coalition for Fathers and Children, the world’s largest shared parenting organization.

Their website is www.acfc.org.

http://www.newswithviews.com/Sacks/glenn74.htm

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Socialism and The Nanny State

October 31, 2007 Leave a comment

Socialism and The Nanny State

By Debra Rae

October 31, 2007

NewsWithViews.com


http://www.newswithviews.com/Rae/debra25.htm

As a little girl, I humored myself with the fantasy that I had morphed into a fully-grown “Mommy.” This I accomplished with a dab of lipstick and a dollop of rouge. Having donned my Mom’s hat, cape, sunglasses and gloves, I felt satisfied that my charade was reasonably convincing—that is, until a couple in the car parallel to ours pointed and laughed as if to say, “Look at that funny little girl playing dress-up!” With that, I slid in embarrassment to the floor. No matter how grown up I tried to appear, the “real me” could not be camouflaged.

In The Liberal Mind, board-certified forensic psychiatrist Dr. Lyle H. Rossiter, Jr. systematically analyzes yet another dress-up sham. An adult by all appearances, the fully grown man succumbs to the Nanny State’s unremitting invitation to childlike dependency. So disposed, the welfare junkie is reduced to a babe, perpetually nursed by his Nanny State. In effect, radical liberal collectivism infantilizes people and “parentilizes” Big Government that presumes always to know what’s best.

By undermining civilized liberty, arguably the West’s most notable achievement, the “man-child” masquerade bypasses “cute.” Sadly, those who choose to be victims and to remain ignominious wards of the State forfeit individual autonomy with freedom to pursue life, liberty, property and happiness. All too often, when an alleged victim’s poor judgment bites back, government demands that productive, tax-paying adults bail out complete strangers—this, at considerable cost to their own well being. Forced altruism cannot help but shrink incentive to perform, reduce capital to invest and demoralize those who themselves have embraced the daunting responsibilities and accompanying risks of adult competency.

Even more, the dysfunctional collectivist family spawns societal ills—for one, economic irresponsibility by encouraging adult overdependence on the parental State. This troubling arrangement promotes moral laxity as time-honored values—e.g., personal autonomy and integrity—acquiesce to ever-evolving progressive insights that are adjudicated by supremacist judges. When the dysfunctional “man-child” kowtows to crippling dependency and the competent adult is coerced into indentured servitude, class conflict between the “have’s” and the “have-not’s” ensues.

Economic Irresponsibility: Welfare Dependency

Primarily known for his work in moral philosophy and as the first systematic economist with his magnum opus, The Wealth of Nations, Adam Smith envisioned administration of the universe by a benevolent God. Smith’s broadly acclaimed “invisible hand theory” contends that, while striving for personal gain, each individual offhandedly benefits public interest by creating division of labor within a free market economy that encourages free exchange of goods and services.

Competent society rightly recognizes and, then, provides appropriate care and sustenance for fellow citizens legitimately impaired by disability, mental or physical infirmity, and/or developmental limitations at either end of the life spectrum. However, others of satisfactory ability have no rightful claim to mandated altruism. Nor should they demand an endless array of cost-free benefits to compensate for alleged societal ills, whether real or imagined. Reverse discrimination does no justice to racial prejudice, ethnic and gender discrimination. The same holds true for folks who aren’t slaves to demand reparations from strangers who themselves oppose slavery!

Feeding masses at some deceptively endless public trough is worse than wishful thinking. It empowers the State to tether, tax, intimidate and take to task gainful, tax-paying citizens. At the same time, it indulges and exploits what Dr. Rossiter calls “residual infantile longings for a return to effortless gratification in the care of an omnipotent benefactor.” Unfortunately, in administering parental “benefits,” Big Government more often than not leaves a trail of waste, malfeasance and ineptness.

Statist intellectuals clearly know the truth about Mao’s reign of terror, and they surely can see what socialism did to Russia, Germany, France and Spain; nonetheless, they refuse to credit free economies for superiority over socialism at promoting the common good. Reverend Robert A. Sirico challenges comparison between North and South Korea, East and West Germany before the Berlin Wall fell, Hong Kong and mainland China before reforms, and/or Cuba and other countries of Latin America (Imprimis, May 2007).

Despite vocal opponents, new Wal-Marts spring up daily and thereby create many millions of jobs worldwide; as a result, global consumers enjoy considerable choice from a treasure chest of affordably priced goods. People of mostly moderate incomes (not the State) own Wal-Marts. As shareholders, many worker-capitalists labor hard and invest well. No doubt Adam Smith would agree with Thomas Aquinas that “the good pours itself out.”

No whining to a Nanny State required.

Moral Laxity

It is “no accident,” observes Dr. Rossiter, “that the greatest political system in human history was founded by devout Christians on the assumption that its citizens would live by Judeo-Christian ideals”—i.e., the Golden Rule. Remember the Mayflower Compact (AD 1620)? In it, pilgrims invoked the name of God and established the preeminent purpose of the first colony—that being, to advance the Christian faith.

Decades later, a leading public educator and founding father, Noah Webster, recognized this very faith as foundation for our nation’s public life—this, for good reason. Alongside Divine enablement, “human instincts can be controlled only where the constraints of individual conscience are adequate, cultural morality supports their control, and society’s laws deter their criminal expression” (Lyle H. Rossiter, Jr., M.D., The Liberal Mind).

Through the revolving door of evolving contemporary values, however, childlike moral immoderation typically trumps mature moral moderation. Accordingly, today’s Olympic-class consumers all too often indulge in what they cannot afford—even if they have to beg, whine, steal or borrow to get what they want. The perpetual child is “worth it” after all; and convenience, comfort and emotion drive the childlike masses. This being the case, syndicated columnist George F. Will detects “no trace of the ’50s innocence at the mall” (Seattle Post-Intelligencer, 26 November 2006).

But then, who’s to say what’s right or wrong anyway? The prevailing secular worldview elevates no moral code as superior over another—certainly not that of Christianity over, say, Islam. This is true even though in the largely Sunni Muslim nation of Uzbekistan, Islam Karimov ordered the massacre of hundreds in the city of Andijan. Countless more in Sudan and Nigeria have suffered displacement and torture at the hands of radicals hell-bent to impose Islamic law over all.

While the morally relative liberal would be hard pressed to dismiss such travesties as neither right nor wrong, he readily castigates the traditional Christian for applying his “spurious moral compass” to fornication and adultery; lying and pot-smoking; profanity and pornography. This, of course, begs the question: “How can either the Muslim radical or the Christian moralist be ‘wrong’ if moral distinctions are bogus?”

Fact is moral distinctions are legitimate and needful. Dr. Rossiter reminds us that a society’s very character is reflected in whether or not its people are governed by the rule of law grounded in individual liberty rights. To revere ordered liberty, he maintains, is to commit to standards of morality and ethics.

Judicial Activism

Lake Tawakoni State Park ranger Freddie Gowen recently happened upon a creepy-crawly, 200-yard stretch of sprawling spider web east of Dallas. Ensnaring millions of mosquitoes, it blanketed seven large trees and dozens of bushes, not to mention a nature trail (The Seattle Times, 31 August 2007).

In contemplating this phenomenon, I can’t help but reflect on the vast web of our nation’s supremacist judiciary—most specifically, its abuse of our national civil forfeiture law.

What makes a transaction lawful should be mutual consent, not “just compensation”; however, innate and inalienable freedoms have fallen prey to the far-reaching web of radical liberalism embodied in judicial activism—the first duty for which has become support of collective purposes. To this end, government is increasingly authorized to regulate affairs (and property) of its collective family to serve the so-called greater good.

Cato the Younger once warned against allowing “the greater” to sell interests of “the less-er.” This enables the former to divide illicitly-acquired estates among themselves. Published in the London Journal from 1720-1723, Cato’s widely read letters served as the philosophical foundation for the American Revolution.

Although the enforceable right to own property remains the greatest single protector of individual freedom, preservation of property no longer defines the primary business of government. Property reassignment—i.e., wealth redistribution—actually favors citizens with disproportionate resources and clout within the political process. All the while the rich get richer (and the poor, poorer), our shrinking affluent middle class is threatened with extinction. Over time, private property rights and access to public lands have become what associate editor Peyton Knight calls “endangered species” (Insider’s Report, February 2001).

Autonomous, albeit steerage-class immigrants streamed through Ellis Island in New York Harbor from 1892-1943—most in search of new-frontier freedom and opportunities. Even today, vast numbers of the world’s “huddled masses yearning to breathe free” continue to rush our golden shores. Problem is, all too many of them look for an omnipotent benefactor to kiss their “owies” and, thus, ease their pain.

Regretfully, with help of judicial activists and their liberal cohorts, “the land of the free and home of the brave” is fast becoming the land of the childlike free-loader and the home of his indulgent Nanny State.

Crippling Dependency

Ideals of Western society reflect an intuitively accurate grasp of what is required for nations and their citizens to thrive. For example, the decidedly Western ideal of rugged individualism gives legs to what author-attorney James Hirsen references as “the grand experiment we call America,” whose “divinely inspired and uniquely political perspective” holds that individual rights do not come from government. They are endowed by the Creator Himself.

From Puritan times to the eve of the Civil War, rugged individuals within the church worked for betterment of Western society. Long before America’s infrastructure of interstate highways, bridges and motels (not to forget Starbucks!), apostles on horseback and Methodist circuit riders courageously forged the rough frontier. In doing so, Francis Asbury was said to have worn out six faithful horses! Trail blazers, as these, are rightly credited with how the West was won.

For his forthright, individualistic style of preaching, Charles Finney offended many who gathered to hear him. But this did not thwart waves of spiritual awakenings that spread not only the Gospel, but the cause of higher education as well. Historian Whitney R. Cross linked Finney to the “lawyers, real-estate magnates, millers, manufacturers and commercial tycoons who led the parade of the regenerated.” The social impact was felt in the anti-slavery movement generated by the Second Great Awakening. Movements for prison reform, child labor laws, women’s rights and inner-city missions likewise rode respective waves of spiritual revival.

In the 19th century, a great network of volunteer societies (Benevolent Empire) organized to attack social problems (Christian History, Volume VIII, No. 3, Issue 23). Their collective efforts advanced the moral imperative to cooperate voluntarily as responsible, competent, ruggedly individualistic adults—not as “a great corps of mutual servants.”

To ensure freedom and peace for all citizens, society must provide an overarching social structure. But a flourishing, free society never undermines legitimate rights of the individual for the elusive good of the State. It does, however, acknowledge dependence toward God. “One nation under God” presupposes generous acts of altruism; but societal goodness predictably springs from the voluntary expression of living faith—never from coercive government.

Class Conflict

Charles Sykes has observed that “American life is increasingly characterized by the plaintive insistence, I am a victim.” This is because of my status as “worker”—or my state of unemployment. Perhaps it’s because I am a minority—e.g., a woman—or simply “the little guy.” No matter, I perceive myself as oppressed, disenfranchised and/or exploited and, therefore, entitled.

But, wait!

Life’s hard reality is that inequalities are inherent in nature. Who among us has not, at some point, been counted as poor, weak, sick, wronged or cheated? Justice is not based solely on need, inequality, disadvantage or suffering. Simply put, all of us are “born into trouble as the sparks fly upward.” The Bible makes it clear that rains of blessings and of adversity fall on the just and the unjust alike.

When one’s “just due” remains unrealized, the affluent, therefore presumed-to-be selfish are not necessarily to blame. Only a spoiled finger-pointing child is perpetually demanding and chronically resentful. Mature enough adults make no rightful claims to the fruit of another’s labors. They accept that, despite titanic claims, Big Government is ill equipped to eradicate poverty, ignorance, ill health and all other forms of social injustice.

In an equitable, free society, no one is exempt from constraints that others must respect. Similarly, none is exempt from exercising rights of self-ownership, first possession, ownership/exchange/transference of property, self-defense, just compensation/restitution, and limited access to another’s property in emergencies. Even a disabled, minimally competent adult can enjoy a life of his own.

Freedom-lovers take the bull by the horns, accepting that life’s inherent inequalities are not injustices to be remedied by the parental State. They understand that, when the State forfeits individual rights to satisfy group demands, productive adults suffer loss of earned benefits, just title, freedom of exchange and due process. This, they oppose.

No matter how they are packaged, liberal entitlements often damage the poor and perpetuate poverty by treating entire groupings of citizens as if they were helpless children. Most agree that human slavery is egregious; but, when the adult “child” becomes a willing “slave” to the Nanny State, no one’s the better for it.

[Click here for: Emergency Supplies and Survival Kits For Disaster Preparadness]

 

© 2007 Debra Rae – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


Daughter of an Army Colonel, Debra graduated with distinction from the University of Iowa. She then completed a Master of Education degree from the University of Washington. These were followed by Bachelor of Theology and Master of Ministries degrees-both from Pacific School of Theology.

While a teacher in Kuwait, Debra undertook a three-month journey from the Persian Gulf to London by means of VW “bug”! One summer, she tutored the daughter of Kuwait’s Head of Parliament while serving as superintendent of Kuwait’s first Vacation Bible School.

Having authored the ABCs of Globalism and ABCs of Cultural -Isms, Debra speaks to Christian and secular groups alike. Her radio spots air globally. Presently, Debra co-hosts WOMANTalk radio with Sharon Hughes and Friends, and she contributes monthly commentaries to Changing Worldviews and NewsWithViews.com. Debra calls the Pacific Northwest home.

Web Site: www.debraraebooks.com

E-Mail: ABCs@debraraebooks.com 

http://www.newswithviews.com/Rae/debra25.htm

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Can Any Candidate Stop This Policy Group?

October 31, 2007 Leave a comment


 

 

 

Can Any Candidate Stop This Policy Group?

Dr. Eugene Narrett, Ph.D
October 31, 2007
NewsWithViews.com


http://www.newswithviews.com/Narrett/eugene8.htm

 

Congressmen Ron Paul has won adherents by sustained resistance to expanding Federal government authority and the taxes that support it. Taxes are about power: lower taxes prevent the American people from being further reduced to peonage while their lives, labor and capital are seized to build the pyramid of their oppressors. For opposing this, more power to the Congressman and those like him. Starve the beast-regime of its food, the lives and money of citizens and it will shrink to proper size.

Rule by crisis-creation and management is a primary means of increasing taxes and governmental authority. Following Britain’s re-ignition of jihad in the 1920s and its still present global ambitions, American involvement in Middle Eastern politics and the geopolitics they sub-serve has led us to a “War on Terror” and the engorgement of life by Homeland Security Department. Almost anything can be done in the name of security and government’s ability to foment or contribute to crises is enormous. The Reichstag fire was the signature political event of modern times. The black flag flies over the era in which feminist policies and attitudes have destroyed the family: sovereignty dies with deference and patriarchy; the sequel is terror, a culture of terror, offspring of Aphrodite. That’s a related story for another day.

Some people, like Ron Paul would like America to withdraw its armed forces from the Middle East. America should get out of the inflammatory diplomatic-intelligence games of the “peace process” which is a major engine for globalization. But would corporate powers allow the government to leave the field to Russian and German economic and military forces? Their power, slogans and categories of thought already pervade American culture from industry to academia. We could secure our borders but can, or will any President detach America from globalism? If the heads of the Departments of State, Defense, Treasury and the CIA were replaced, would anything change but the names? Do George Bush and Condoleeza Rice make American foreign policy?

The National Security Council, led by the State Department has been prepping for its latest Middle East “Peace” Conference scheduled for Annapolis in late November. The goal is to implement the end game that, ostensibly, will resolve “the cycle of violence in the region.” This bromide is the opposite of the actual goals of the pressure session which will be more like the surrender to which Chamberlain summoned the Czechs in late September 1938. The goal then was not to end a series of border incursions — the Czechs could have handled that themselves, but to prepare the region for a vast immersion in violence.

The Secretary of State typically is the point wo/man for such initiatives in the era of American hegemony. With the goals of the Road Map being a massive ethnic cleansing of Jews from the most ancient part of their homeland and all their holiest sites, Colin Powell and even more, his successor Condoleeza Rice often is perceived as an enemy of the Children of Israel and Jewish sovereignty. In the case of Rice, this may well be true for she goes about her business with a zest like that of James Baker of the Carlisle Group and Reagan-Bush administrations. But Rice’s feelings are not relevant at this level: like Goneril’s Butler Oswald in King Lear she is a tool, an enforcer for policy-makers that do and will bend any president toward their own designs as may be seen by a recent public letter titled, “Failure Risks Devastating Consequences.”

The letter appears in Vol. 54, #177 of the New York Review of Books (11-08-07) and its list of signatories indicate the font of American policy: Zbigniew Brzezinski, Trilateral co-founder and author most recently of The Grand Chessboard; Lee Hamilton, co-chair of the Iraq Study Group also known as “the Baker Group” after its principle-member, supra; Brent Scowcroft, former National Security Advisor to Gerald Ford and G.H.W. Bush; Paul Volcker, former Chair of the Federal Reserve System; Carla Hills, G.H.W. Bush’s trade coordinator; Thomas Pickering, State Department top cadre; Nancy Kassebaum-Baker and Theodore Sorenson. Even without the names of key figures like Richard Holbrooke, Henry Kissinger and Sam Nunn here is a section of America’s elite from the 1960s till today. If the Dulles brothers were alive, no doubt they would be represented, too.

The Washington Post tells us that Rice has “a spiritual passion about the need for peace overcoming pain and grievance” (10-17-07, A12), a passion she pursues by pressing to cleanse Judea of Jews. But her “spiritual passion” for expelling Jews doesn’t impress the writers of the above letter. Brzezinski, the head of the group states that “her legacy right now is really very poor” and that only “if she can pull this off,” a retreat of Israel to its 1949 armistice lines, from the Temple Mount, City of David, Hebron and more “will she be a real historical figure.” Moreover, she will gain the approval and perks of the group and achieve a basic goal: the severing of the world from its roots and memory.

One goal of the group is a “two-state solution.” This cliché has been a misnomer since 1922 when Britain’s Foreign Ministry under Churchill severed the eastern 77% of the Mandate from the Jewish National Home. They also banned Jewish settlement there although the Emir Abdallah, their puppet, and leading sheiks were eager for Jewish settlers to develop the land and already had signed leasing agreements for that purpose. The British intervened to block them in their drive toward “an Arab Federation” from Baghdad to Cairo and Aswan. The British wanted conflict leading to the synthesis of an Arab Federation under its hegemony. The third state, Hamastan, was seeded in 1948 when Egypt seized and held the Gaza strip which the Bush-Sharon-UN-EU group cleansed of Jews in 2005. It now is a launching pad for missiles that require another “peace” conference and agreement.

[To order Dr. Eugene Narrett's books click here]

The Brzezinski group’s letter is an interesting stick with no carrots, at least for Israel (though emoluments for the Israeli puppets who will sell out their people are in place including ‘get out of jail free’ cards for the compromised). One of these brandished sticks is the warning that “the Quartet” will take over direct management of the created crisis if the Annapolis conference fails to divide Jerusalem, create a “Palestinian” capital there, and bring “Palestinian refugees” west of the Jordan. (UNRWA counts and militarizes these “refugees” while Arab states refuse to settle them. Saudi Arabia and Kuwait, for example, accept none. Read chapter two of Samuel Katz’s Battleground to read what Arabs were saying and writing about this issue in the 1940s and ’50s). [1] The letter writers state that Israel must “remove unjustified checkpoints, dismantle Israeli [i.e. Jewish] outposts” and “freeze Israeli settlements” to assuage the Arabs’ “deep sense of injustice” with which Secretary Rice is said to identity deeply.

This letter illustrates how false issues and managed crises cloak real goals: Jewish settlement (though not illegal Arab building) was effectively frozen by the Road Map late in 2001. Jewish buildings, even sheds serving as homes or synagogues have been regularly demolished since then. The checkpoints prevent attacks on civilian populations. Whenever some are removed, murders follow. All Israelis stand on line in public places: that’s what happens when your nation’s victories are aborted: eventually even the right to fight and win is suppressed, so get in line.

It’s an outcome-based process: the Group signals that murders will follow unless there is total Israeli capitulation: unless Syria and Hamas are included in “the genuine dialog [sic] …there could be escalating violence from the West Bank and Gaza.” That’s a threat that Western and Russian arms will help fulfill just as the British armed their artificial Arab states beginning in 1920. As far as escalating violence goes, since Washington’s puppet, Mr. Olmert declared a unilateral Israeli ceasefire as rockets rained from the Gaza Strip, cleansed of its 20 Jewish villages by Ariel Sharon in August 2005 rocket and mortar fire have increased, half-emptying nearby Jewish towns and cities within the 1949 armistice lines. Yet America continues to arm Hamas via Fatah as in the predictable if not pre-arranged Hamas takeover of Gaza last winter. Having encouraged this, the great powers will provide the synthesis, a regional group, overt or de facto, Britain’s “Arab Federation.” Peace and prosperity or endless attrition, contested borders and population control?

That the synthesis is as explosive as the Fatah-Hamas “unity government” serves the Group’s greater goals of eternal crisis, population control and burial of the integrated nation that testifies to the Creator not the “New World Religion” or “Alliance of Civilizations,” the new Babel.

PM Ehud Olmert’s approval ratings have ranged from 3 – 15% since the summer 2006 rockets from Hezbollah taught Israelis to live in bomb shelters because their State would not fight to protect them (could it happen here). Still PM, he stated last week that he does not need the Israeli parliament to make agreements at Annapolis: his supporters are in Foggy Bottom. The growing irrelevance and dereliction of our own Congress is exemplified by many supposedly representative governments that actually serve regional groups. An example is “nationalist” leader Avigdor Lieberman who took the votes of Israelis who want an intact nation that asserts and defends its borders and then brought his party into the ruling leftist-internationalist client-regime. Although this destroyed his party in the polls, Lieberman cares about this no more than Olmert or Ehud Barak: his constituency too is overseas. He has been calling for NATO forces to patrol Judea and Samaria; the Labor party prefers EU forces. As we have shown in “Web upon Web” there is much overlap between them and though the EU rapidly is developing an independent military, NATO remains the main military arm of the “European-American space, a united humanitarian space [which] will come to building a united military space as well…based on the principles of collective security.” [2] Collective Security about which Russian and American diplomats and media pretend to bicker is being put into place to police the enemies of “peace” like the Jewish settlers of Judea and Samaria; like the Serbs; like Americans in the Southwest.

Since April 1999, NATO’s principle, as enunciated by Tony Blair in Washington has been an aggressive policy of “humanitarian intervention” for the “united humanitarian space which is a united military space as well…based on collective security.” East and West join hands, as Julian Huxley wished, to put the world on a grid.

No individual can resist the entrenched financial, diplomatic, military and intelligence forces that have fashioning this horror. Could champions of national sovereignty better rouse the people from outside of government? Within they would be compromised, browbeaten, neutered or removed by servants of the chess-masters.

What is being done to the Jews, the western powers squeezing like a python vividly exemplifies what’s in store for everyone in the world space in which “the human element” will be managed and used. If the Jews of Israel could assert their boundaries and sovereignty it would be a light to the nations. But after eighty-five years of great power blackmail and dialectical attrition via western-armed jihad and apologetics for it, that possibility is all but gone. The people of America should learn from the example.

Footnotes:

1. “The Palestinian people does not exist…only for political and tactical reasons do we speak today about the existence of a Palestinian people [which] we posit to oppose Zionism. The creation of a Palestinian State is only a means for continuing our struggle against the state of Israel,” Zuheir Muhsein, Executive committee of the PLO, March 31, 1977, Trouw. Arafat and his head man, Farouk Kaddumi often spoke of the Oslo accords as being “a Trojan Horse” for the destruction of Israel. It was not jihadists who crafted the Camp David, Madrid-Oslo Accords or Road Map. Katz, Samuel, Battleground: Fact and Fantasy in Palestine (1973; 2002), 12-37.

2. Eduard Shevardnadze, November 19, 1991 quoted in the intro to Christopher Story’s The European Union Collective (London 2002), xxxii, xxxvii.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

© 2007 Eugene Narrett – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale



Eugene Narrett received his BA, MA and PhD from Columbia University in NYC. His writings on American politics and culture and on the Middle East and geopolitics have been widely published. These include four books, the most recent being WW III: the War on the Jews and the Rise of the World Security State (2007) which examines the historical roots and purposes of the war on terror as a late stage in the undoing of the West. His previous book, Israel and the Endtimes (2006) lays the basis for these questions.

Dr. Narrett has appeared on scores of radio programs, both major networks like WABC, Radio America, Eagle Forum Radio and Westwood Communications, as well as regional and local stations. He has been honored for his essays on art and literature and on behalf of the pro-life movement.

Since receiving his doctorate in 1978, Dr. Narrett has been teaching literature and art and creating interdisciplinary courses in the Humanities. He lectures on a variety of topics relating to western civilization, geopolitics and the multi-faceted war on the family that is a striking feature of the postmodern west.

See his web site, www.israelendtimes.com for information on booking a lecture and for contact information.

Website: IsraelEndTimes.com

Contact Eugenne Narrett:

http://www.newswithviews.com/Narrett/eugene8.htm

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

GyG: Will Post To…”Cops Out of Control”

October 31, 2007 Leave a comment

Re Cops Out of Control

http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/

**********************************
http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/news/1918875/posts?page=1

Prohibition Returns! – Teetotaling do-gooders attack your right to drink
Reason ^ | 10/31/07 | David Harsanyi
Posted on 10/31/2007 9:03:00 AM EDT by SubGeniusX
On a May night in 2005, Debra Bolton, a lawyer and single mom from the Washington suburb of Alexandria, Virginia, was leaving the Café Milano in Georgetown after socializing with some friends. She had driven her SUV only a few hundred yards before she was pulled over by D.C. police for driving with the headlights off. She told the officer the parking attendant at Café Milano probably had turned off her vehicle’s automatic light feature.

Not mollified, the officer asked Bolton to step out of the car, walk in a straight line, recite the alphabet, stand on one foot, and count to 30. He checked her eyes for suspicious jerkiness and insisted on a breath test for alcohol.

The breath test revealed that Bolton’s blood alcohol content (BAC) was 0.03 percent, a level a 120-pound woman could expect after drinking one glass of wine. It was well below the 0.08 percent limit that marks a driver as legally intoxicated in D.C. It was not low enough for the arresting officer, however. This middle-aged mother of two, who hadn’t drunk to excess, who hadn’t run a red light or run a stop, was arrested, handcuffed, and fingerprinted for an innocent mistake. She sat in a jail cell for hours and was finally released at 4:30 a.m. Bolton spent four court appearances and over $2,000 fighting a $400 ticket. She then spent a month fighting to get her license back after refusing to submit to the 12-week alcohol counseling program.

The arresting officer, inaptly named Dennis Fair, insists: “If you get behind the wheel of a car with any measurable amount of alcohol, you will be dealt with in D.C. We have zero tolerance….Anything above 0.01, we can arrest.” Fair recognized that nearly everyone in D.C. was unaware of this zero tolerance policy. Still, he told The Washington Post, if “you don’t know about it, then you’re a victim of your own ignorance.”

Bolton’s arrest was not the result of a single cop’s overzealousness. In 2004 D.C. police arrested 321 people with BACs below the legal limit of 0.08 percent for driving under the influence. The year before, the number was 409.

After the Bolton incident, James Klaunig, a toxicology expert at the Indiana University School of Medicine, told The Washington Post, “There’s no way possible she failed a [sobriety] test from impairment with a .03 blood alcohol level.” Fair had claimed that Bolton swayed and lost her balance when taking the sobriety test, triggering the breath test.

A BAC test, one of the main tools used by law enforcement to catch drunk drivers, determines how much alcohol is present in the bloodstream. A BAC of 0.08 percent, for instance, means 0.0008 of your blood is alcohol. At that level, though, you’re hardly slurring your words or staggering.

In 2000 President Clinton signed a federal law aimed at pressuring states to lower their BAC limits from 0.1 percent to 0.08 percent. States that didn’t go along were threatened with the loss of federal highway funds. Karolyn Nunnallee, president of Mothers Against Drunk Driving (MADD), predicted that a nationwide 0.08 percent standard “will save nearly 600 lives every year.”

It hasn’t worked out that way. In the July 2007 issue of Contemporary Economic Policy, Sam Houston State University economist Donald Freeman examines the most recent data available and concludes “there’s no evidence that lowering the BAC limits…reduced fatality rates, either in total or in crashes likely to be alcohol related.” This is true, he found, both in states that adopted a 0.08 percent BAC standard on their own and in states that did so under federal pressure.

During the last decade, according to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), alcohol contributed to between 16,000 and 17,000 traffic-related fatalities a year, about two-fifths of the total such deaths. It used to be a good deal worse. Back in 1982, three-fifths of all traffic related fatalities were attributed to alcohol. Since then, ad campaigns and education have raised public awareness about the dangers of driving smashed. States have instituted stricter punishment for drunk driving, and law enforcement officials are also better prepared to ferret out drunk drivers. A lot of the credit must be given to the hard work MADD did in educating the public about the menace of drinking and driving.

But the decline in alcohol-related deaths persisted only until 1997. Since then the vehicular death toll attributed to alcohol has remained stable at around 40 percent. This stagnation in drunk driving deaths has caused considerable consternation among activists and law enforcement officials. Lately, the fight against drunk driving has shifted from serious alcohol abusers with no regard for the law toward responsible drinkers.

Neoprohibitionists aim to muddle the distinction between drunk diving and driving after drinking any amount of alcohol. Sen. Barbara Boxer (D-Calif.) endorsed the idea at a Senate Environment and Public Committee hearing way back in 1997, contending that we “may wind up in this country going to zero tolerance, period.” Former MADD President Katherine Prescott concurred, in a letter to the Chicago Tribune, where she stated “there is no safe blood alcohol, and for that reason responsible drinking means no drinking and driving.”

Technically she’s correct. Driving is never completely safe, and many things drivers commonly do-including speaking on a cell phone, talking to passengers, applying lipstick, eating a sandwich, drinking coffee, adjusting the radio, reprimanding the kids in the back seat, and daydreaming about weekend plans-can make it riskier. As states and cities have begun focusing on zero tolerance (or “driving while distracted” laws, which target the diversions laid out above) they are losing focus on the real threat, namely habitually drunk drivers.

Drinking is under attack these days in ways we haven’t seen since the failed experiment with national alcohol prohibition in the 1920s. Indeed, for many neoprohibitionists, that experiment wasn’t a failure at all, since it did cut alcohol consumption, which is all that matters. We can see that mentality today in policies that go beyond preventing drunk driving or punishing drunk drivers and aim to discourage drinking per se.

Founder’s Remorse Although alcohol nannies generally support zero tolerance, one dissenting voice doesn’t. “I thought the emphasis on .08 laws was not where the emphasis should have been placed,” Candace Lightner told the Los Angeles Times in 2002. “The majority of crashes occur with high blood-alcohol levels, the .15, .18 and .25 drinkers. Lowering the blood-alcohol concentration was not a solution to the alcohol problem.”

Lightner’s views can’t be easily dismissed by anti-alcohol activists. In 1980 her 12-year-old daughter, Cari, was killed by a hit-and-run driver on a suburban street in Southern California. When the perpetrator was apprehended, he was drunk. It turned out he had been convicted of driving while intoxicated four previous times-once just days before he killed Lightner’s daughter. Even after his fifth, fatal offense, he received just a two-year sentence and avoided prison by serving time in a work camp and a halfway house.

The light sentence her daughter’s killer received spurred Lightner to “fight to make this needless homicide count for something positive in the years ahead.” She did that by founding MADD in 1980. She changed the world for the better by raising public awareness about the serious nature of drunk driving and promoting tough legislation against the crime. Due to Lightner’s potent grassroots work, aggressive campaigning, and popularization of the concept of designated drivers, MADD grew rapidly in its first five years. By 1985 it boasted 364 chapters, 600,000 members, and a $12.5 million budget.

Lightner has moved on from MADD, and since then has protested the shift from attacking drunk driving to attacking drinking in general. “I worry that the movement I helped create has lost direction,” she told The Cleveland Plain Dealer in 1992. BAC legislation, she said, “ignores the real core of the problem….If we really want to save lives, let’s go after the most dangerous drivers on the road.” Lightner said MADD has become an organization far more “neoprohibitionist” than she had envisioned. “I didn’t start MADD to deal with alcohol,” she said. “I started MADD to deal with the issue of drunk driving.”

While it seems safe to assume that nearly every parent in the United States opposes drunk driving, the same cannot be said for MADD’s efforts to stop drinking. Neither is every politician on board. In October 2005, responding to noisy complaints from local residents and negative national publicity, the D.C. Council decided, by a 9-3 vote, to abandon the zero tolerance policy that snared Debra Bolton. “D.C. is once again open for business,” said council member Carol Schwartz. She said visitors “can come in and have a glass of wine and not be harassed or intimidated.” That’s good news. Sadly, it’s not the case everywhere.

Ignition Failure More than 40 states require convicted drunk drivers to install ignition interlock devices: The driver breathes into a tube attached to the device, and if his blood alcohol concentration is measurable the vehicle won’t start. Considering the high recidivism rate among drunk drivers, the interlock system may be a reasonable preventive measure for those who have proven they pose a danger to others. But what about people who have never been arrested, perhaps never even had a ticket, or who never drink under any circumstances? Can they be trusted to start their cars without taking a breath test?

In 2004 New Mexico state Rep. Ken Martinez (D-Grants) introduced a bill that would have forced every driver in his state to install an ignition interlock device. In addition to the indignity and inconvenience of breathing into a tube every time they start their cars, this requirement would cost drivers about $1,000 each to install the device, according to estimates by the states that require them. Incredibly, the bill breezed through the state’s House of Representatives by a 45-to-22 vote. “Honestly, I put forward this bill to start some dialogue,” Martinez told Wired.com. “And it became a very thought-provoking process….We want New Mexico to be a leader at using technology to curb some societal ills.”

The New Mexico Senate, thankfully, let the bill die. But soon legislators in New York and Oklahoma were making noise about a universal interlock requirement. “If the public wants it and the data support it, it is literally possible that the epidemic of drunk driving could be solved where cars simply could not be operated by drunk drivers,” Chuck Hurley, MADD’s executive director, told USA Today in 2006. “What a great day that would be.”

Pre-emptive War on Drunk Driving Unfortunately, there is considerable precedent for such pre-emptive measures. In 2005 a Pennsylvania court rejected an appeal from a man whose driver’s license was revoked by the state after he told doctors he knocked back more than a six-pack of beer a day. State law requires doctors to report any of a patient’s physical or mental impairments if the doctors think it could compromise his ability to drive safely. Keith Emerich hadn’t gotten in any legal trouble, related to drinking, driving, or anything else, and his job attendance was as exemplary. Yet a three-judge Commonwealth Court panel said the Pennsylvania Department of Transportation was justified in taking away Emerich’s license-not because he had driven while intoxicated but because he might.

Numerous anti-DUI law enforcement tactics now taken for granted are not only unduly invasive but ineffective. Consider roadblocks, a well-intentioned preventive measure that does little more than waste time and create pollution. This form of anticipatory law enforcement intimidates social drinkers and fails to address hardcore drunks, who often simply avoid roadblocks, turning on side streets when they see the flashing sideshow ahead. It targets those who aren’t driving recklessly, haven’t had a single drink, and have places to go.

According to numerous studies and reports dating back to 1987, the chance of getting picked up at a roadblock for being intoxicated is minuscule. MADD is nonetheless an enthusiastic supporter of sobriety checkpoints. It claims roadblocks reduce fatal alcohol-related crashes by as much as 20 percent. Yet recent fluctuations in such crashes have no correlation with states that do or don’t use checkpoints.

During the Christmas season of 2003 in Fairfax County, Virginia, a suburb of Washington not far from the site of Debra Bolton’s arrest, local police took pre-emptive law enforcement to an absurd extreme, launching a sting operation that targeted 20 local bars and restaurants. The mission: apprehend “drunk” patrons before they try to drive. These drinkers were far from their cars and in some cases did not even own cars. What type of evidence did the police use to measure intoxication? According to one law enforcement official involved in the sting, the determination could be made based on unflicked cigarette ashes, an excessive number of restroom visits, noisy cursing, or a wobbly walk.

The raids involved 10 cops in SWAT-like outfits. In an interview with The Reston Times, the general manager of one targeted establishment said “they tapped one lady on the shoulder-who was on her first drink and had just eaten dinner-to take her out on the sidewalk and give her a sobriety test. They told her she fit the description of a woman they had complaints about, and that they heard she was dancing topless.”

In one raid, of the 18 drinkers tested for sobriety, nine were hauled to jail for public intoxication. When asked to explain the rationale for the raids, then-Fairfax County Police Chief J. Thomas Mange declared that you “can’t be drunk in a bar.” Where can you be drunk? “At home. Or at someone else’s home. And stay there until you’re not drunk.”

Following the logic of such operations, watching television under the influence in your own home may soon be grounds for paramilitary raids. A Super Bowl party, a wedding shower, or a bachelor party can attract dozens of guests, many of whom will be drinking. Why not target those people as well? They have cars.

It’s true that “public intoxication” is illegal. So is jaywalking. Police should use common sense, allocating their resources to protect citizens as efficiently as possible. It’s hard to believe the most pressing problem in all of Northern Virginia that night was an inebriated and allegedly topless woman. The immediate effect of hauling a few boozy bar patrons down to jail is insignificant. But the alcohol nannies are counting on the long-term impact: Once word gets out, people will be less inclined to get sloshed anywhere, anytime.

Such policies sometimes backfire. After the Fairfax County raids, the entire city council of Herndon, Virginia, criticized the practice of targeting law-abiding businesses and drinkers. “It is the unanimous opinion of the council that police overstepped their bounds and overreacted,” one member said.

Yet numerous states and municipalities are experimenting with Fairfax-style intimidation. In 2005 the Texas Alcoholic Beverage Commission warned that it would be conducting “Sales to Intoxicated Person Stings” in various parts of the Lone Star State. “We believe responsible adults should drink responsibly,” said Heather Hodges, a MADD victims advocate involved in planning the operation, in a MADD press release. “A bar is not intended to be a place to get fall-down drunk.” In March 2006, one of the first sting operations was conducted in a Dallas suburb where agents infiltrated 36 bars and arrested 30 people for public intoxication.

“It’s killed our business,” one Dallas bar owner told a local TV station. “People are scared to come out. I don’t even drink, and I’m scared to go out, and it’s not right. We don’t want to put drunks on the road, but we don’t want people to be afraid to do something that’s legal. If they don’t want people drinking, they should outlaw alcohol.”

Bar None MADD officials say they “strongly support” the right of alcohol-related crash victims to seek “financial recovery from establishments and servers who have irresponsibly provided alcohol to those who are intoxicated or to underage persons, or who serve past the point of intoxication individuals who then cause fatal or injurious crashes.”

I’m not sure if any MADD leaders have been to a saloon lately, but the local Cheers-style tavern where everyone knows your name is all but dead. In large cities, working at a bar can mean serving alcohol to hundreds, if not thousands, of patrons each night. Once we train servers to double as psychics, MADD’s liability principle will make sense. Until then, we can have mandatory breath tests for patrons. Once again, the neoprohibitionists stand for seemingly sensible policies that in practice make the sale and consumption of alcohol nearly impossible.

Most states have dram shop liability laws, which generally allow lawsuits to be brought by those injured by an inebriated person against the establishment which contributed to that person’s intoxication. In Texas minors can sue a drinking establishment for their own injuries should they get their hands on enough alcohol to be intoxicated and hurt themselves. Under Illinois law, plaintiffs don’t even have to prove a bartender was aware of the consumer’s inebriation. In other states, dram shop liability extends to serving the “habitually intoxicated,” who will be a cinch to identify for all those clairvoyant bartenders.

If getting drunk in a bar is to be forbidden, it makes sense to ban happy hour. Back in 1984, the Massachusetts legislature banned the practice of offering cheaper drinks during the traditional “happy hours” of 4 p.m. and 7 p.m.-or any other time. That law kicked off a wave of happy hour restrictions around the country. From Ohio, where bars were compelled to end two-for-the-price-of-one premiums at 9 p.m., to West Virginia, where bars must have food available during happy hours, to Mississippi and Oregon, where happy hours are still allowed but cannot be advertised, happiness is being snatched from law-abiding Americans across the land.

Such laws often have unintended consequences. When a 1990 Illinois law banning “happy hours” took effect, bars came up with a creative solution, changing “happy hours” to the even better “happy days.” A “happy day” means reduced prices on drinks for the entire day, since the price of drinks cannot be legally changed during any one business day.

On its website, MADD condemns “Practices Which Encourage Excessive Alcohol Consumption,” including happy hours, ladies’ nights, and any fluctuations in prices that bring in consumers during what are usually slow hours. The group calls upon the “hospitality industry to voluntarily end all practices associated with excessive alcohol consumption.” As a backup, MADD also supports the legal prohibition of such practices in all 50 states.

Sometimes bars want the state to help stop practices consumers love. Bar crawling is common in cities like New York, Chicago, and Los Angeles. Friends, typically in their 20s and 30s, get together and go from bar to bar. To attract such groups, some bars offer unlimited drinks for a fixed price. In 1999 New York Gov. George Pataki signed into law a ban of the practice, asserting that it encourages “irresponsible binge-drinking.”

Even if that’s true, adult binge drinking is none of Pataki’s business, since adults have the right to get smashed as long as they don’t hurt anyone else. But bar and nightclub owners didn’t mind when Albany prevented them from engaging in this sort of expensive price war. The pubs’ chief trade group lobbied strenuously to get the state to stop the practice.

Alcohol nannies also have targeted sporting arenas, blaming alcohol for every brawl or other instance of misconduct by fans. George Hacker, director of alcohol studies at the Center for Science in the Public Interest, suggests several solutions, including a ban on selling beer in the stands, a reduction in the size of a beer serving from 16 to 10 ounces, a 3.2 percent limit on beer alcohol content, the elimination of beer signs, and aggressive police identification of “people who are obviously intoxicated.” Although brawls occur at a tiny percentage of sporting events, alcohol nannies latch onto them as an excuse to interfere with the enjoyment of millions of fans.

Drinking may not be a prerequisite for a happy life, but it’s a ritual most Americans have enjoyed as long as the nation has existed, and harmlessly so in the overwhelming majority of cases. Although I’m not an exceptionally heavy drinker, I can’t, and don’t want to, imagine a life without alcohol. As long as I’m not endangering anyone else, I shouldn’t have to.

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/news/1918875/posts?page=1

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

“Reeducation Camps” ???

October 30, 2007 Leave a comment

Hmm…
Now it seems to me I’ve heard tell of…”reeducation camps” before somewhere…now lemme think about this…
GunnyG
~~~~~
**************************

**********************************
http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1918723/posts

University of Deleware Require Students to Undergo Ideological Reeducation
FIRE – Foundation for Individual Rights in Education ^ | 10/30/07 | FIRE
Posted on 10/30/2007 10:28:05 PM EDT by cowtowney


NEWARK, Del., October 30, 2007—The University of Delaware subjects students in its residence halls to a shocking program of ideological reeducation that is referred to in the university’s own materials as a “treatment” for students’ incorrect attitudes and beliefs.

The organization cited excerpts from the university’s Office of Residence Life Diversity Education Training documents, including the statement:

“A RACIST: A racist is one who is both privileged and socialized on the basis of race by a white supremacist (racist) system. ‘The term applies to all white people (i.e., people of European descent) living in the United States, regardless of class, gender, religion, culture or sexuality. By this definition, people of color cannot be racists, because as peoples within the U.S. system, they do not have the power to back up their prejudices, hostilities, or acts of discrimination….’”

(Excerpt) Read more at thefire.org

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1918723/posts
******************************

University of Deleware Require Students to Undergo Ideological Reeducation

October 30, 2007

FIRE Press Release

NEWARK, Del., October 30, 2007—The University of Delaware subjects students in its residence halls to a shocking program of ideological reeducation that is referred to in the university’s own materials as a “treatment” for students’ incorrect attitudes and beliefs. The Orwellian program requires the approximately 7,000 students in Delaware’s residence halls to adopt highly specific university-approved views on issues ranging from politics to race, sexuality, sociology, moral philosophy, and environmentalism. The Foundation for Individual Rights in Education (FIRE) is calling for the total dismantling of the program, which is a flagrant violation of students’ rights to freedom of conscience and freedom from compelled speech.

“The University of Delaware’s residence life education program is a grave intrusion into students’ private beliefs,” FIRE President Greg Lukianoff said. “The university has decided that it is not enough to expose its students to the values it considers important; instead, it must coerce its students into accepting those values as their own. At a public university like Delaware, this is both unconscionable and unconstitutional.”

The university’s views are forced on students through a comprehensive manipulation of the residence hall environment, from mandatory training sessions to “sustainability” door decorations. Students living in the university’s eight housing complexes are required to attend training sessions, floor meetings, and one-on-one meetings with their Resident Assistants (RAs). The RAs who facilitate these meetings have received their own intensive training from the university, including a “diversity facilitation training” session at which RAs were taught, among other things, that “[a] racist is one who is both privileged and socialized on the basis of race by a white supremacist (racist) system. The term applies to all white people (i.e., people of European descent) living in the United States, regardless of class, gender, religion, culture or sexuality.”

The university suggests that at one-on-one sessions with students, RAs should ask intrusive personal questions such as “When did you discover your sexual identity?” Students who express discomfort with this type of questioning often meet with disapproval from their RAs, who write reports on these one-on-one sessions and deliver these reports to their superiors. One student identified in a write-up as an RA’s “worst” one-on-one session was a young woman who stated that she was tired of having “diversity shoved down her throat.”

According to the program’s materials, the goal of the residence life education program is for students in the university’s residence halls to achieve certain “competencies” that the university has decreed its students must develop in order to achieve the overall educational goal of “citizenship.” These competencies include: “Students will recognize that systemic oppression exists in our society,” “Students will recognize the benefits of dismantling systems of oppression,” and “Students will be able to utilize their knowledge of sustainability to change their daily habits and consumer mentality.”

At various points in the program, students are also pressured or even required to take actions that outwardly indicate their agreement with the university’s ideology, regardless of their personal beliefs. Such actions include displaying specific door decorations, committing to reduce their ecological footprint by at least 20%, taking action by advocating for an “oppressed” social group, and taking action by advocating for a “sustainable world.”

In the Office of Residence Life’s internal materials, these programs are described using the harrowing language of ideological reeducation. In documents relating to the assessment of student learning, for example, the residence hall lesson plans are referred to as “treatments.”

In a letter sent yesterday to University of Delaware President Patrick Harker, FIRE pointed out the stark contradiction between the residence life education program and the values of a free society. FIRE’s letter to President Harker also underscored the University of Delaware’s legal obligation to abide by the First Amendment. FIRE reminded Harker of the Supreme Court’s decision in West Virginia State Board of Education v. Barnette (1943), a case decided during World War II that remains the law of the land. Justice Robert H. Jackson, writing for the Court, declared, “If there is any fixed star in our constitutional constellation, it is that no official, high or petty, can prescribe what shall be orthodox in politics, nationalism, religion, or other matters of opinion or force citizens to confess by word or act their faith therein.”

“The fact that the university views its students as patients in need of treatment for some sort of moral sickness betrays a total lack of respect not only for students’ basic rights, but for students themselves,” Lukianoff said. “The University of Delaware has both a legal and a moral obligation to immediately dismantle this program, and FIRE will not rest until it has.”

FIRE is a nonprofit educational foundation that unites civil rights and civil liberties leaders, scholars, journalists, and public intellectuals across the political and ideological spectrum on behalf of individual rights, due process rights, freedom of expression, and rights of conscience on our campuses. FIRE would like to thank the Delaware Association of Scholars (DAS) for its invaluable assistance in this case. FIRE’s efforts to preserve liberty at the University of Delaware and elsewhere can be seen by visiting www.thefire.org.

CONTACT:

Greg Lukianoff, President, FIRE: 215-717-3473; greg_lukianoff@thefire.org

Samantha Harris, Director of Legal and Public Advocacy, FIRE: 215-717-3473; samantha@thefire.org

Patrick Harker, President, University of Delaware: 302-831-2111; president@udel.edu

Kathleen G. Kerr, Director of Residence Life, University of Delaware: 302-831-1201; kkerr@udel.edu

http://tinyurl.com/2ajkca

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

China? Yeah, The Marines’ve Been There Before…Several Times

October 30, 2007 Leave a comment


http://www.au.af.mil/au/awc/awcgate/usmchist/nochina.txt

The United States Marines

in North China

1945 – 1949

By

Henry I. Shaw, Jr.

Printed 1960

Revised 1962
Reprinted 1968

Historical Branch, G-3 Division

Headquarters, U. S. Marine Corps

Washington, D. C. 20380

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY
HEADQUARTERS UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS

WASHINGTON, D. C. 20380

FOREWORD

The United States Marines in North China, 1945-1949 is a concise
narrative of the major events which took place when Marine ground and air

units were deployed to the Asian mainland at the close of World War II. The
text and appendices are based on official records, interviews with
participants in the operations described, and reliable secondary sources. The

pamphlet is published for the information of Marines and others interested in
this significant period of Marine Corps history.

<SIGNATURE>

R. G. OWENS, JR

Brigadier General, U. S. Marine Corps
Assistant Chief of Staff, G-3

REVIEWED AND APPROVED: 29 April 1968

THE UNITED STATES MARINES IN

NORTH CHINA, 1945-1949

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Original Online
Page Page

The United States Marines In North China, 1945-1949 1 6

Notes 27 32
Appendix A – Major Armed Clashes Between U.S. Marines
and Chinese Communists A-1 35

Appendix B – Marine Casualties Incurred as a Result of

Attacks on Sentries, Recreation Parties, and
Individuals B-1 37
Appendix C – Aircrew Losses Incurred by Marine

Squadrons in Operational Crashes in North China C-1 38

The United States Marines in North China, 1945-1949

By

Henry I. Shaw, Jr.

HOPEH OPERATIONS<1>

The III Amphibious Corps (IIIAC) had just begun a period of intensive
training, in preparation for the invasion of the Tokyo Plain, when the war

ended abruptly. Within 48 hours, a warning order had been dispatched to all

units of the corps to be prepared to mount out for the Shanghai area about 1
October. In anticipation of a wide variety of possible military operations,

the training schedule was modified and accelerated. But before a week had

passed, Admiral Nimitz advised the Commanding General, Fleet Marine Force,
Pacific (FMFPac), that tentative plans contemplated the employment of IIIAC in

North China, to accept the surrender of Japanese troops for the Chinese

Central Government and to supervise the repatriation of Japanese military and
civilians. The corps headquarters and corps troops together with the 1st

Marine Division would occupy positions in the vicinity of Tangku, Tientsin,

Peiping, and Chinwangtao in Hopeh Province and the 6th Marine Division (less
the 4th Marines) would move into Tsingtao in Shantung Province. The 1st

Marine Aircraft Wing would move its planes and men to airfields in the

Tsingtao, Tientsin, and Peiping areas. (See maps inside covers). Commitment
of the entire corps in the Shanghai region was assigned as an alternate

mission. Tentative plans for these operations were issued on 29 August,

setting the mounting-out date for 15 September. The 3d Marine Division on
Guam and the 4th Marine Division on Maui were designated area reserve for the

operation.

According to plan, the Hopeh occupation force got underway first. The

corps embarkation order was issued on 8 September, and loading of the corps
troops began at Guam on the 11th. Loading was completed on 19 September, and

the IIIAC Chief of Staff, Brigadier General William A. Worton, departed by air

with an advance party to report to Lieutenant General Albert C. Wedemeyer,
USA, commanding the China Theater (ComGenChina), at Shanghai and proceeded to

Tientsin to prepare for the reception

1

of the occupation forces there. The Commanding General, IIIAC, Major General
Keller E. Rockey, sailed with the convoy from Guam for Okinawa the following

day. Here, ships carrying the troops of the 1st Marine Division (Major

General DeWitt Peck) rendezvoused with this convoy on 24 September. Two days
later, corps troops and the 1st Marine Division sailed from Okinawa for the

anchorage off Taku.

Long before daybreak on 30 September the convoy anchored in the bay off

the mouth of Hai River. With dawn, as if out of nowhere, appeared a swarm of
sampans manned by enthusiastic Chinese crews who sculled their small craft

close to the transports to exchange mutually unintelligible badinage with the

troops lining the rails and to trade cheap trinkets. The aura of good-natured
welcome continued as the Assistant Division Commander of the 1st Division,

Brigadier General Louis R. Jones, and his staff boarded a patrol craft to lead

a procession of LCTs carrying men of the 7th Marines over Taku bar and into
the narrow channel that led upriver to the Tangku docks. It was the start of

a daylong victory parade. “Until long after dark groups of Chinese lined the

river banks, gathered…outside their…houses to cheer each boatload of
Marines.”<2>

At 1030, General Jones set foot on the docks and met with Chinese port

officials to complete arrangements initiated by General Worton’s advance party

for the reception, transportation, and billeting of the Marines. The 3d
Battalion, 7th Marines, entrained for Tientsin, while 2/7 bivouacked in the

warehouse area beside the docks. Elements of the IIIAC Shore Brigade, built

around the 7th Service Regiment, also disembarked on the 30th to start
unloading cargo. On every hand, the “Chinese military and civilian

authorities were cooperative in the extreme,”<3> and no trouble of any kind

was experienced with the Japanese garrison.

The tumultuous welcome that greeted 3/7 when it arrived in Tientsin was

repeated and reinforced the following day as the 1st Marines and Division
Headquarters Battalion reached the city by rail and road. The streets were

packed with Chinese of all classes and European expatriates. Trucks and

marching troops literally had to force their way through the happy,
flag-waving throngs to reach their assigned billets in the former

International Concessions. To many of the men, it seemed that their welcome

must have out shone and out shouted “any welcome given to troops any time, any
place, and anywhere during the war.”<4>

2

The first element of IIIAC to come in direct contact with the highly

explosive internal situation prevailing in North China was the 1st Battalion,

7th Marines. On 1 October, 1/7, reinforced, under Lieutenant Colonel John J.
Gormley, sailed from Taku for the all-weather port of Chinwangtao, rail

terminal for the shipment of coal from the Tangshan mining area. Former

Japanese puppet troops occupying the town were engaged in desultory fighting
with Communist regulars and guerrillas who held most of the surrounding

countryside. Because, as Gormley reported, “all factions, civilian and

military, were anxious to cooperate with our troops,”<5> the Marine commander
was able to stop the fighting. He ordered the puppet forces withdrawn from

their perimeter defenses and replaced them with his own men. The local

Communist commander disclaimed any designs on the area without full American
cooperation. The aura of universal trust was short-lived, however, and before

the month was out, the Communists were regularly sabotaging rail lines leading

into the city and firing on Marine-guarded trains.

Chinwangtao was only one of many spots where the Marines, in pursuing

their assigned mission in China, clashed with the Communists. While open
warfare was avoided by both sides, the area of intermittent conflict spread as

IIIAC expanded its hold on key cities and vital routes of communication. The

first Marine casualties were incurred in a fire fight on the Tientsin-Peiping
road.

On 5 October, reconnaissance parties proceeding from Tientsin to Peiping

found 36 unguarded roadblocks scattered along the route; jeeps were the only

vehicles that could get through. The following day a detail of engineers,
guarded by a rifle platoon, was sent out to clear the road. About 22 miles

northwest of Tientsin, the engineer group was fired on by an estimated 40-50

Chinese troops, later identified as Communists, and forced to withdraw. Three
Marines were wounded. On 7 October, the engineers went out again, this time

with a rifle company of the 1st Marines, a platoon of tanks, and carrier air

cover, and the road was cleared without incident. A convoy of 95 vehicles of
the 5th Marines reached Peiping to join men of the regiment who arrived by

rail. Regular road patrols were established to insure that the

Tientsin-Peiping road stayed open.

The harassing tactics of the communist Eighth Route Army and its
affiliated partisans were all too familiar to the Japanese troops who had

guarded the areas being taken over by the

3

Marines were was strong evidence to indicate that the Japanese had a great
deal of respect, even fear, of the Communists,<6> and that they were quite

willing to get free of incessant forays, ambushes, and sabotage. General
Rockey, acting for the Chinese Central Government, accepted the surrender of
the 50,000 Japanese troops in the Tientsin-Tangku-Chinwangtao area at Tientsin

on 6 October. Four days later, the Japanese forces in the Peiping area, an
additional 50,000 men, surrendered to the Eleventh War Area commander, General
Lien Chung Sun, Chiang Kai-shek’s personal representative in North China. Most

of the Japanese were concentrated in centrally located bivouac and barrack
areas to await repatriation, but those who held outlying posts were given
orders to remain on guard duty until relieved by recognized Central Government

forces or U. S. Marines.

Many of the puppet troops transferred their allegiance to Chiang
Kai-shek after the defeat of Japan, and most units were accepted and given
official status. Other formations remained unrecognized or went over to the

Communists. In addition, the Chiang-appointed mayors of Tientsin and Peiping
organized their own armed supporters to back up their powers. It was a
chaotic situation and one that pointed up the need for stability, which was

provided by the potential strength of the Marines.

By 30 October, all major 1st Division units were ashore and established
in their initial areas of responsibility. The Peiping Group, headed by General

Jones and built around the 5th Marines (less 1/5) reinforced by 2/11, was
established in the Legation Quarter of the ancient capital, with a rifle
company at each of the city’s two airfields. The 1st and 11th Marines

controlled Tientsin, its airfield, and its approaches. The Taku-Tangku area
was garrisoned by 1/5, and the 1st and 3d Battalions of the 7th Marines held
strongpoints along the Tangku-Chinwangtao railroad. Corps troops were

stationed mainly in Tientsin, with necessary supporting detachments in the
field with division units.

Headquarters of the 1st Marine Aircraft Wing, under Major General Claude
E. Larkin, was set up on 6 October at the French Arsenal near the airfield

east of Tientsin. Headquarters and service squadrons of the wing and its air
groups (MAGs) arrived in China with their equipment throughout the month, and
flight echelons staged into their assigned firelds at Tsingtao, Peiping, and

Tientsin as facilities were readied for them. A destructive typhoon which
raged over Okinawa from 9-11 October damaged much of the heavy equipment of
wing units stopping there en route

4

and materially hampered Marine air operations in North China during the
remainder of the year.

The first extensive use of the airfields under Marine control was made by
the Chinese Central Government. The 50,000 men comprising the Ninety-second

and Ninety-fourth Chinese Nationalist Armies (CNA) were airlifted to Peiping
from Central and South China by the U. S. Fourteenth Air Force between 6-29
October. The Ninety-second CNA remained in the Peiping area while the

Ninety-fourth moved to Tientsin, Tangku, Tangshan, and Chinwangtao. One cause
of gradually increasing anti-Marine activity on the part of the Communists is
found in the IIIAC war diary’s statement that “movement of these armies was

facilitated by our forces, in that lines of communication, which made it
possible, were kept open by our guards.”<7>

The scope of Marine rail guard activities increased rapidly after the

initial deployment of the 1st Division. First, intermediate stations between
the principal rail centers were occupied, then outposts were established at
strategic points, and, finally, vital coal and supply trains were guarded.

Chinese track repair gangs, fair game for the guerrillas, needed protection if
the railroad was to be kept operating. The presence of CNA forces may have
made the Eighth Route Army more wary, but it did not prevent frequent

Communist incursions into areas where destruction of roadbed and bridges would
be most damaging. The III Corps’ first month in China revealed the pattern of
future months which stretched into years. Set down in the midst of a

fratricidal war with ambiguous instructions to abstain from active
participation while “cooperating” with Central Government forces,<8> the
Marines walked a tightrope to maintain the illusion of friendly neutrality.

Although the enormous task of processing over 630,000 Japanese military
and civilian repatriates in North China fell mostly to IIIAC, the process was
well started by the end of October and promised to proceed smoothly so long as

the Japanese could reach American-controlled areas. However, the disciplined
strength and tactical and technical know-how of the Japanese appealed to both
sides in the Chinese civil war and hard-pressed local Communist and

Nationalist commanders were wont to detain or attempt to recruit their former
enemies as allies. This situation revealed itself first at Tsingtao,
destination of the 6th Marine Division, and the planned repatriation port of

more than half of the Japanese in North China.

5

SHANTUNG OPERATIONS<9>

Immediately after he accepted the surrender of Japanese forces in the

Tientsin area, General Rockey left for Chefoo to investigate conditions at
that port, the objective of the 29th Marines of the 6th Division. Communist
troops had already seized the city from the Japanese, installed a party

official as mayor, and were not sympathetic to the request from Admiral Thomas
C. Kinkaid, Commander of the Seventh Fleet, that they withdraw before the
Marines landed. After a conference on 7 October with the Communist mayor, who

asked for withdrawal terms incompatible with IIIAC’s mission,<10> Vice Admiral
Daniel E. Barbey, Commander, VII Amphibious Force, recommended that the
landing be temporarily postponed. Rockey concurred in a decision to delay the

Chefoo operation, and on 9 October, ComGenChina was informed by Rockey that
the 29th Marines would land at Tsingtao with the rest of the 6th Division.

An advance party under Colonel William N. Best, 6th Division

Ouartermaster, preceded the main convoy to Tsingtao to make arrangements for
billeting troops and to obtain information regarding the local civil,
military, and political situation. The division commander, Major General

Lemuel C. Shepherd, Jr., and a small staff transferred to the destroyer escort
NEWMAN en route to the target. They wished to arrive on 10 October, a day
ahead of the scheduled landing, to confer with Chinese officials.

During the early afternoon of 11 October, the first of the division’s
transports docked at Tsingtao’s wharfs. The 6th Reconnaissance Company,
landing first, moved through the crowded streets, lined with a cheering,

flag-waving throng, to secure Tsangkou airfield, about 10 miles from the city.
The observation planes of VMO-6 were launched from the escort carrier
BOUGAINVILLE the next day and landed safely at the field. The remainder of the

division landed amidst the bin of enthusiastic applause during the next few
days. By 16 October, all troops were ashore and established in their assigned
billets

Local adherents of Chiang Kai-shek, backed up by armed irregulars

recognized by the Central Government, were running Tsingtao. The Communists,
who held most of Shantung Province, controlled the countryside to the
outskirts of Tsangkou airfield. The Japanese and their puppet troops held the

rail route

6

leading into the interior. Until CNA units arrived at Tsingtao in sufficient
strength to replace the Japanese, there was little hope of rapid fulfillment

of repatriation plans.

On 13 October, an emissary from the Communist commander in Shantung
arrived in Tsingtao with a letter for General Shepherd. In it was an offer to
cooperate with the Marines “to destroy the remaining Japanese military forces

and the rest of the traitor army (puppet army).” In order to “best establish
local peace and order,” Communist troops would be sent into Tsingtao with the
expectation that the Marines would not oppose them. The Communist leader

noted that CNA troops were preparing to enter Tsingtao with American help for
the express purpose of attacking the Communists. In the resultant “open
conflict,” he hoped “that our both armies continue to maintain friendly

relations.”<11>

The Communist emmissary was soon sent back with the general’s short and
pointed reply. Shepherd stated that the mission of the 6th Division was a
peaceful one and did not involve the destruction of either the Japanese or

their puppets; there would be no such cooperation as the Communist commander
desired. He further indicated that it was neither necessary nor desirable
that the Communists enter Tsingtao as the city was peaceful and should

disorders of any form arise his “division of well-trained combat veterans
“would be” entirely capable of coping with the situation.” As to the
preparations for CNA troops to enter Tsingtao, such matters were entirely

beyond the control of 6th Division Headquarters, however, Shepherd stated his
own credo in regard to the civil war:

On my own behalf, however, I can say without reservation that
it is my determination that the sixth Marine Division will in no

way assist any Chinese group in conflict against another.<12>

The formal Japanese surrender of the Tsingtao garrison, about 10,000 men,
took place on the city’s racecourse on 25 October before the assembled troops

of the 6th Division. General Shepherd and Lieutenant General Chen Pao-tsang,
Chiang’s representative, took the surrender in the name of the Chinese Central
Government. The Marines assumed responsibility for disarming, subsisting, and

repatriating those Japanese within their area of control.

Clashes between the communists and the Japanese and former

7

puppet troops were frequent in Shantung during October, and at General

Shepherd’s request, planes of MAG-32 started regular reconnaissance patrols on
26 October to check the status of the rail lines and their Japanese guards and
to insure adequate warning of any Communist move against Tsingtao.

The flight echelon of MAG-32 reached Tsingtao on 21 October, and it was
followed soon after the planes of MAG-12 staging up from the Philippines to
their base at Peiping. By the end of October, elements of all the wing’s

major units had landed in China. MAGs-12 and -24 were established at
Peiping’s airfields and MAGs-25 and -32 were stationed at Tsingtao together
with the wing’s personnel reception and processing center.<13> Major General

Louis E. Woods arrived in Tientsin on 31 October to assume command of the wing
from General Larkin.

The first few weeks of the 6th Division’s occupation of Tsingtao revealed
a situation somewhat different from that which faced IIIAC in the

Peiping-Tientsin-Chinwangtao area. The Chinese Central Government’s
effective strength in Hopeh Province gained rapidly during October, due in
large part to the Marines’ control of the major cities and lines of

communication between them. CNA troops there soon reached a position of
strength in relation to their Communist opponents. In Shantung, however, the
Communists held most of the coastline and vast areas of the interior prior to

the arrival of the Marines, and had withdrawn most of their troops from
Central China to make a fight for this vital province. Because the Communists
respected the implied threat of the 6th Division’s air and ground strength,

backed up by the guns and planes of the Seventh Fleet, Tsingtao remained a
Nationalist island in a Communist sea.

The primary mission of the Marines in China, as expressed by the
Secretary of the Navy, was “to accomplish the disarmament of the Japanese and

to provide for their repatriation up to the point where General Wedemeyer
considers that the Chinese Nationalist government troops can alone carry out
this mission.”<14> This mission could not be fulfilled in Shantung until CNA

forces could gain control of the interior and release the Japanese from their
vital guard duties. The prospect of a short tour of duty in China, at least
by the Marine forces in Tsingtao, was not good.

8

MARINE TROOP REDUCTION<15>

IIIAC’s disposition in Hopeh placed it squarely astride the route to
Manchuria along which Chiang Kai-shek moved to regain the rich northeastern

provinces. After U. S. ships landed the Thirteenth CNA at Chinwangtao on
30-31 October, a steady stream of Manchuria-bound troops funnelled into North
China through the Marine-controlled area. Although the Nationalists had a

relatively safe point of debarkation and protected rail-heads, their lifeline
into Manchuria was tenuous. From the Great Wall to Mukden and on to
Changchun, every mile of track, every bridge, and every switch was the

potential target of Communist attacks. As the American military attache at
Chungking reported, “the principal weapon of the Communists in their efforts
to prevent the Central Government from occupying areas dominated by them is

the effectiveness of Communist troops against the railroads in those
areas.”<16>

General Wedemeyer, in his capacity as military advisor to Chiang
Kai-shek, had warned the Chinese leader early in November that he should first

consolidate his grip on North China before attempting to occupy Manchuria.
Despite the Nationalists’ marked superiority in men and equipment, Wedemeyer
felt that the CNA had neither adequate forces nor transport to insure

appropriate logistic support and security for the long and vulnerable supply
route. The effective suppression of Communist guerrilla activity in North
China required the commitment of overwhelmingly superior CNA forces. When

large numbers of these troops were drained off for the Manchuria drive, vast
areas in the interior of Shantung and Hopeh fell to Communist control. The
Nationalists’ premature Manchuria operation contained within it the seeds of

Nationalist destruction, and they ripened in a few short and bloody years into
total defeat.

On both political and moral grounds, it was impossible for the United
States to take a decisive military role in another nation’s civil war, and the

average Marine on postwar duty in China found himself an uneasy spectator or
sometimes an unwilling participant in a war which he little understood and
could not prevent. A steady procession of “incidents” involving Marine guards

and raiding Communists continued until the last Marine cleared Tsingtao in the
spring of 1949.<17>

9

The explosive nature of the situation is best illustrated by an incident

that occurred soon after the Marines arrived in China. On 14 November, a
train carrying General Peck and an inspection party was fired on near Kuyeh,
while en route from Tangshan to Chinwangtao. A desultory fire fight lasting

several hours ensued between the Marine train guards and Communist forces
located around a village some 500 yards north of the track. General Rockey
approved Peck’s request for a bombing mission against the village, but only

simulated strafing runs were made because of the danger to innocent civilians
and the lack of a clearly definable target of hostile troops. Late in the
afternoon, a company from the 7th Marines, sent to aid the beleaguered train,

found that the opposing forces had melted away. Peck’s train returned to
Kuyeh after dark.

Next day, the general’s train was halted in the same general area by a
break in the track, and again it was taken under fire. During the night, some

400 yards of the rail line had been torn up. Several Chinese section hands,
attempting to repair the break, were killed or injured by mines planted near
the right of way, but there were no Marine casualties. Since repair work was

expected to take two days, General Peck returned to Tangshan, headquarters of
the 7th Marines, where he boarded a light observation plane and continued to
Chinwangtao by air.

The Kuyeh incident demonstrated the need for strong CNA offensive action

to clear the railroad line, and to arrange this, General Peck was authorized
to deal directly with Lieutenant General Tu Li-ming, Commanding General,
Northeast China Command. The Nationalist leader agreed to drive back the

Communist guerrillas and to avoid Marine positions while he was doing so, in
order to keep American forces out of the conflict. The Marines, in turn,
would help release Nationalist troops for this operation by assuming

responsibility for guarding all rail bridges over 100 meters long between
Tangku and Chinwangtao, a distance of approximately 135 miles.

Even before this new task was added to the extensive security commitments

of the 7th Marines, IIIAC had recognized the need for additional troops in the
regiment’s zone of responsibility, which extended from Tangku to Chinwangtao,
and on 30 October, the corps had ordered the 6th Marine Division to provide a

reinforced infantry battalion for duty in the Chinwangtao area. General
Shepherd sent the 1st Battalion, 29th Marines, from Tsingtao on 6 November,
and it landed the next day at Chinwagtao. There, these 6th Division men were

placed under operational control of the 7th Marines. They soon were plagued by

10

incidents involving blown tracks, train derailments, and ambushes, which were

to be the lot of Marines on duty in the midst of the Chinese civil war. While
American casualties amounted to only a handful compared to the toll from an
island assault, these China dangers were particularly distasteful because the

war was supposed to be over, and the slowly rising casualty list loomed large
in the eyes of the men who manned the isolated guard posts and rode the dusty
coal trains.

China duty had been coveted in the prewar Marine Corps, and, for the men

who garrisoned the major cities in 1945, a China assignment still had much of
that appeal. Marine commanders set up a system to rotate troops on dangerous
and exposed outposts, and to grant liberty in Peiping and Tientsin to the men

on rail guard duty. Rest from the constant strain of watching and waiting was
brief, however; in a few days, the Marines again were standing guard along the
rail line.

Coal shipments guarded by the 1st Marine Division were vital to the

Chinese people. General Wedemeyer pointed out that it was “a military
necessity that at least 100,000 tons of coal reach Shanghai every month,”<18>
and his orders to IIIAC were to insure that this coal reached its destination.

Without it, the public utilities and factories needed to keep the economy of
that key city alive would cease to operate, and the lack of coal would mean
starvation for thousands of people. Perhaps the average Marine standing his

turn on guard and huddling against the biting winter wind that blew down out
of the Mongolian desert was not aware of this, but his superiors were, and
they lived under the constant pressure of that knowledge.

The United States was determined to try every feasible measure to achieve
peace in China and promote the country’s economic recovery. On 27 November
1945, President Truman appointed General of the Army George C. Marshall as his

Special Representative in China to attempt mediation of the differences
between the Nationalists and Communists. Truman said it was “in the most
vital interest of the United States and all the United Nations that the people

of China overlook no opportunity to adjust their internal differences promptly
by methods of peaceful negotiation.”<19>

The immediate Chinese reaction to the President’s appointment was very

favorable, and it was evident that a man of Marshall’s unquestioned personal
integrity was essential in

11

she role of mediator. But the basic problem proved insoluble. either the

Nationalists nor the Communists could overcome their distrust of each other:

The National Government was convinced that the U.S.S.R. had
obstructed the efforts of the National Government to assume control

over Manchuria in spite of the provisions of the Sino-Soviet Treaty
of August 1945 and that the Chinese Communists were tools of the
U.S.S.R. The Chinese Communist Party was suspicious of the

Kuomintang and believed that its aim was the destruction of the

Chinese Communist Party. The Government leaders were unwilling
to permit Communist participation in the Government until the

Communists had given up their armed forces, while the Communists

believed that to do so without guarantees of their legal political
status would end in their destruction.<20>

General Marshall managed some cooperation early in his mission, when both

groups agreed to meet with him and form a top-level negotiating Committee of

Three. Chiang Kai-shek appointed General Chang Chun as his representative,
and Mao Tse-tung, Chairman of the Chinese Communist Party, appointed Chou

En-lai. The committee held its first formal session at Chungking on 7 January

1946, and three days later, agreed on a cease-fire to take effect at midnight
on 13 January. The terms of the agreement were simple. Both sides were to

cease hostilities and halt all troop movements except those of the CNA forces

into and within Manchuria, where Chinese sovereignty was being reasserted. An
Executive Headquarters would be established at Peiping following the Committee

of Three pattern to supervise the cease-fire agreement, and operational teams

including a Nationalist, a Communist, and an American officer, would go into
the field to insure compliance with cease-fire provisions. It was made clear,

however, that American participation in the work of the Executive Headquarters

would be restricted to aiding the Chinese members. In effect, each American
team member acted as did General Marshall, but in a greatly restricted

capacity.

For IIIAC the cease-fire agreement meant a lessening of the hit-and-run

guerrilla attacks, but there was never a time in the following months when a
guard detachment could consider itself safe. By March, political and military

differences had again split China wide open and, although a pretense at

negotiation continued, clashes increased between Communists and

12

Nationalists. Neither side was blameless in the covert renewal of

hostilities, but the major share of blame fell to the Communists, who

definitely violated the 10 January agreement in wholesale manner in March and
April by moving troops from Shansi and Hopeh into Manchuria. With the

assistance of the Soviet occupation forces, which conveniently withdrew when

Chinese Communists arrived to take over, and which left large stockpiles of
Japanese weapons and munitions behind, Mao Tse-tung managed to strengthen

considerably his military position during the respite gained by the

cease-fire.

At the same time that the Communists built up strength for the
forthcoming show-down campaign and the Nationalists reinforced their

Manchurian armies, Marine units in China were hit by the severe postwar

reduction of America’s troop strength. By December 1945, thousands of men in
the III Amphibious Corps were eligible to return to the States under the point

discharge and rotation plan, and increasing numbers would become eligible in

each month of the new year. Although some replacements (low point men and
regulars) were available from Marine units disbanding elsewhere in the

Pacific, or from the United States, this number did not meet the minimum

requirements of the units remaining in China.

In the first quarter of 1946, substantial reductions in the number of
Marines in China were made and many veteran units were deactivated. Approval

for IIIAC to disband the 6th Marine Division was received from General

Wedemeyer on 13 December 1945. The division would shrink into a reinforced
brigade, with its infantry component organized around the skeletonized 4th

Marines, whose headquarters was then in Japan. On 24 December, General

Shepherd, commander of the division since its formation on Guadalcanal in
September 1944, turned over his command to Major General Archie B. Howard, and

returned to the United States.

January brought the end to one major Marine responsibility in North

China. Arrangements were completed to turn over custody of remaining Japanese
personnel and equipment and the responsibility for Japanese subsistence and

repatriation to the CNA. The actual transfer was well underway. To pursue

their operations in North China and Manchuria, the Nationalists needed the
large stores of Japanese munitions held under Marine guard, but as a matter of

American policy, General Wedemeyer had refused this materiel to the CNA unless

the Central Government assumed complete responsibility for the Japanese. The
Marines, however, were still to play a prominent part in repatriation

activities.

13

Wedemeyer directed that American forces in the Ghina Theater furnish
supervisory assistance in processing, staging, and loading out the

repatriates. In addition, Marines would continue to furnish guard details for

American-manned repatriation ships. Approximately 300,000 Japanese, both
military personnel and civilians, remained in North China at the end of

January 1946.

On 14 February, IIIAC issued its Operation Plan 1-46 which noted that

“incident” to the turnover of responsibility for Japanese prisoners of war and
civilians together with all their supplies, equipment, and repatriation to

Chinese authorities, the work load of this Corps has been materially

reduced.”<21> The plan outlined the scope of the postwar reorganization of
IIIAC and directed immediate action to release eligible personnel in order to

assist in the demobilization of the Marine Corps. It was expected that the

necessary reorganization and redeployment would be effected in February and
March. Shipping to return 12,000 Marines to the United States was scheduled

to arrive in China during the latter month.

In addition to the deactivation of the 6th Marine Division, the plan

called for a reduction and regrouping of headquarters and service troops at
all levels of command, a disbanding of 1/29 and the third battalion of each

infantry regiment, and deactivation of the last lettered battery of each

artillery battalion within the 1st Marine Division. The 4th Marines, backbone
of the proposed brigade at Tsingtao, would be the only infantry regiment in

the Marine Corps to retain the World War II organization of three rifle

battalions. The 1st Marine Aircraft Wing was to return the headquarters and
service squadrons of MAG-12, as well as VMF(N)-541 and VMTB-l34 to the United

States, and to turn over control of the south airfield at Peiping to the Army

Air Forces units supporting the Executive Headquarters.

By the end of March, this reorganization had taken place at Tsingtao, and

on 1 April 1946, the remaining elements of the 6th Marine Division became the

3d Marine brigade, consisting of headquarters, service, medical, and artillery
battalions in addition to the 4th Marines.<22> On 17 April, Brigadier General

William T. Clement relieved General Howard as brigade commander. The 1st

Marine Division completed its last ordered deactivation on 15 April, and the
III Amphibious Corps staff and units were pared down to skeleton strength.

The personnel situation of IIIAC was still far from ideal, however, even

though its operational commitments had been drastically cut. By mid-April,
nearly all Marines who had taken part

14

in the original movement of China had been sent home or were being processed

for return. Except for a relatively small number of regular officers and NCOs

with combat experience, the majority of IIIAC was composed of men fresh from
boot camp. The tremendous public pressure to release combat veterans and other

men eligible for discharge had been responsible for severe restrictions on the

length and scope of both recruit and advanced training. Many of the thousands
of Marines who arrived in China late in 1945 and in the early months of 1946

were badly in need of training in even the most basic military subjects. To

meet this serious problem, IIIAC set up a comprehensive program which provided
for corps, division, and regimental schools in needed specialties, and

established extensive unit training in basic military subjects. Since the

corps continued to be heavily committed during this transition period, a large
part of this schooling was accomplished by on-the-job training.

On 1 May, the China Theater was deactivated and most of the residual

functions were assumed by the Commanding General, U. S. Army Forces in China
(Lieutenant General Alvin C. Gillem, Jr.). Operational control of Marine

forces reverted to the Commander, Seventh Fleet, and III Amphibious Corps was

directed to contribute to the fleet’s mission “to support the foreign policy
of the United States in China.”<23> With the exception of security guard for

coal shipments from the Tangshan area, Marines had accomplished most of their

original missions, such as the repatriation of Japanese. The primary
remaining function for the Marine garrison forces was to provide “security of

areas occupied by, or necessary for the support of, United States

installations, property, and personnel.”<24> General Rockey was also directed
to maintain liaison with the Peiping Executive Headquarters for the seventh

Fleet.

Although not stated in IIIAC’s instructions implied was directive that

the corps give all assistance possible to the United Nations’ efforts to ease
China’s economic distress resulting from her long years of war. The United

States was the strongest supporter of the United Nations Relief and

Rehabilitation Administration (UNRRA) which was set up to distribute food,
clothing, and other needs to the victims of World War II. China was allotted

more of these supplied than any other country. Considerable numbers of UNRRA

personnel, many of them Americans, arrived in China after November 1945 to
administer the program, and they added substantially to the security burdens

of Marine forces. Since political considerations were secondary to the needs

of the people, UNRRA operated in both Nationalist and

15

Communist-controlled territory. At General Marshall’s suggestion, the Marine

commanders at Tsingtao participated in the early arrangements for delivery of
relief supplies to Communist areas in an effort to foster better understanding
between the Marines and the Communists. But these efforts brought about no

significant improvement in the Communist attitude, and the constant round of
harassing attacks continued.

The progress of reorganization and reduction of Marine forces continued
after the IIIAC came under control of the Seventh Fleet. During May and June,

both MAG-25 and MAG-32 returned to the States, leaving the Headquarters of the
1st Wing, with attached transport and observation squadrons and the fighter
squadrons of MAG-24, to execute Marine air commitments. On 10 June, at

Tsingtao, the headquarters and supporting troops of the 3d Brigade merged with
those of the 4th Marines. III Corps headquarters was also deactivated on 10
June, and most of the corps staff was reassigned similar duties on the 1st

Division staff. Corps headquarters and service-type units were disbanded.
Excess staff officers and other personnel were either reassigned or returned
to the United States.

The resulting organization, with a total authorized strength of 24,252,

received the task force designation of Marine Forces, China. It included the
1st Marine Aircraft Wing and 1st Marine Division (Reinforced), with the 4th
Marines (Reinforced) attached. General Rockey assumed command of both the task

force and the division.

By the end of June, the number of Marines in North China had been cut to
less than half the original strength committed in September 1945, and there
was every prospect that the reduction would continue. Unfortunately, there

was no corresponding decrease in the number of incidents involving the
Communists and Marine train guards and outposts. After an initial interval of
relative calm following Marshall’s cease-fire arrangement, the tempo of the

harassing attacks mounted. On 7 July, the Chinese Communist Party issued a
manifesto bitterly attacking the United States’ policy toward China and its
support of the Central Government. Following this propaganda outburst, two

serious incidents indicated that the Marines were going to bear the brunt of
this Communist displeasure.

In one instance, on 13 July, the Communists ambushed and captured seven
Marine bridge guards in an area about 15 miles from Peitaiho, while the men

were attempting to procure ice for

16

their detachment mess from a nearby village. Strong Marine and CNA patrols
combed the area, but were unable to locate the men. After an Executive

Headquarters field team conducted extensive negotiations with the local
Communist command, the Marines were released unharmed on 24 July; but as a
price for setting them free, the Communists demanded an apology for what they

called unlawful entry into the “liberated area.” U. S. authorities answered
with a strong protest.

Five days after the release of these Marines, the second incident
occurred in another area of the 1st Division’s zone. A routine motor patrol of

1 officer and 40 enlisted men was escorting six supply trucks from Tientsin to
Peiping when it was ambushed near the village of Anping by a strong force of
uniformed Chinese armed with automatic weapons, rifles, and hand grenades.

The lieutenant commanding the escort was killed in the first burst of enemy
fire, and a fight which lasted for four hours ensued. An air-supported relief
column rushed out from Tientsin, but arrived on the scene too late to trap the

ambush party. Three Marines were killed and 12 wounded in the fire fight; one
man later died of wounds. Two others were injured when a jeep, returning to
Tientsin for aid, turned over.

This was by far the most serious clash that had occurred between Marines

and the Communists up to that time. A specially selected fact-finding team
from the Executive Headquarters in Peiping, formed at the specific request of
Chiang Kai-shek and Chou En-lai, investigated the incident. Communist

delaying tactics and vicious misrepresentations finally caused General
Marshall to instruct the United States team personnel to withdraw and submit
their report to him. In essence this report stated:

…that a Communist force had ambushed the motor convoy of

Executive Headquarters and UNRRA supplies escorted by a United
States Marine unit, that it had killed three Marines and wounded 12

others and that no National Government troops were present or

involved in the incident.

The deliberate Communist ambush was additional proof that the chances for
peace in China were nonexistent. Without regard to their truce agreements,

both sides initiated hostilities wherever the military situation seemed to

favor them, and “each side took the stand with General Marshall that the other
was provoking the fighting and could not be trusted to go through

17

with an agreement.”<26> A general war was in progress by the end of August,
despite every reasonable effort by American representatives to stop it, and

Marines were placed in the unenviable position of remaining neutral in the

middle of a battlefield.

MARINE WITHDRAWAL<27>

Marine commitments in the Tsingtao area were never as extensive as those

which the 1st Division encountered in Hopeh Province, and by midsummer of

1946, even the mission of supervisory assistance to the Nationalists in
repatriation activities had ended. Except for those Japanese held prisoner in

Siberian labor camps by the Soviets and a small number of technicians retained

by the Chinese, all Japanese had been returned to their home islands. The
primary responsibility of the 4th Marines became that of supporting American

naval activities at Tsingtao, which was an important base for the Seventh

Fleet and, in addition, the location of the training center where Nationalist
crews were taught to man and maintain the ships transferred to the Central

Government under United States naval aid programs.

On 1 August 1946, the 1st Division directed that Marine forces in
Tsingtao be reduced to a reinforced infantry battalion and that the 4th
Marines (Reinforced) return to the United States. The regiment’s 3d Battalion

was to remain in China as a separate unit under operational control of the
Commander, Naval Port Facilities, Tsingtao. The 12th Service battalion would
also remain to continue its role of furnishing logistic support for Marine

activities in Tsingtao.<28> A company of 3/4 was assigned to guard 1st Wing
facilities at Tsangkou airfield, from which VMO-6 would operate as a
reconnaissance and liaison agency for 3/4.

The last elements of the 4th Marines embarked on 3 September, and on the

same date, 3/4 came under direct naval command. The deletion of the 4th
Marines from the 1st Division troop list came at the same time that the last
Marines were being withdrawn from guard duty on the coal trains operating

between Tangshan and Chinwangtao. During August and early September, the CNA
finally assumed all responsibility for the security of the coal fields and the
rail line between Peiping and Chinwangtao. After 6 September, Marine guards

were assigned solely to those trains which transported American personnel and
supplies.

18

The ending of the dangerous coal train and bridge guard assignments

enabled General Rockey to pull in his outposts and concentrate the 1st
Division units in the major cities. The 7th Marines, reinforced by 3/11,
moved to barracks in the Peitaiho-Chinwangtao area while division headquarters

and special troops, the 1st Marines, and the rest of the 11th Marines set up
in Tientsin. The 5th Marines Regimental Headquarters and its 2d Battalion
moved to Peiping as the security force for American property and personnel at

the Executive Headquarters, and 1/5, with a detachment of the 7th Service
Regiment, provided the guard and operated the fort and supply installation in
the Taku-Tangku area. After its regrouping, the division was better able to

coordinate and vigorously prosecute a new training program aimed at a goal of
maintaining its units in a high state of combat readiness.

General Rockey, who as senior Marine commander in China had borne the

major share of responsibility for avoiding open conflict throughout a
protracted period of Communist harassing attacks, was finally relieved on 18
September 1946. The new commander of Marine Forces, China and the 1st Marine

Division was Major General Samuel L. Howard, a veteran “China-hand.”<29> Soon
after Howard took over, he received convincing proof that the Marine
withdrawal from the rail line had not brought an end to Communist attacks.

The munitions stored at the 1st Division ammunition supply point (ASP) at Hsin
Ho, six miles northwest of Tangku, proved to be an irresistible magnet for
raiding parties.

On the night of 3-4 October, a Communist company broke into the Hsin Ho

dump to steal ammunition. A sentry from the 1/5 guard detachment discovered
the attempt and exchanged fire with the Communists. A rescue party from the
main guard which entrucked to come to his aid was forced to dismount and build

up a firing line when a fusillade of small arms fire struck the truck,
wounding the driver. Before additional reinforcements could arrive from
Tangku, the Communists disappeared into the darkness. An investigation in the

morning revealed that several cases of ammunition had been stolen from one of
the storage tents near the compound’s fence; most of these were recovered,
however, in the immediate dump area. Papers found on the body of a man killed

in the raid and the statement of another, who was wounded and abandoned in the
hasty withdrawal, established conclusively that the attack had been made by an
organized Communist unit.

The civil war was not going well for the Communists in the fall of 1946,

and they emitted a constant stream of

19

vilification and accusations which placed the blame for their predicament on
American aid to the Nationalists. General Marshall, who was the personal

target of much of this political abuse, was still willing to continue in his
role as mediator, but could get no honest cooperation from either side. The
Nationalists, flushed by temporary successes in Manchuria and North China,

were striving for an overwhelming position of strength from which they could
dictate peace terms. The Communists, fighting for their political existence,
felt that they could not afford to negotiate from weakness. Both Mao Tse-tung

and the top American observers realized that the Nationalists were becoming
seriously overextended in both a military and an economic sense; so much of
the gross production of Nationalist China was being diverted to the war effort

that General Marshall warned Chiang Kai-shek that economic collapse was
inevitable before military victory could be achieved. Most of the members of
the Nationalist hierachy, convinced that the CNA would prevail, refused to

accept the fact that immediate peace was essential to their political
well-being.

Although truce negotiations dragged on fitfully through the remainder of
1946, there was seldom evidence of good faith on the part of either

belligerent and the days of the Marshall mission were numbered. On 6 January
1947, President Truman, acting on Marshall’s recommendation, ordered the
general to return to Washington<30> and directed that American participation

in Peiping’s Executive Headquarters be ended. This action also had the effect
of ending a stormy era of Marine involvement in China’s internal strife since:

…”it” made it possible to withdraw all United States Marines

from North China, except for a guard contingent at Tsingtao, the
location of the United States Naval Training Group engaged in
training Chinese naval personnel.<31>

By this time, many Marine units already had orders to new duty

assignments dictated by postwar commitments of the division and the wing. In
December, the 7th Marines, with 3/11 and 4/11 attached, departed for the
United States, and the depleted 11th Marines and the 1st Tank Battalion (less

Companies B and C) sailed for Guam. Two squadrons of the 1st Wing, VMF(N)-533
and VMF-115, were transferred to the Hawaiian islands, and VMO-6 was released
from the Tsingtao garrison for return to the States. The 1st Marines assumed

all guard duties in Tientsin from the relieved units and sent two companies to
Chinwangtao as a security detachment for the rear echelon of the 7th Marines,
which was

20

directed to dispose of all surplus government property in the
Peitaiho-Chinwangtao area. At the end of January, all units had cleared China
and passed to operational control of FMFPac. The remaining elements of Marine

Forces, China, were not long in following.

On 1 April 1947, operation plans were issued detailing the steps to be
taken in the withdrawal and redeployment from China of the 1st Marine Division

and 1st Marine Aircraft Wing. Most of the wing units, including headquarters

and MAG-24, were slated for Guam as was the 5th Marines, which was to join the
1st Marine Brigade then forming on the island. Division headquarters

battalion and division troops (less reinforcing detachments to infantry units)

were to return to the United States to the amphibious training base at Camp
Pendleton. A rear echelon of about 1,900 men, composed of the 7th Service

Regiment with 1/1 as security troops, was to remain temporarily at Tientsin to

load out heavy equipment and dispose of surplus government property. When the
division headquarters left China, the rear echelon would come under

operational control of the Marine commander at Tsingtao.

A new command, Fleet Marine Force, Western Pacific (FMFWesPac), was to be
activated at Tsingtao on 1 May under Brigadier General Omar T. Pfeiffer. Its

principal mission was to be security of United States naval training

activities. In addition to the 3d Battalion, 4th Marines already at Tsingtao,
the 1st Marines (less 1/1) was to join the garrison, the regimental

headquarters and service company being redesignated Headquarters Company,

FMFWesPac. Air support for Pfeiffer’s command would be provided by the three
squadrons remaining at Tsingtao (Air FMFWesPac): the wing service squadron,

VMF-211, and VMR-153. The composition of FMFWesPac after all necessary

transfers were completed would be: Headquarters and Service Battalion; 3/4;
2/1; 12th Service Battalion; AirFMFWesPac.<32>

The last major clash between Marines of the 1st Division and Communist

forces occurred shortly after the withdrawal plans were issued. The scene was
again the isolated ammunition supply point at Hsin Ho, and the attack gave

every evidence of being well planned and coordinated. On the night of 4-5

April, an enemy raiding party with an estimated strength of 350 men made
simultaneous attacks at three widely separated points on the dump perimeter.

Five Marine sentries were killed in the initial exchange of fire, and the

Communists broke into the ammunition storage area. Eight more Marines were
wounded as the heavily

21

outnumbered guard detachment attempted to contain and beat back the

penetration. In accordance with their carefully laid plan, the Communists
brought up horse-drawn carts and pack animals to haul away captured ammunition

and set up an ambush on the road to Tangku, anticipating the fact that the

commanding officer of 1/5 would immediately dispatch reinforcements to Hsin
Ho. The lead vehicle of the Company C rescue column was disabled by land

mines, and heavy fire forced the Marines to dismount and engage the ambush

party, which closed to grenade range before it was finally driven off. Using
their preponderance of strength at the supply point and the time advantage

gained by their ambush, the Communists were able to disengage and withdraw

from the scene of action, covering their retreat by blowing up two of the
ammunition stockpiles. Although Company C pursued the raiders through the

darkness for more than eight miles it was unable to reestablish contact, and

dawn air searches revealed that the Communist force had disappeared into the
maze of fields, villages, and brush, that dotted the countryside north of

Tangku. The bodies of six uniformed Communists were found at Hsin Ho, and it

was estimated that 20-30 wounded men had been carried away during the
withdrawal. Marine casualties totaled 5 dead and 16 wounded in the worst

incident in the history of strained relations between the Marines and the

Communists.<33> On 21 April, the division turned over the ASP and its
contents to Nationalist troops as part of the American program of postwar

lend-lease aid.

During April and May, units of the 5th Marines and the 1st Wing loaded

out and sailed for Guam, and the 1st Marines (less 1/1) joined FMFWesPac at
Tsingtao. Marine activities were terminated at Peiping, Tangku, and

Chinwangtao. The remaining elements of the division not assigned to the rear

echelon embarked in June, and on the 21st, the division command post closed in
Tientsin and opened in the USS RENVILLE. The 1st Marine Division, now little

more than a skeleton outfit of headquarters and service troops, had ended 21

months of quasi-war with the Chinese Communists.

After June 1947, the mission of protecting American lives and property in

China fell to General Pfeiffer’s forces at Tsingtao. On orders from the

Commander, Naval Forces, Western Pacific, successor to Seventh Fleet,
FMFWesPac was to have an infantry battalion ready at all times to be

air-transported to Shanghai, Nanking, or Tientsin where most American

nationals were located. Surprise alerts and practice air lifts were a
constant feature of the Marine training program thereafter.

22

FMFWesPac was an unusual command in the sense that it functioned

simultaneously as a naval base guard detachment and a major FMF air-ground
team. Coupled with instruction and practice in interior guard duties was a

program of individual training and small unit combat exercises designed to

prepare for the possibility of Communist attacks on Tsingtao and to meet the
continuing requirement that a FMF unit be ready for amphibious operations.

Reinforcements in the form of landing parties from ships of the fleet were

regularly instructed in infantry tactics by the Marines, and periodically the
two battalions, organized as battalion landing teams,<34> boarded ship to

participate in landing exercises with fleet units.

Tsingtao became the only Marine duty station in China on 1 September 1947
when the rear echelon of the 1st Division cleared Tientsin and left for the

United States. A month later, the ground units of FMFWesPac were all

redesignated and reorganized under the new “J” Tables of Organization which
were aimed at making the most efficient use of the limited manpower available.

Most of the reinforcing elements of Pfeiffer’s command became detached

companies or platoons of the separate battalions of the 1st Marine Division.
The infantry battalions assumed the names, battle honors, and traditions of

regiments: 2/1 was redesignated the 1st Marines and 3/4 the 3d Marines.

All types of combat training sought to give both officers and men
experience in handling the problems of larger units, even though a great deal

of this practice dealt with woefully under strength and often “paper”

organizations. The Marine Corps reorganization in autumn of 1947 obviously
had many shortcomings, but it attempted to cope with the budgetary and

personnel restrictions of the period, and to keep in being units whose combat

tradition and reputation were an invaluable morale factor.

Military training and guard duty filled only a portion of the Tsingtao

garrison’s time during the next year. Liberty in the Chinese city was

generously granted, an extensive recreation program was implemented, and
off-duty educational activities, both through local studies and by

correspondence, were encouraged. A considerable number of dependents were

permitted to come out from the States in keeping with a postwar policy of
reuniting service families wherever possible. Duty at Tsingtao was much like

that at any overseas station, but there was one critical difference. The

fighting between the Nationalists and Communists grew steadily more violent
and bitter and the possibility of Marine involvement was always present.

23

In the fall of 1948, the economic and military collapse of the
Nationalists, predicted by Wedemeyer, Marshall, and a host of other qualified

observers, came about in Manchuria. In a few short months, the Communists

captured vast quantities of munitions and absorbed thousands of defecting
Nationalist troops who had lost all desire to fight. In the cities of South

and Central China, the pauperized populace, led by agitators, became

increasingly more dissatisfied with its lot of continuous war and gave strong
evidence that it would accept any change which promised peace. By December,

the ultimate success of the Communists was so obvious that the Director of the

American Military Advisory Group of Nanking, Major General David Barr, USA,
told his superiors at the Pentagon that:

Only a policy of unlimited United States aid including the

immediate employment of United States armed forces to block the

southern advance of the Communists, which I emphatically do not
recommend, would enable the Nationalist Government to maintain a

foothold in southern China against a determined Communist advance…

The complete defeat of the Nationalist Army…is inevitable.<35>

The safety of many Americans and nationals of friendly foreign powers was

imperiled by the steady Communist advance into North China. In November, the

State Department had ordered their evacuation, and to meet the need for
security troops in Shanghai, port for the Yangtze Valley and an announced

Communist objective, the Secretary of the Navy ordered the 9th Marines

(actually a reinforced battalion) to embark for China. The unit left Guam on
28 November, staged through Tsingtao where evacuation plans were coordinated

with FMFWesPac, and arrived at Shanghai on 16 December.

FMFWesPac was under orders to withdraw from China once its evacuation
mission was completed. While civilians were sent directly to the States or

transshipped to Shanghai for further movement, essential Marine Corps and Navy

equipment was loaded out and the vanguard of the garrison boarded ship.
VMF-211, which was to fly fighter cover for the evacuation, completed carrier

qualification flights on 21 January and reported to the CVE Rendova. The rest

of AirFMFWesPac had departed Tsingtao by 1 February. With the exception of
Company C, 3d Marines, quartered ashore to patrol the harbor area, all

elements of FMFWesPac were afloat by 3 February. Headquarters and service

troops and the 1st Marines (Reinforced)<36> left China on

24

8 February to rejoin the 1st Division, leaving the 3d Marines and 9th Marines

to continue evacuation operations.

For more than a month, the 3d Marines remained afloat in Tsingtao harbor,
while the Communist drive gained momentum against disintegrating Nationalist
opposition. On 17 March, the 3d Marines, less Company C, sailed to Shanghai

to take over the mission of the 9th Marines, which left for the United States
at the end of the month.<37) While the battalion stayed on board ship at
Shanghai, the Communists reached their Yangtze valley objectives, crossed the

river, and on 24 April, occupied the Nationalist capital at Nanking. On the
28th, the 3d Marines left Shanghai for Tsingtao, pausing there for a few days
before it left for the states. On 6 May, the 3d sailed, leaving Company C as

a cruiser-borne reinforcement for Naval Forces, Western Pacific. A relief for
this company, C of the 7th Marines, arrived at Tsingtao on 14 May to take over
the watch, and the last element of the 3d Marines departed. In less than a

month, the 7th Marines company was also on its way home. The possibility of
landing American troops in China without precipitating costly fighting was now
remote, and the American fleet stood off from the Communist coast.

As an instrument of American policy, the Marines were first committed to
assist in the repatriation of more than a half million Japanese and to help
the Chinese Central Government reestablish its sovereignty over occupied

territory. Ordered to avoid involvement in the civil strife but to defend
themselves if attacked, “the Marines were the balance of order”<38> in North
China, while they controlled the vital coastal cities and lines of

communication. They reinforced General Marshall’s attempt to secure peace,
and when this failed, were given their traditional role as protectors of
American lives, interests, property in China.

After postwar demobilization drastically cut American troop strength, the

skeletal Marine units strung out along Hopeh’s rail lines invited Communist
harassing attacks. Even after the rail guard duty ended and the Marines

concentrated their forces, the communists occasionally tested the defenses

with minor success. When the last Marine garrison was set up at Tsingtao, the
combination of infantry and air, backed up by guns of the fleet, proved a

sufficient deterrent, and the port city remained inviolate even though the

Communists controlled most of Shantung Province.

25

When the defeat of the Nationalist armies forced an American withdrawal,

the Marines provided a security force that insured the escape of hundreds of

foreign nationals who might otherwise have ended up in Communist prisons.
Faced with a round of trying and often, dangerous assignments during the

postwar years of China duty, when their full fighting power was always held in

check, the Marines acquitted themselves well. The Communists, concerned
solely with their drive to conquer China, did not choose to meet the Marines

head on. Once they were secure in their control of the mainland, however, the

time of that encounter was not long delayed. In November 1950, they met the
Marines again, this time in full-scale battle, in the rugged hills of North

Korea.

26

NOTES

(1) Unless otherwise noted the material in this section is derived from:
IIIAC WarDs (War Diaries), Aug-Sep45; 1st MarDiv WarDs, Sep-Oct45; 1st

MAW WarDs, Sep-Oct45. Unless otherwise noted, all material cited is
located in the Historical Archives, Historical Branch, G-3, HQMC.

(2) Eyewitness account quoted in George McMillan, “The Old Breed: A History

of the First Marine Division in World War II,” (Washington: Infantry
Journal Press, 1949), p. 428.

(3) 1st MarDiv WarD, Sep45, p. 2.

(4) Quoted in McMillan, “op. cit.,” p. 428.

(5) 1st MarDiv WarD, Oct45, p. 2.

(6) Col Charles W. Harrison interview by HistBr, G-3, HQMC, dtd 15Nov55.

(7) IIIAC WarD, Oct45, p. 5.

(8) IIIAC OPlan 26-45, dtd 1Sep45, App I to IIIAC WarD, Sep45.

(9) Unless otherwise noted the material in this section is derived from:
IIIAC WarDs, Sep-Oct45; 6th MarDiv WarDs, Sep-Oct45; 1st MAW WarD, Oct45.

(10) The mayor’s terms were: (1) Advance information of the time or landing;

(2) No CNA troops to accompany the Marines; (3) No change in the city
administration.

(11) 6th MarDiv WarD, Oct45, Encl A.

(12) “Ibid.,” Encl B. General Worton, Chief of Staff, IIIAC, received a

similar emissary in Tientsin in mid-October. An offer to share control of
Tientsin with the Communists was refused. Harrison interview, “op. cit.”

(13) Because of its location, Tsangkou airfield was a major staging stop for

most transports en route to Tientsin and Peiping from South China or
bases in the Pacific. As a result, and because Tsingtao was an
all-weather port, the wing service squadron established a personnel

center for all wing operations at Tsangkou, taking over the functions or
Marine Air Depot Squadron 1.

(14) James V. Forrestal, “The Forrestal Diaries”, Walter Millis, ed. (New
York: The Viking Press, 1951), p. 108

27

(15) Unless otherwise noted the material in this section is derived from:
IIIAC WarDs, Nov45-Jul46 1st MarDiv WarDs, Nov45-Mar46; 1st MAW WarDs,

Nov45-Ju146; 3d MarBrig WarDs, Apr-May46; 4th Mar WarDs, Jun-Jul46; U. S.
Dept of State, “United States Relations with China” (Washington, 1949),
hereafter “State Dept Rept.”

(16) “State Dept Rept,” p. 110.

(17) See summary of incidents at the end of this article, Appendices A and B.

(18) IIIAC SpecO No. 226-45, dtd 6Dec45, in IIIAC WarD, Dec45.

(19) “State Dept Rept,” p. 133.

(20) “Ibid.,” p. 136.

(21) IIIAC OPlan 1-46, dtd 14Feb46, in IIIAC WarD, Feb46.

(22) The Medical Battalion, 3d Marine Brigade, was formally activated on 8
April 1946.

(23) IIIAC OPlan 2-46, dtd 1May46, Annex C, in IIIAC WarD, Apr46.

(24) “Ibid”.

(25) “State Dept Rept”, p. 173n.

(26) “Ibid.,” p. 178.

(27) Unless otherwise noted the material in this section is derived from: 1st
MarDiv WarDs, Aug46-Jun47; 1st MAW WarDs, Aug46-Apr47; FMFWesPac WarDs,

May47-Jan48; AirFMFWesPac WarDs, May47-Feb48; FMFWesPac G-1, G-2,G-3,
G-4, and Air 5-3 Repts, Mar48-Jan49, variously dated and incomplete (HQMC
S&C Files); 3d Mar S-3 PeriodicRepts Nos. 1 and 2, Feb-Mar49 (HQMC S&C

Files); Unit Muster Rolls, Nov48-May49 (Unit Diary Sect, Pers Dept,
HQMC).

(28) The 12th Service Battalion remained under operational control of the
senior Marine supply echelon in China, the 7th Service Regiment at

Tientsin.

(29) General Howard, who spent three and a half years as a Japanese prisoner,
had commanded the 4th Marines in China just prior to the outbreak of the
war and led the regiment during the defense of the Philippines.

28

(30) On 7 January 1947, General Marshall was appointed Secretary of State.

(31) Forrestal, “op. cit.,” p. 219.

(32) The 12th Service Battalion and AirFMFWesPac were attached for operational

control only; administrative control remained with 7th Service Regiment
and 1st MAW respectively.

(33) 1st MarDiv G-2 PeriodicRept No. 52, dtd 8Apr47, Encl A. Convincing
evidence that this attack was long in preparation was furnished by the

discovery on the body of a Communist of a copy of the dump’s guard roster
for 29 January 1947.

(34) As there was no organic artillery unit assigned to FMFWesPac, one rifle
company in each battalion received an augmentation of artillerymen to

provide a provisional firing battery, and a small artillery staff section
was added to Headquarters Company, FMFWesPac.

(35) “State Dept Rept,” p. 336.

(36) Company B, 3d Marines, was attached to the 1st Marines on 29 January

1949.

(37) Company C, 9th Marines, including one platoon on security guard at the U.
S. Embassy in Nanking, was transferred to the 3d Marines on 28 March 1949
and redesignated Company B, 3d Marines.

(38) Forrestal, “op. cit.,” p. 179.

29

Appendix A
Major Armed Clashes Between

U. S. Marines and Chinese Communists

October 1945 – May 1947

Marine Communist
Date Location KIA WIA KIA WIA Remarks

6Oct45 Tientsin- 3 unk unk Ambush of road recon-
Peiping Road naissance party by
an estimated 40-50

troops.

18Oct45 Langfang- – – 6 unk Ambush of train by
Peiping rail- force of unknown

road strength.

2Nov45 Village 3 miles – – 1 unk Motor patrol attacked
north of Tientsin by group of irregulars

14- Kuyeh vicinity – – unk unk CG, 1stMarDiv inspec-
15Nov45 on railroad tion train fired on
by force of unknown

strength.

8Jan46 Bridge near – – unk unk Bridge guard attacked
Anshan by 25-30 irregulars.

16Apr46 Bridge near – – unk unk Bridge guard attacked
Lutai by irregulars of un-
known strength.

5May46 Bridge near – 1 unk unk Bridge guard attacked
Hanku by force of unknown
strength with mortars.

21May46 Village 10 1 1 2 unk Reconnaissance party
miles south of attacked by 50-75
Tientsin irregular troops.

1Jun46 Bridge near – – 5 unk Force of unknown
Peitaiho strength attacked
bridge guard.

26Jul46 Anping between – – unk unk Motor patrol attacked
Tientsin and by group of unknown
Peiping strength.

A-1

29Jul46 Apring between 4 11 12 unk Motor convoy attacked
Tientsin and by group of about 300

strength

5Aug46 Hsin-Ho ASP near – – unk unk Fire fight with Com-
Tangku munist raiding party.

9Aug46 Railroad 2 miles – – unk 4 Coal train derailed
north of Lntai est and ambushed by an
estimated 50 troops.

12Aug46 Hsin-Ho ASP near – – unk unk Fire fight with Com-
Tangku nunist raiding party.

3-
4Oct46 Hsin-Ho ASP near – 1 1 1 Attack by organized

Tangku group of about 100
Communists.

4- Hsin-Ho ASP near 5 16 6 25 Attack by two com-

5Apr47 Tangku est panies of Communists,
about 350 men.

27Aug47 North Shore – – unk unk Landing party attempt-

Shantung ing to destroy crashed
Peninsula plane attacked by
force of unknown

strength.

31Jan48 Tsankou – – unk unk Patrol pinned down
airfield by fire from force of

unknown strength.

Totals 10 33 33* 30*

* Throughout this period it was customary for the attacking Communist troops

to carry off their casualties if it was possible.

A-2

Appendix B

Marine Casualties Incurred as a Result of

Attacks on Sentries, Recreation Parties, and Individuals

Casualties
Date Location KIA WIA Remarks

19Oct45 Tangshan vicinity – 2 Jeep ambushed.

29Oct45 Peiping vicinity – 1 Jeep ambushed.
4Dec45 Anshan vicinity 1 1 Hunting party attacked.
9Dec45 Tientsin vicinity – 1 Individual on recreation

liberty attacked.
15Jan45 Tangshan vicinity – 2 Trucks ambushed.
7Apr46 Lutai vicinity 1 – Hunting party attacked.

7May46 Lutai – 1 Sentry attacked.
2Jul46 Hangku – 1 Sentry attacked.

Total 2 9

B-1

Appendix C

Aircrew Losses Incurred by Marine Squadrons in
Operational Crashes in North China

Date Location Plane Type Losses

22Oct45 Hopeh Fighter 1
8Dec45 Shantung 6 Dive Bombers 10
11Dec45 Shantung Photo-Reconnaissance 2

11Mar46 Hopeh Fighter 1
22Apr46 Hopeh Fighter 1
25Apr46 Shantung Utility 1

13Jun46 Hopeh Fighter 1
22Sep46 En route to Hawaii Transport 4
24May47 Hopeh Fighter 1

Total 22*

* On 26 August 1948, one of an R5C transport’s engines temporarily failed in
flight and a part of the crew bailed out over water; one man was not

recovered.

C-1

http://www.au.af.mil/au/awc/awcgate/usmchist/nochina.txt

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

http://www.au.af.mil/au/awc/awcgate/usmchist/nochina.txt

The United States Marines

in North China

1945 – 1949

By

Henry I. Shaw, Jr.

Printed 1960

Revised 1962
Reprinted 1968

Historical Branch, G-3 Division

Headquarters, U. S. Marine Corps

Washington, D. C. 20380

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY
HEADQUARTERS UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS

WASHINGTON, D. C. 20380

FOREWORD

The United States Marines in North China, 1945-1949 is a concise
narrative of the major events which took place when Marine ground and air

units were deployed to the Asian mainland at the close of World War II. The
text and appendices are based on official records, interviews with
participants in the operations described, and reliable secondary sources. The

pamphlet is published for the information of Marines and others interested in
this significant period of Marine Corps history.

<SIGNATURE>

R. G. OWENS, JR

Brigadier General, U. S. Marine Corps
Assistant Chief of Staff, G-3

REVIEWED AND APPROVED: 29 April 1968

THE UNITED STATES MARINES IN

NORTH CHINA, 1945-1949

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Original Online
Page Page

The United States Marines In North China, 1945-1949 1 6

Notes 27 32
Appendix A – Major Armed Clashes Between U.S. Marines
and Chinese Communists A-1 35

Appendix B – Marine Casualties Incurred as a Result of

Attacks on Sentries, Recreation Parties, and
Individuals B-1 37
Appendix C – Aircrew Losses Incurred by Marine

Squadrons in Operational Crashes in North China C-1 38

The United States Marines in North China, 1945-1949

By

Henry I. Shaw, Jr.

HOPEH OPERATIONS<1>

The III Amphibious Corps (IIIAC) had just begun a period of intensive
training, in preparation for the invasion of the Tokyo Plain, when the war

ended abruptly. Within 48 hours, a warning order had been dispatched to all

units of the corps to be prepared to mount out for the Shanghai area about 1
October. In anticipation of a wide variety of possible military operations,

the training schedule was modified and accelerated. But before a week had

passed, Admiral Nimitz advised the Commanding General, Fleet Marine Force,
Pacific (FMFPac), that tentative plans contemplated the employment of IIIAC in

North China, to accept the surrender of Japanese troops for the Chinese

Central Government and to supervise the repatriation of Japanese military and
civilians. The corps headquarters and corps troops together with the 1st

Marine Division would occupy positions in the vicinity of Tangku, Tientsin,

Peiping, and Chinwangtao in Hopeh Province and the 6th Marine Division (less
the 4th Marines) would move into Tsingtao in Shantung Province. The 1st

Marine Aircraft Wing would move its planes and men to airfields in the

Tsingtao, Tientsin, and Peiping areas. (See maps inside covers). Commitment
of the entire corps in the Shanghai region was assigned as an alternate

mission. Tentative plans for these operations were issued on 29 August,

setting the mounting-out date for 15 September. The 3d Marine Division on
Guam and the 4th Marine Division on Maui were designated area reserve for the

operation.

According to plan, the Hopeh occupation force got underway first. The

corps embarkation order was issued on 8 September, and loading of the corps
troops began at Guam on the 11th. Loading was completed on 19 September, and

the IIIAC Chief of Staff, Brigadier General William A. Worton, departed by air

with an advance party to report to Lieutenant General Albert C. Wedemeyer,
USA, commanding the China Theater (ComGenChina), at Shanghai and proceeded to

Tientsin to prepare for the reception

1

of the occupation forces there. The Commanding General, IIIAC, Major General
Keller E. Rockey, sailed with the convoy from Guam for Okinawa the following

day. Here, ships carrying the troops of the 1st Marine Division (Major

General DeWitt Peck) rendezvoused with this convoy on 24 September. Two days
later, corps troops and the 1st Marine Division sailed from Okinawa for the

anchorage off Taku.

Long before daybreak on 30 September the convoy anchored in the bay off

the mouth of Hai River. With dawn, as if out of nowhere, appeared a swarm of
sampans manned by enthusiastic Chinese crews who sculled their small craft

close to the transports to exchange mutually unintelligible badinage with the

troops lining the rails and to trade cheap trinkets. The aura of good-natured
welcome continued as the Assistant Division Commander of the 1st Division,

Brigadier General Louis R. Jones, and his staff boarded a patrol craft to lead

a procession of LCTs carrying men of the 7th Marines over Taku bar and into
the narrow channel that led upriver to the Tangku docks. It was the start of

a daylong victory parade. “Until long after dark groups of Chinese lined the

river banks, gathered…outside their…houses to cheer each boatload of
Marines.”<2>

At 1030, General Jones set foot on the docks and met with Chinese port

officials to complete arrangements initiated by General Worton’s advance party

for the reception, transportation, and billeting of the Marines. The 3d
Battalion, 7th Marines, entrained for Tientsin, while 2/7 bivouacked in the

warehouse area beside the docks. Elements of the IIIAC Shore Brigade, built

around the 7th Service Regiment, also disembarked on the 30th to start
unloading cargo. On every hand, the “Chinese military and civilian

authorities were cooperative in the extreme,”<3> and no trouble of any kind

was experienced with the Japanese garrison.

The tumultuous welcome that greeted 3/7 when it arrived in Tientsin was

repeated and reinforced the following day as the 1st Marines and Division
Headquarters Battalion reached the city by rail and road. The streets were

packed with Chinese of all classes and European expatriates. Trucks and

marching troops literally had to force their way through the happy,
flag-waving throngs to reach their assigned billets in the former

International Concessions. To many of the men, it seemed that their welcome

must have out shone and out shouted “any welcome given to troops any time, any
place, and anywhere during the war.”<4>

2

The first element of IIIAC to come in direct contact with the highly

explosive internal situation prevailing in North China was the 1st Battalion,

7th Marines. On 1 October, 1/7, reinforced, under Lieutenant Colonel John J.
Gormley, sailed from Taku for the all-weather port of Chinwangtao, rail

terminal for the shipment of coal from the Tangshan mining area. Former

Japanese puppet troops occupying the town were engaged in desultory fighting
with Communist regulars and guerrillas who held most of the surrounding

countryside. Because, as Gormley reported, “all factions, civilian and

military, were anxious to cooperate with our troops,”<5> the Marine commander
was able to stop the fighting. He ordered the puppet forces withdrawn from

their perimeter defenses and replaced them with his own men. The local

Communist commander disclaimed any designs on the area without full American
cooperation. The aura of universal trust was short-lived, however, and before

the month was out, the Communists were regularly sabotaging rail lines leading

into the city and firing on Marine-guarded trains.

Chinwangtao was only one of many spots where the Marines, in pursuing

their assigned mission in China, clashed with the Communists. While open
warfare was avoided by both sides, the area of intermittent conflict spread as

IIIAC expanded its hold on key cities and vital routes of communication. The

first Marine casualties were incurred in a fire fight on the Tientsin-Peiping
road.

On 5 October, reconnaissance parties proceeding from Tientsin to Peiping

found 36 unguarded roadblocks scattered along the route; jeeps were the only

vehicles that could get through. The following day a detail of engineers,
guarded by a rifle platoon, was sent out to clear the road. About 22 miles

northwest of Tientsin, the engineer group was fired on by an estimated 40-50

Chinese troops, later identified as Communists, and forced to withdraw. Three
Marines were wounded. On 7 October, the engineers went out again, this time

with a rifle company of the 1st Marines, a platoon of tanks, and carrier air

cover, and the road was cleared without incident. A convoy of 95 vehicles of
the 5th Marines reached Peiping to join men of the regiment who arrived by

rail. Regular road patrols were established to insure that the

Tientsin-Peiping road stayed open.

The harassing tactics of the communist Eighth Route Army and its
affiliated partisans were all too familiar to the Japanese troops who had

guarded the areas being taken over by the

3

Marines were was strong evidence to indicate that the Japanese had a great
deal of respect, even fear, of the Communists,<6> and that they were quite

willing to get free of incessant forays, ambushes, and sabotage. General
Rockey, acting for the Chinese Central Government, accepted the surrender of
the 50,000 Japanese troops in the Tientsin-Tangku-Chinwangtao area at Tientsin

on 6 October. Four days later, the Japanese forces in the Peiping area, an
additional 50,000 men, surrendered to the Eleventh War Area commander, General
Lien Chung Sun, Chiang Kai-shek’s personal representative in North China. Most

of the Japanese were concentrated in centrally located bivouac and barrack
areas to await repatriation, but those who held outlying posts were given
orders to remain on guard duty until relieved by recognized Central Government

forces or U. S. Marines.

Many of the puppet troops transferred their allegiance to Chiang
Kai-shek after the defeat of Japan, and most units were accepted and given
official status. Other formations remained unrecognized or went over to the

Communists. In addition, the Chiang-appointed mayors of Tientsin and Peiping
organized their own armed supporters to back up their powers. It was a
chaotic situation and one that pointed up the need for stability, which was

provided by the potential strength of the Marines.

By 30 October, all major 1st Division units were ashore and established
in their initial areas of responsibility. The Peiping Group, headed by General

Jones and built around the 5th Marines (less 1/5) reinforced by 2/11, was
established in the Legation Quarter of the ancient capital, with a rifle
company at each of the city’s two airfields. The 1st and 11th Marines

controlled Tientsin, its airfield, and its approaches. The Taku-Tangku area
was garrisoned by 1/5, and the 1st and 3d Battalions of the 7th Marines held
strongpoints along the Tangku-Chinwangtao railroad. Corps troops were

stationed mainly in Tientsin, with necessary supporting detachments in the
field with division units.

Headquarters of the 1st Marine Aircraft Wing, under Major General Claude
E. Larkin, was set up on 6 October at the French Arsenal near the airfield

east of Tientsin. Headquarters and service squadrons of the wing and its air
groups (MAGs) arrived in China with their equipment throughout the month, and
flight echelons staged into their assigned firelds at Tsingtao, Peiping, and

Tientsin as facilities were readied for them. A destructive typhoon which
raged over Okinawa from 9-11 October damaged much of the heavy equipment of
wing units stopping there en route

4

and materially hampered Marine air operations in North China during the
remainder of the year.

The first extensive use of the airfields under Marine control was made by
the Chinese Central Government. The 50,000 men comprising the Ninety-second

and Ninety-fourth Chinese Nationalist Armies (CNA) were airlifted to Peiping
from Central and South China by the U. S. Fourteenth Air Force between 6-29
October. The Ninety-second CNA remained in the Peiping area while the

Ninety-fourth moved to Tientsin, Tangku, Tangshan, and Chinwangtao. One cause
of gradually increasing anti-Marine activity on the part of the Communists is
found in the IIIAC war diary’s statement that “movement of these armies was

facilitated by our forces, in that lines of communication, which made it
possible, were kept open by our guards.”<7>

The scope of Marine rail guard activities increased rapidly after the

initial deployment of the 1st Division. First, intermediate stations between
the principal rail centers were occupied, then outposts were established at
strategic points, and, finally, vital coal and supply trains were guarded.

Chinese track repair gangs, fair game for the guerrillas, needed protection if
the railroad was to be kept operating. The presence of CNA forces may have
made the Eighth Route Army more wary, but it did not prevent frequent

Communist incursions into areas where destruction of roadbed and bridges would
be most damaging. The III Corps’ first month in China revealed the pattern of
future months which stretched into years. Set down in the midst of a

fratricidal war with ambiguous instructions to abstain from active
participation while “cooperating” with Central Government forces,<8> the
Marines walked a tightrope to maintain the illusion of friendly neutrality.

Although the enormous task of processing over 630,000 Japanese military
and civilian repatriates in North China fell mostly to IIIAC, the process was
well started by the end of October and promised to proceed smoothly so long as

the Japanese could reach American-controlled areas. However, the disciplined
strength and tactical and technical know-how of the Japanese appealed to both
sides in the Chinese civil war and hard-pressed local Communist and

Nationalist commanders were wont to detain or attempt to recruit their former
enemies as allies. This situation revealed itself first at Tsingtao,
destination of the 6th Marine Division, and the planned repatriation port of

more than half of the Japanese in North China.

5

SHANTUNG OPERATIONS<9>

Immediately after he accepted the surrender of Japanese forces in the

Tientsin area, General Rockey left for Chefoo to investigate conditions at
that port, the objective of the 29th Marines of the 6th Division. Communist
troops had already seized the city from the Japanese, installed a party

official as mayor, and were not sympathetic to the request from Admiral Thomas
C. Kinkaid, Commander of the Seventh Fleet, that they withdraw before the
Marines landed. After a conference on 7 October with the Communist mayor, who

asked for withdrawal terms incompatible with IIIAC’s mission,<10> Vice Admiral
Daniel E. Barbey, Commander, VII Amphibious Force, recommended that the
landing be temporarily postponed. Rockey concurred in a decision to delay the

Chefoo operation, and on 9 October, ComGenChina was informed by Rockey that
the 29th Marines would land at Tsingtao with the rest of the 6th Division.

An advance party under Colonel William N. Best, 6th Division

Ouartermaster, preceded the main convoy to Tsingtao to make arrangements for
billeting troops and to obtain information regarding the local civil,
military, and political situation. The division commander, Major General

Lemuel C. Shepherd, Jr., and a small staff transferred to the destroyer escort
NEWMAN en route to the target. They wished to arrive on 10 October, a day
ahead of the scheduled landing, to confer with Chinese officials.

During the early afternoon of 11 October, the first of the division’s
transports docked at Tsingtao’s wharfs. The 6th Reconnaissance Company,
landing first, moved through the crowded streets, lined with a cheering,

flag-waving throng, to secure Tsangkou airfield, about 10 miles from the city.
The observation planes of VMO-6 were launched from the escort carrier
BOUGAINVILLE the next day and landed safely at the field. The remainder of the

division landed amidst the bin of enthusiastic applause during the next few
days. By 16 October, all troops were ashore and established in their assigned
billets

Local adherents of Chiang Kai-shek, backed up by armed irregulars

recognized by the Central Government, were running Tsingtao. The Communists,
who held most of Shantung Province, controlled the countryside to the
outskirts of Tsangkou airfield. The Japanese and their puppet troops held the

rail route

6

leading into the interior. Until CNA units arrived at Tsingtao in sufficient
strength to replace the Japanese, there was little hope of rapid fulfillment

of repatriation plans.

On 13 October, an emissary from the Communist commander in Shantung
arrived in Tsingtao with a letter for General Shepherd. In it was an offer to
cooperate with the Marines “to destroy the remaining Japanese military forces

and the rest of the traitor army (puppet army).” In order to “best establish
local peace and order,” Communist troops would be sent into Tsingtao with the
expectation that the Marines would not oppose them. The Communist leader

noted that CNA troops were preparing to enter Tsingtao with American help for
the express purpose of attacking the Communists. In the resultant “open
conflict,” he hoped “that our both armies continue to maintain friendly

relations.”<11>

The Communist emmissary was soon sent back with the general’s short and
pointed reply. Shepherd stated that the mission of the 6th Division was a
peaceful one and did not involve the destruction of either the Japanese or

their puppets; there would be no such cooperation as the Communist commander
desired. He further indicated that it was neither necessary nor desirable
that the Communists enter Tsingtao as the city was peaceful and should

disorders of any form arise his “division of well-trained combat veterans
“would be” entirely capable of coping with the situation.” As to the
preparations for CNA troops to enter Tsingtao, such matters were entirely

beyond the control of 6th Division Headquarters, however, Shepherd stated his
own credo in regard to the civil war:

On my own behalf, however, I can say without reservation that
it is my determination that the sixth Marine Division will in no

way assist any Chinese group in conflict against another.<12>

The formal Japanese surrender of the Tsingtao garrison, about 10,000 men,
took place on the city’s racecourse on 25 October before the assembled troops

of the 6th Division. General Shepherd and Lieutenant General Chen Pao-tsang,
Chiang’s representative, took the surrender in the name of the Chinese Central
Government. The Marines assumed responsibility for disarming, subsisting, and

repatriating those Japanese within their area of control.

Clashes between the communists and the Japanese and former

7

puppet troops were frequent in Shantung during October, and at General

Shepherd’s request, planes of MAG-32 started regular reconnaissance patrols on
26 October to check the status of the rail lines and their Japanese guards and
to insure adequate warning of any Communist move against Tsingtao.

The flight echelon of MAG-32 reached Tsingtao on 21 October, and it was
followed soon after the planes of MAG-12 staging up from the Philippines to
their base at Peiping. By the end of October, elements of all the wing’s

major units had landed in China. MAGs-12 and -24 were established at
Peiping’s airfields and MAGs-25 and -32 were stationed at Tsingtao together
with the wing’s personnel reception and processing center.<13> Major General

Louis E. Woods arrived in Tientsin on 31 October to assume command of the wing
from General Larkin.

The first few weeks of the 6th Division’s occupation of Tsingtao revealed
a situation somewhat different from that which faced IIIAC in the

Peiping-Tientsin-Chinwangtao area. The Chinese Central Government’s
effective strength in Hopeh Province gained rapidly during October, due in
large part to the Marines’ control of the major cities and lines of

communication between them. CNA troops there soon reached a position of
strength in relation to their Communist opponents. In Shantung, however, the
Communists held most of the coastline and vast areas of the interior prior to

the arrival of the Marines, and had withdrawn most of their troops from
Central China to make a fight for this vital province. Because the Communists
respected the implied threat of the 6th Division’s air and ground strength,

backed up by the guns and planes of the Seventh Fleet, Tsingtao remained a
Nationalist island in a Communist sea.

The primary mission of the Marines in China, as expressed by the
Secretary of the Navy, was “to accomplish the disarmament of the Japanese and

to provide for their repatriation up to the point where General Wedemeyer
considers that the Chinese Nationalist government troops can alone carry out
this mission.”<14> This mission could not be fulfilled in Shantung until CNA

forces could gain control of the interior and release the Japanese from their
vital guard duties. The prospect of a short tour of duty in China, at least
by the Marine forces in Tsingtao, was not good.

8

MARINE TROOP REDUCTION<15>

IIIAC’s disposition in Hopeh placed it squarely astride the route to
Manchuria along which Chiang Kai-shek moved to regain the rich northeastern

provinces. After U. S. ships landed the Thirteenth CNA at Chinwangtao on
30-31 October, a steady stream of Manchuria-bound troops funnelled into North
China through the Marine-controlled area. Although the Nationalists had a

relatively safe point of debarkation and protected rail-heads, their lifeline
into Manchuria was tenuous. From the Great Wall to Mukden and on to
Changchun, every mile of track, every bridge, and every switch was the

potential target of Communist attacks. As the American military attache at
Chungking reported, “the principal weapon of the Communists in their efforts
to prevent the Central Government from occupying areas dominated by them is

the effectiveness of Communist troops against the railroads in those
areas.”<16>

General Wedemeyer, in his capacity as military advisor to Chiang
Kai-shek, had warned the Chinese leader early in November that he should first

consolidate his grip on North China before attempting to occupy Manchuria.
Despite the Nationalists’ marked superiority in men and equipment, Wedemeyer
felt that the CNA had neither adequate forces nor transport to insure

appropriate logistic support and security for the long and vulnerable supply
route. The effective suppression of Communist guerrilla activity in North
China required the commitment of overwhelmingly superior CNA forces. When

large numbers of these troops were drained off for the Manchuria drive, vast
areas in the interior of Shantung and Hopeh fell to Communist control. The
Nationalists’ premature Manchuria operation contained within it the seeds of

Nationalist destruction, and they ripened in a few short and bloody years into
total defeat.

On both political and moral grounds, it was impossible for the United
States to take a decisive military role in another nation’s civil war, and the

average Marine on postwar duty in China found himself an uneasy spectator or
sometimes an unwilling participant in a war which he little understood and
could not prevent. A steady procession of “incidents” involving Marine guards

and raiding Communists continued until the last Marine cleared Tsingtao in the
spring of 1949.<17>

9

The explosive nature of the situation is best illustrated by an incident

that occurred soon after the Marines arrived in China. On 14 November, a
train carrying General Peck and an inspection party was fired on near Kuyeh,
while en route from Tangshan to Chinwangtao. A desultory fire fight lasting

several hours ensued between the Marine train guards and Communist forces
located around a village some 500 yards north of the track. General Rockey
approved Peck’s request for a bombing mission against the village, but only

simulated strafing runs were made because of the danger to innocent civilians
and the lack of a clearly definable target of hostile troops. Late in the
afternoon, a company from the 7th Marines, sent to aid the beleaguered train,

found that the opposing forces had melted away. Peck’s train returned to
Kuyeh after dark.

Next day, the general’s train was halted in the same general area by a
break in the track, and again it was taken under fire. During the night, some

400 yards of the rail line had been torn up. Several Chinese section hands,
attempting to repair the break, were killed or injured by mines planted near
the right of way, but there were no Marine casualties. Since repair work was

expected to take two days, General Peck returned to Tangshan, headquarters of
the 7th Marines, where he boarded a light observation plane and continued to
Chinwangtao by air.

The Kuyeh incident demonstrated the need for strong CNA offensive action

to clear the railroad line, and to arrange this, General Peck was authorized
to deal directly with Lieutenant General Tu Li-ming, Commanding General,
Northeast China Command. The Nationalist leader agreed to drive back the

Communist guerrillas and to avoid Marine positions while he was doing so, in
order to keep American forces out of the conflict. The Marines, in turn,
would help release Nationalist troops for this operation by assuming

responsibility for guarding all rail bridges over 100 meters long between
Tangku and Chinwangtao, a distance of approximately 135 miles.

Even before this new task was added to the extensive security commitments

of the 7th Marines, IIIAC had recognized the need for additional troops in the
regiment’s zone of responsibility, which extended from Tangku to Chinwangtao,
and on 30 October, the corps had ordered the 6th Marine Division to provide a

reinforced infantry battalion for duty in the Chinwangtao area. General
Shepherd sent the 1st Battalion, 29th Marines, from Tsingtao on 6 November,
and it landed the next day at Chinwagtao. There, these 6th Division men were

placed under operational control of the 7th Marines. They soon were plagued by

10

incidents involving blown tracks, train derailments, and ambushes, which were

to be the lot of Marines on duty in the midst of the Chinese civil war. While
American casualties amounted to only a handful compared to the toll from an
island assault, these China dangers were particularly distasteful because the

war was supposed to be over, and the slowly rising casualty list loomed large
in the eyes of the men who manned the isolated guard posts and rode the dusty
coal trains.

China duty had been coveted in the prewar Marine Corps, and, for the men

who garrisoned the major cities in 1945, a China assignment still had much of
that appeal. Marine commanders set up a system to rotate troops on dangerous
and exposed outposts, and to grant liberty in Peiping and Tientsin to the men

on rail guard duty. Rest from the constant strain of watching and waiting was
brief, however; in a few days, the Marines again were standing guard along the
rail line.

Coal shipments guarded by the 1st Marine Division were vital to the

Chinese people. General Wedemeyer pointed out that it was “a military
necessity that at least 100,000 tons of coal reach Shanghai every month,”<18>
and his orders to IIIAC were to insure that this coal reached its destination.

Without it, the public utilities and factories needed to keep the economy of
that key city alive would cease to operate, and the lack of coal would mean
starvation for thousands of people. Perhaps the average Marine standing his

turn on guard and huddling against the biting winter wind that blew down out
of the Mongolian desert was not aware of this, but his superiors were, and
they lived under the constant pressure of that knowledge.

The United States was determined to try every feasible measure to achieve
peace in China and promote the country’s economic recovery. On 27 November
1945, President Truman appointed General of the Army George C. Marshall as his

Special Representative in China to attempt mediation of the differences
between the Nationalists and Communists. Truman said it was “in the most
vital interest of the United States and all the United Nations that the people

of China overlook no opportunity to adjust their internal differences promptly
by methods of peaceful negotiation.”<19>

The immediate Chinese reaction to the President’s appointment was very

favorable, and it was evident that a man of Marshall’s unquestioned personal
integrity was essential in

11

she role of mediator. But the basic problem proved insoluble. either the

Nationalists nor the Communists could overcome their distrust of each other:

The National Government was convinced that the U.S.S.R. had
obstructed the efforts of the National Government to assume control

over Manchuria in spite of the provisions of the Sino-Soviet Treaty
of August 1945 and that the Chinese Communists were tools of the
U.S.S.R. The Chinese Communist Party was suspicious of the

Kuomintang and believed that its aim was the destruction of the

Chinese Communist Party. The Government leaders were unwilling
to permit Communist participation in the Government until the

Communists had given up their armed forces, while the Communists

believed that to do so without guarantees of their legal political
status would end in their destruction.<20>

General Marshall managed some cooperation early in his mission, when both

groups agreed to meet with him and form a top-level negotiating Committee of

Three. Chiang Kai-shek appointed General Chang Chun as his representative,
and Mao Tse-tung, Chairman of the Chinese Communist Party, appointed Chou

En-lai. The committee held its first formal session at Chungking on 7 January

1946, and three days later, agreed on a cease-fire to take effect at midnight
on 13 January. The terms of the agreement were simple. Both sides were to

cease hostilities and halt all troop movements except those of the CNA forces

into and within Manchuria, where Chinese sovereignty was being reasserted. An
Executive Headquarters would be established at Peiping following the Committee

of Three pattern to supervise the cease-fire agreement, and operational teams

including a Nationalist, a Communist, and an American officer, would go into
the field to insure compliance with cease-fire provisions. It was made clear,

however, that American participation in the work of the Executive Headquarters

would be restricted to aiding the Chinese members. In effect, each American
team member acted as did General Marshall, but in a greatly restricted

capacity.

For IIIAC the cease-fire agreement meant a lessening of the hit-and-run

guerrilla attacks, but there was never a time in the following months when a
guard detachment could consider itself safe. By March, political and military

differences had again split China wide open and, although a pretense at

negotiation continued, clashes increased between Communists and

12

Nationalists. Neither side was blameless in the covert renewal of

hostilities, but the major share of blame fell to the Communists, who

definitely violated the 10 January agreement in wholesale manner in March and
April by moving troops from Shansi and Hopeh into Manchuria. With the

assistance of the Soviet occupation forces, which conveniently withdrew when

Chinese Communists arrived to take over, and which left large stockpiles of
Japanese weapons and munitions behind, Mao Tse-tung managed to strengthen

considerably his military position during the respite gained by the

cease-fire.

At the same time that the Communists built up strength for the
forthcoming show-down campaign and the Nationalists reinforced their

Manchurian armies, Marine units in China were hit by the severe postwar

reduction of America’s troop strength. By December 1945, thousands of men in
the III Amphibious Corps were eligible to return to the States under the point

discharge and rotation plan, and increasing numbers would become eligible in

each month of the new year. Although some replacements (low point men and
regulars) were available from Marine units disbanding elsewhere in the

Pacific, or from the United States, this number did not meet the minimum

requirements of the units remaining in China.

In the first quarter of 1946, substantial reductions in the number of
Marines in China were made and many veteran units were deactivated. Approval

for IIIAC to disband the 6th Marine Division was received from General

Wedemeyer on 13 December 1945. The division would shrink into a reinforced
brigade, with its infantry component organized around the skeletonized 4th

Marines, whose headquarters was then in Japan. On 24 December, General

Shepherd, commander of the division since its formation on Guadalcanal in
September 1944, turned over his command to Major General Archie B. Howard, and

returned to the United States.

January brought the end to one major Marine responsibility in North

China. Arrangements were completed to turn over custody of remaining Japanese
personnel and equipment and the responsibility for Japanese subsistence and

repatriation to the CNA. The actual transfer was well underway. To pursue

their operations in North China and Manchuria, the Nationalists needed the
large stores of Japanese munitions held under Marine guard, but as a matter of

American policy, General Wedemeyer had refused this materiel to the CNA unless

the Central Government assumed complete responsibility for the Japanese. The
Marines, however, were still to play a prominent part in repatriation

activities.

13

Wedemeyer directed that American forces in the Ghina Theater furnish
supervisory assistance in processing, staging, and loading out the

repatriates. In addition, Marines would continue to furnish guard details for

American-manned repatriation ships. Approximately 300,000 Japanese, both
military personnel and civilians, remained in North China at the end of

January 1946.

On 14 February, IIIAC issued its Operation Plan 1-46 which noted that

“incident” to the turnover of responsibility for Japanese prisoners of war and
civilians together with all their supplies, equipment, and repatriation to

Chinese authorities, the work load of this Corps has been materially

reduced.”<21> The plan outlined the scope of the postwar reorganization of
IIIAC and directed immediate action to release eligible personnel in order to

assist in the demobilization of the Marine Corps. It was expected that the

necessary reorganization and redeployment would be effected in February and
March. Shipping to return 12,000 Marines to the United States was scheduled

to arrive in China during the latter month.

In addition to the deactivation of the 6th Marine Division, the plan

called for a reduction and regrouping of headquarters and service troops at
all levels of command, a disbanding of 1/29 and the third battalion of each

infantry regiment, and deactivation of the last lettered battery of each

artillery battalion within the 1st Marine Division. The 4th Marines, backbone
of the proposed brigade at Tsingtao, would be the only infantry regiment in

the Marine Corps to retain the World War II organization of three rifle

battalions. The 1st Marine Aircraft Wing was to return the headquarters and
service squadrons of MAG-12, as well as VMF(N)-541 and VMTB-l34 to the United

States, and to turn over control of the south airfield at Peiping to the Army

Air Forces units supporting the Executive Headquarters.

By the end of March, this reorganization had taken place at Tsingtao, and

on 1 April 1946, the remaining elements of the 6th Marine Division became the

3d Marine brigade, consisting of headquarters, service, medical, and artillery
battalions in addition to the 4th Marines.<22> On 17 April, Brigadier General

William T. Clement relieved General Howard as brigade commander. The 1st

Marine Division completed its last ordered deactivation on 15 April, and the
III Amphibious Corps staff and units were pared down to skeleton strength.

The personnel situation of IIIAC was still far from ideal, however, even

though its operational commitments had been drastically cut. By mid-April,
nearly all Marines who had taken part

14

in the original movement of China had been sent home or were being processed

for return. Except for a relatively small number of regular officers and NCOs

with combat experience, the majority of IIIAC was composed of men fresh from
boot camp. The tremendous public pressure to release combat veterans and other

men eligible for discharge had been responsible for severe restrictions on the

length and scope of both recruit and advanced training. Many of the thousands
of Marines who arrived in China late in 1945 and in the early months of 1946

were badly in need of training in even the most basic military subjects. To

meet this serious problem, IIIAC set up a comprehensive program which provided
for corps, division, and regimental schools in needed specialties, and

established extensive unit training in basic military subjects. Since the

corps continued to be heavily committed during this transition period, a large
part of this schooling was accomplished by on-the-job training.

On 1 May, the China Theater was deactivated and most of the residual

functions were assumed by the Commanding General, U. S. Army Forces in China
(Lieutenant General Alvin C. Gillem, Jr.). Operational control of Marine

forces reverted to the Commander, Seventh Fleet, and III Amphibious Corps was

directed to contribute to the fleet’s mission “to support the foreign policy
of the United States in China.”<23> With the exception of security guard for

coal shipments from the Tangshan area, Marines had accomplished most of their

original missions, such as the repatriation of Japanese. The primary
remaining function for the Marine garrison forces was to provide “security of

areas occupied by, or necessary for the support of, United States

installations, property, and personnel.”<24> General Rockey was also directed
to maintain liaison with the Peiping Executive Headquarters for the seventh

Fleet.

Although not stated in IIIAC’s instructions implied was directive that

the corps give all assistance possible to the United Nations’ efforts to ease
China’s economic distress resulting from her long years of war. The United

States was the strongest supporter of the United Nations Relief and

Rehabilitation Administration (UNRRA) which was set up to distribute food,
clothing, and other needs to the victims of World War II. China was allotted

more of these supplied than any other country. Considerable numbers of UNRRA

personnel, many of them Americans, arrived in China after November 1945 to
administer the program, and they added substantially to the security burdens

of Marine forces. Since political considerations were secondary to the needs

of the people, UNRRA operated in both Nationalist and

15

Communist-controlled territory. At General Marshall’s suggestion, the Marine

commanders at Tsingtao participated in the early arrangements for delivery of
relief supplies to Communist areas in an effort to foster better understanding
between the Marines and the Communists. But these efforts brought about no

significant improvement in the Communist attitude, and the constant round of
harassing attacks continued.

The progress of reorganization and reduction of Marine forces continued
after the IIIAC came under control of the Seventh Fleet. During May and June,

both MAG-25 and MAG-32 returned to the States, leaving the Headquarters of the
1st Wing, with attached transport and observation squadrons and the fighter
squadrons of MAG-24, to execute Marine air commitments. On 10 June, at

Tsingtao, the headquarters and supporting troops of the 3d Brigade merged with
those of the 4th Marines. III Corps headquarters was also deactivated on 10
June, and most of the corps staff was reassigned similar duties on the 1st

Division staff. Corps headquarters and service-type units were disbanded.
Excess staff officers and other personnel were either reassigned or returned
to the United States.

The resulting organization, with a total authorized strength of 24,252,

received the task force designation of Marine Forces, China. It included the
1st Marine Aircraft Wing and 1st Marine Division (Reinforced), with the 4th
Marines (Reinforced) attached. General Rockey assumed command of both the task

force and the division.

By the end of June, the number of Marines in North China had been cut to
less than half the original strength committed in September 1945, and there
was every prospect that the reduction would continue. Unfortunately, there

was no corresponding decrease in the number of incidents involving the
Communists and Marine train guards and outposts. After an initial interval of
relative calm following Marshall’s cease-fire arrangement, the tempo of the

harassing attacks mounted. On 7 July, the Chinese Communist Party issued a
manifesto bitterly attacking the United States’ policy toward China and its
support of the Central Government. Following this propaganda outburst, two

serious incidents indicated that the Marines were going to bear the brunt of
this Communist displeasure.

In one instance, on 13 July, the Communists ambushed and captured seven
Marine bridge guards in an area about 15 miles from Peitaiho, while the men

were attempting to procure ice for

16

their detachment mess from a nearby village. Strong Marine and CNA patrols
combed the area, but were unable to locate the men. After an Executive

Headquarters field team conducted extensive negotiations with the local
Communist command, the Marines were released unharmed on 24 July; but as a
price for setting them free, the Communists demanded an apology for what they

called unlawful entry into the “liberated area.” U. S. authorities answered
with a strong protest.

Five days after the release of these Marines, the second incident
occurred in another area of the 1st Division’s zone. A routine motor patrol of

1 officer and 40 enlisted men was escorting six supply trucks from Tientsin to
Peiping when it was ambushed near the village of Anping by a strong force of
uniformed Chinese armed with automatic weapons, rifles, and hand grenades.

The lieutenant commanding the escort was killed in the first burst of enemy
fire, and a fight which lasted for four hours ensued. An air-supported relief
column rushed out from Tientsin, but arrived on the scene too late to trap the

ambush party. Three Marines were killed and 12 wounded in the fire fight; one
man later died of wounds. Two others were injured when a jeep, returning to
Tientsin for aid, turned over.

This was by far the most serious clash that had occurred between Marines

and the Communists up to that time. A specially selected fact-finding team
from the Executive Headquarters in Peiping, formed at the specific request of
Chiang Kai-shek and Chou En-lai, investigated the incident. Communist

delaying tactics and vicious misrepresentations finally caused General
Marshall to instruct the United States team personnel to withdraw and submit
their report to him. In essence this report stated:

…that a Communist force had ambushed the motor convoy of

Executive Headquarters and UNRRA supplies escorted by a United
States Marine unit, that it had killed three Marines and wounded 12

others and that no National Government troops were present or

involved in the incident.

The deliberate Communist ambush was additional proof that the chances for
peace in China were nonexistent. Without regard to their truce agreements,

both sides initiated hostilities wherever the military situation seemed to

favor them, and “each side took the stand with General Marshall that the other
was provoking the fighting and could not be trusted to go through

17

with an agreement.”<26> A general war was in progress by the end of August,
despite every reasonable effort by American representatives to stop it, and

Marines were placed in the unenviable position of remaining neutral in the

middle of a battlefield.

MARINE WITHDRAWAL<27>

Marine commitments in the Tsingtao area were never as extensive as those

which the 1st Division encountered in Hopeh Province, and by midsummer of

1946, even the mission of supervisory assistance to the Nationalists in
repatriation activities had ended. Except for those Japanese held prisoner in

Siberian labor camps by the Soviets and a small number of technicians retained

by the Chinese, all Japanese had been returned to their home islands. The
primary responsibility of the 4th Marines became that of supporting American

naval activities at Tsingtao, which was an important base for the Seventh

Fleet and, in addition, the location of the training center where Nationalist
crews were taught to man and maintain the ships transferred to the Central

Government under United States naval aid programs.

On 1 August 1946, the 1st Division directed that Marine forces in
Tsingtao be reduced to a reinforced infantry battalion and that the 4th
Marines (Reinforced) return to the United States. The regiment’s 3d Battalion

was to remain in China as a separate unit under operational control of the
Commander, Naval Port Facilities, Tsingtao. The 12th Service battalion would
also remain to continue its role of furnishing logistic support for Marine

activities in Tsingtao.<28> A company of 3/4 was assigned to guard 1st Wing
facilities at Tsangkou airfield, from which VMO-6 would operate as a
reconnaissance and liaison agency for 3/4.

The last elements of the 4th Marines embarked on 3 September, and on the

same date, 3/4 came under direct naval command. The deletion of the 4th
Marines from the 1st Division troop list came at the same time that the last
Marines were being withdrawn from guard duty on the coal trains operating

between Tangshan and Chinwangtao. During August and early September, the CNA
finally assumed all responsibility for the security of the coal fields and the
rail line between Peiping and Chinwangtao. After 6 September, Marine guards

were assigned solely to those trains which transported American personnel and
supplies.

18

The ending of the dangerous coal train and bridge guard assignments

enabled General Rockey to pull in his outposts and concentrate the 1st
Division units in the major cities. The 7th Marines, reinforced by 3/11,
moved to barracks in the Peitaiho-Chinwangtao area while division headquarters

and special troops, the 1st Marines, and the rest of the 11th Marines set up
in Tientsin. The 5th Marines Regimental Headquarters and its 2d Battalion
moved to Peiping as the security force for American property and personnel at

the Executive Headquarters, and 1/5, with a detachment of the 7th Service
Regiment, provided the guard and operated the fort and supply installation in
the Taku-Tangku area. After its regrouping, the division was better able to

coordinate and vigorously prosecute a new training program aimed at a goal of
maintaining its units in a high state of combat readiness.

General Rockey, who as senior Marine commander in China had borne the

major share of responsibility for avoiding open conflict throughout a
protracted period of Communist harassing attacks, was finally relieved on 18
September 1946. The new commander of Marine Forces, China and the 1st Marine

Division was Major General Samuel L. Howard, a veteran “China-hand.”<29> Soon
after Howard took over, he received convincing proof that the Marine
withdrawal from the rail line had not brought an end to Communist attacks.

The munitions stored at the 1st Division ammunition supply point (ASP) at Hsin
Ho, six miles northwest of Tangku, proved to be an irresistible magnet for
raiding parties.

On the night of 3-4 October, a Communist company broke into the Hsin Ho

dump to steal ammunition. A sentry from the 1/5 guard detachment discovered
the attempt and exchanged fire with the Communists. A rescue party from the
main guard which entrucked to come to his aid was forced to dismount and build

up a firing line when a fusillade of small arms fire struck the truck,
wounding the driver. Before additional reinforcements could arrive from
Tangku, the Communists disappeared into the darkness. An investigation in the

morning revealed that several cases of ammunition had been stolen from one of
the storage tents near the compound’s fence; most of these were recovered,
however, in the immediate dump area. Papers found on the body of a man killed

in the raid and the statement of another, who was wounded and abandoned in the
hasty withdrawal, established conclusively that the attack had been made by an
organized Communist unit.

The civil war was not going well for the Communists in the fall of 1946,

and they emitted a constant stream of

19

vilification and accusations which placed the blame for their predicament on
American aid to the Nationalists. General Marshall, who was the personal

target of much of this political abuse, was still willing to continue in his
role as mediator, but could get no honest cooperation from either side. The
Nationalists, flushed by temporary successes in Manchuria and North China,

were striving for an overwhelming position of strength from which they could
dictate peace terms. The Communists, fighting for their political existence,
felt that they could not afford to negotiate from weakness. Both Mao Tse-tung

and the top American observers realized that the Nationalists were becoming
seriously overextended in both a military and an economic sense; so much of
the gross production of Nationalist China was being diverted to the war effort

that General Marshall warned Chiang Kai-shek that economic collapse was
inevitable before military victory could be achieved. Most of the members of
the Nationalist hierachy, convinced that the CNA would prevail, refused to

accept the fact that immediate peace was essential to their political
well-being.

Although truce negotiations dragged on fitfully through the remainder of
1946, there was seldom evidence of good faith on the part of either

belligerent and the days of the Marshall mission were numbered. On 6 January
1947, President Truman, acting on Marshall’s recommendation, ordered the
general to return to Washington<30> and directed that American participation

in Peiping’s Executive Headquarters be ended. This action also had the effect
of ending a stormy era of Marine involvement in China’s internal strife since:

…”it” made it possible to withdraw all United States Marines

from North China, except for a guard contingent at Tsingtao, the
location of the United States Naval Training Group engaged in
training Chinese naval personnel.<31>

By this time, many Marine units already had orders to new duty

assignments dictated by postwar commitments of the division and the wing. In
December, the 7th Marines, with 3/11 and 4/11 attached, departed for the
United States, and the depleted 11th Marines and the 1st Tank Battalion (less

Companies B and C) sailed for Guam. Two squadrons of the 1st Wing, VMF(N)-533
and VMF-115, were transferred to the Hawaiian islands, and VMO-6 was released
from the Tsingtao garrison for return to the States. The 1st Marines assumed

all guard duties in Tientsin from the relieved units and sent two companies to
Chinwangtao as a security detachment for the rear echelon of the 7th Marines,
which was

20

directed to dispose of all surplus government property in the
Peitaiho-Chinwangtao area. At the end of January, all units had cleared China
and passed to operational control of FMFPac. The remaining elements of Marine

Forces, China, were not long in following.

On 1 April 1947, operation plans were issued detailing the steps to be
taken in the withdrawal and redeployment from China of the 1st Marine Division

and 1st Marine Aircraft Wing. Most of the wing units, including headquarters

and MAG-24, were slated for Guam as was the 5th Marines, which was to join the
1st Marine Brigade then forming on the island. Division headquarters

battalion and division troops (less reinforcing detachments to infantry units)

were to return to the United States to the amphibious training base at Camp
Pendleton. A rear echelon of about 1,900 men, composed of the 7th Service

Regiment with 1/1 as security troops, was to remain temporarily at Tientsin to

load out heavy equipment and dispose of surplus government property. When the
division headquarters left China, the rear echelon would come under

operational control of the Marine commander at Tsingtao.

A new command, Fleet Marine Force, Western Pacific (FMFWesPac), was to be
activated at Tsingtao on 1 May under Brigadier General Omar T. Pfeiffer. Its

principal mission was to be security of United States naval training

activities. In addition to the 3d Battalion, 4th Marines already at Tsingtao,
the 1st Marines (less 1/1) was to join the garrison, the regimental

headquarters and service company being redesignated Headquarters Company,

FMFWesPac. Air support for Pfeiffer’s command would be provided by the three
squadrons remaining at Tsingtao (Air FMFWesPac): the wing service squadron,

VMF-211, and VMR-153. The composition of FMFWesPac after all necessary

transfers were completed would be: Headquarters and Service Battalion; 3/4;
2/1; 12th Service Battalion; AirFMFWesPac.<32>

The last major clash between Marines of the 1st Division and Communist

forces occurred shortly after the withdrawal plans were issued. The scene was
again the isolated ammunition supply point at Hsin Ho, and the attack gave

every evidence of being well planned and coordinated. On the night of 4-5

April, an enemy raiding party with an estimated strength of 350 men made
simultaneous attacks at three widely separated points on the dump perimeter.

Five Marine sentries were killed in the initial exchange of fire, and the

Communists broke into the ammunition storage area. Eight more Marines were
wounded as the heavily

21

outnumbered guard detachment attempted to contain and beat back the

penetration. In accordance with their carefully laid plan, the Communists
brought up horse-drawn carts and pack animals to haul away captured ammunition

and set up an ambush on the road to Tangku, anticipating the fact that the

commanding officer of 1/5 would immediately dispatch reinforcements to Hsin
Ho. The lead vehicle of the Company C rescue column was disabled by land

mines, and heavy fire forced the Marines to dismount and engage the ambush

party, which closed to grenade range before it was finally driven off. Using
their preponderance of strength at the supply point and the time advantage

gained by their ambush, the Communists were able to disengage and withdraw

from the scene of action, covering their retreat by blowing up two of the
ammunition stockpiles. Although Company C pursued the raiders through the

darkness for more than eight miles it was unable to reestablish contact, and

dawn air searches revealed that the Communist force had disappeared into the
maze of fields, villages, and brush, that dotted the countryside north of

Tangku. The bodies of six uniformed Communists were found at Hsin Ho, and it

was estimated that 20-30 wounded men had been carried away during the
withdrawal. Marine casualties totaled 5 dead and 16 wounded in the worst

incident in the history of strained relations between the Marines and the

Communists.<33> On 21 April, the division turned over the ASP and its
contents to Nationalist troops as part of the American program of postwar

lend-lease aid.

During April and May, units of the 5th Marines and the 1st Wing loaded

out and sailed for Guam, and the 1st Marines (less 1/1) joined FMFWesPac at
Tsingtao. Marine activities were terminated at Peiping, Tangku, and

Chinwangtao. The remaining elements of the division not assigned to the rear

echelon embarked in June, and on the 21st, the division command post closed in
Tientsin and opened in the USS RENVILLE. The 1st Marine Division, now little

more than a skeleton outfit of headquarters and service troops, had ended 21

months of quasi-war with the Chinese Communists.

After June 1947, the mission of protecting American lives and property in

China fell to General Pfeiffer’s forces at Tsingtao. On orders from the

Commander, Naval Forces, Western Pacific, successor to Seventh Fleet,
FMFWesPac was to have an infantry battalion ready at all times to be

air-transported to Shanghai, Nanking, or Tientsin where most American

nationals were located. Surprise alerts and practice air lifts were a
constant feature of the Marine training program thereafter.

22

FMFWesPac was an unusual command in the sense that it functioned

simultaneously as a naval base guard detachment and a major FMF air-ground
team. Coupled with instruction and practice in interior guard duties was a

program of individual training and small unit combat exercises designed to

prepare for the possibility of Communist attacks on Tsingtao and to meet the
continuing requirement that a FMF unit be ready for amphibious operations.

Reinforcements in the form of landing parties from ships of the fleet were

regularly instructed in infantry tactics by the Marines, and periodically the
two battalions, organized as battalion landing teams,<34> boarded ship to

participate in landing exercises with fleet units.

Tsingtao became the only Marine duty station in China on 1 September 1947
when the rear echelon of the 1st Division cleared Tientsin and left for the

United States. A month later, the ground units of FMFWesPac were all

redesignated and reorganized under the new “J” Tables of Organization which
were aimed at making the most efficient use of the limited manpower available.

Most of the reinforcing elements of Pfeiffer’s command became detached

companies or platoons of the separate battalions of the 1st Marine Division.
The infantry battalions assumed the names, battle honors, and traditions of

regiments: 2/1 was redesignated the 1st Marines and 3/4 the 3d Marines.

All types of combat training sought to give both officers and men
experience in handling the problems of larger units, even though a great deal

of this practice dealt with woefully under strength and often “paper”

organizations. The Marine Corps reorganization in autumn of 1947 obviously
had many shortcomings, but it attempted to cope with the budgetary and

personnel restrictions of the period, and to keep in being units whose combat

tradition and reputation were an invaluable morale factor.

Military training and guard duty filled only a portion of the Tsingtao

garrison’s time during the next year. Liberty in the Chinese city was

generously granted, an extensive recreation program was implemented, and
off-duty educational activities, both through local studies and by

correspondence, were encouraged. A considerable number of dependents were

permitted to come out from the States in keeping with a postwar policy of
reuniting service families wherever possible. Duty at Tsingtao was much like

that at any overseas station, but there was one critical difference. The

fighting between the Nationalists and Communists grew steadily more violent
and bitter and the possibility of Marine involvement was always present.

23

In the fall of 1948, the economic and military collapse of the
Nationalists, predicted by Wedemeyer, Marshall, and a host of other qualified

observers, came about in Manchuria. In a few short months, the Communists

captured vast quantities of munitions and absorbed thousands of defecting
Nationalist troops who had lost all desire to fight. In the cities of South

and Central China, the pauperized populace, led by agitators, became

increasingly more dissatisfied with its lot of continuous war and gave strong
evidence that it would accept any change which promised peace. By December,

the ultimate success of the Communists was so obvious that the Director of the

American Military Advisory Group of Nanking, Major General David Barr, USA,
told his superiors at the Pentagon that:

Only a policy of unlimited United States aid including the

immediate employment of United States armed forces to block the

southern advance of the Communists, which I emphatically do not
recommend, would enable the Nationalist Government to maintain a

foothold in southern China against a determined Communist advance…

The complete defeat of the Nationalist Army…is inevitable.<35>

The safety of many Americans and nationals of friendly foreign powers was

imperiled by the steady Communist advance into North China. In November, the

State Department had ordered their evacuation, and to meet the need for
security troops in Shanghai, port for the Yangtze Valley and an announced

Communist objective, the Secretary of the Navy ordered the 9th Marines

(actually a reinforced battalion) to embark for China. The unit left Guam on
28 November, staged through Tsingtao where evacuation plans were coordinated

with FMFWesPac, and arrived at Shanghai on 16 December.

FMFWesPac was under orders to withdraw from China once its evacuation
mission was completed. While civilians were sent directly to the States or

transshipped to Shanghai for further movement, essential Marine Corps and Navy

equipment was loaded out and the vanguard of the garrison boarded ship.
VMF-211, which was to fly fighter cover for the evacuation, completed carrier

qualification flights on 21 January and reported to the CVE Rendova. The rest

of AirFMFWesPac had departed Tsingtao by 1 February. With the exception of
Company C, 3d Marines, quartered ashore to patrol the harbor area, all

elements of FMFWesPac were afloat by 3 February. Headquarters and service

troops and the 1st Marines (Reinforced)<36> left China on

24

8 February to rejoin the 1st Division, leaving the 3d Marines and 9th Marines

to continue evacuation operations.

For more than a month, the 3d Marines remained afloat in Tsingtao harbor,
while the Communist drive gained momentum against disintegrating Nationalist
opposition. On 17 March, the 3d Marines, less Company C, sailed to Shanghai

to take over the mission of the 9th Marines, which left for the United States
at the end of the month.<37) While the battalion stayed on board ship at
Shanghai, the Communists reached their Yangtze valley objectives, crossed the

river, and on 24 April, occupied the Nationalist capital at Nanking. On the
28th, the 3d Marines left Shanghai for Tsingtao, pausing there for a few days
before it left for the states. On 6 May, the 3d sailed, leaving Company C as

a cruiser-borne reinforcement for Naval Forces, Western Pacific. A relief for
this company, C of the 7th Marines, arrived at Tsingtao on 14 May to take over
the watch, and the last element of the 3d Marines departed. In less than a

month, the 7th Marines company was also on its way home. The possibility of
landing American troops in China without precipitating costly fighting was now
remote, and the American fleet stood off from the Communist coast.

As an instrument of American policy, the Marines were first committed to
assist in the repatriation of more than a half million Japanese and to help
the Chinese Central Government reestablish its sovereignty over occupied

territory. Ordered to avoid involvement in the civil strife but to defend
themselves if attacked, “the Marines were the balance of order”<38> in North
China, while they controlled the vital coastal cities and lines of

communication. They reinforced General Marshall’s attempt to secure peace,
and when this failed, were given their traditional role as protectors of
American lives, interests, property in China.

After postwar demobilization drastically cut American troop strength, the

skeletal Marine units strung out along Hopeh’s rail lines invited Communist
harassing attacks. Even after the rail guard duty ended and the Marines

concentrated their forces, the communists occasionally tested the defenses

with minor success. When the last Marine garrison was set up at Tsingtao, the
combination of infantry and air, backed up by guns of the fleet, proved a

sufficient deterrent, and the port city remained inviolate even though the

Communists controlled most of Shantung Province.

25

When the defeat of the Nationalist armies forced an American withdrawal,

the Marines provided a security force that insured the escape of hundreds of

foreign nationals who might otherwise have ended up in Communist prisons.
Faced with a round of trying and often, dangerous assignments during the

postwar years of China duty, when their full fighting power was always held in

check, the Marines acquitted themselves well. The Communists, concerned
solely with their drive to conquer China, did not choose to meet the Marines

head on. Once they were secure in their control of the mainland, however, the

time of that encounter was not long delayed. In November 1950, they met the
Marines again, this time in full-scale battle, in the rugged hills of North

Korea.

26

NOTES

(1) Unless otherwise noted the material in this section is derived from:
IIIAC WarDs (War Diaries), Aug-Sep45; 1st MarDiv WarDs, Sep-Oct45; 1st

MAW WarDs, Sep-Oct45. Unless otherwise noted, all material cited is
located in the Historical Archives, Historical Branch, G-3, HQMC.

(2) Eyewitness account quoted in George McMillan, “The Old Breed: A History

of the First Marine Division in World War II,” (Washington: Infantry
Journal Press, 1949), p. 428.

(3) 1st MarDiv WarD, Sep45, p. 2.

(4) Quoted in McMillan, “op. cit.,” p. 428.

(5) 1st MarDiv WarD, Oct45, p. 2.

(6) Col Charles W. Harrison interview by HistBr, G-3, HQMC, dtd 15Nov55.

(7) IIIAC WarD, Oct45, p. 5.

(8) IIIAC OPlan 26-45, dtd 1Sep45, App I to IIIAC WarD, Sep45.

(9) Unless otherwise noted the material in this section is derived from:
IIIAC WarDs, Sep-Oct45; 6th MarDiv WarDs, Sep-Oct45; 1st MAW WarD, Oct45.

(10) The mayor’s terms were: (1) Advance information of the time or landing;

(2) No CNA troops to accompany the Marines; (3) No change in the city
administration.

(11) 6th MarDiv WarD, Oct45, Encl A.

(12) “Ibid.,” Encl B. General Worton, Chief of Staff, IIIAC, received a

similar emissary in Tientsin in mid-October. An offer to share control of
Tientsin with the Communists was refused. Harrison interview, “op. cit.”

(13) Because of its location, Tsangkou airfield was a major staging stop for

most transports en route to Tientsin and Peiping from South China or
bases in the Pacific. As a result, and because Tsingtao was an
all-weather port, the wing service squadron established a personnel

center for all wing operations at Tsangkou, taking over the functions or
Marine Air Depot Squadron 1.

(14) James V. Forrestal, “The Forrestal Diaries”, Walter Millis, ed. (New
York: The Viking Press, 1951), p. 108

27

(15) Unless otherwise noted the material in this section is derived from:
IIIAC WarDs, Nov45-Jul46 1st MarDiv WarDs, Nov45-Mar46; 1st MAW WarDs,

Nov45-Ju146; 3d MarBrig WarDs, Apr-May46; 4th Mar WarDs, Jun-Jul46; U. S.
Dept of State, “United States Relations with China” (Washington, 1949),
hereafter “State Dept Rept.”

(16) “State Dept Rept,” p. 110.

(17) See summary of incidents at the end of this article, Appendices A and B.

(18) IIIAC SpecO No. 226-45, dtd 6Dec45, in IIIAC WarD, Dec45.

(19) “State Dept Rept,” p. 133.

(20) “Ibid.,” p. 136.

(21) IIIAC OPlan 1-46, dtd 14Feb46, in IIIAC WarD, Feb46.

(22) The Medical Battalion, 3d Marine Brigade, was formally activated on 8
April 1946.

(23) IIIAC OPlan 2-46, dtd 1May46, Annex C, in IIIAC WarD, Apr46.

(24) “Ibid”.

(25) “State Dept Rept”, p. 173n.

(26) “Ibid.,” p. 178.

(27) Unless otherwise noted the material in this section is derived from: 1st
MarDiv WarDs, Aug46-Jun47; 1st MAW WarDs, Aug46-Apr47; FMFWesPac WarDs,

May47-Jan48; AirFMFWesPac WarDs, May47-Feb48; FMFWesPac G-1, G-2,G-3,
G-4, and Air 5-3 Repts, Mar48-Jan49, variously dated and incomplete (HQMC
S&C Files); 3d Mar S-3 PeriodicRepts Nos. 1 and 2, Feb-Mar49 (HQMC S&C

Files); Unit Muster Rolls, Nov48-May49 (Unit Diary Sect, Pers Dept,
HQMC).

(28) The 12th Service Battalion remained under operational control of the
senior Marine supply echelon in China, the 7th Service Regiment at

Tientsin.

(29) General Howard, who spent three and a half years as a Japanese prisoner,
had commanded the 4th Marines in China just prior to the outbreak of the
war and led the regiment during the defense of the Philippines.

28

(30) On 7 January 1947, General Marshall was appointed Secretary of State.

(31) Forrestal, “op. cit.,” p. 219.

(32) The 12th Service Battalion and AirFMFWesPac were attached for operational

control only; administrative control remained with 7th Service Regiment
and 1st MAW respectively.

(33) 1st MarDiv G-2 PeriodicRept No. 52, dtd 8Apr47, Encl A. Convincing
evidence that this attack was long in preparation was furnished by the

discovery on the body of a Communist of a copy of the dump’s guard roster
for 29 January 1947.

(34) As there was no organic artillery unit assigned to FMFWesPac, one rifle
company in each battalion received an augmentation of artillerymen to

provide a provisional firing battery, and a small artillery staff section
was added to Headquarters Company, FMFWesPac.

(35) “State Dept Rept,” p. 336.

(36) Company B, 3d Marines, was attached to the 1st Marines on 29 January

1949.

(37) Company C, 9th Marines, including one platoon on security guard at the U.
S. Embassy in Nanking, was transferred to the 3d Marines on 28 March 1949
and redesignated Company B, 3d Marines.

(38) Forrestal, “op. cit.,” p. 179.

29

Appendix A
Major Armed Clashes Between

U. S. Marines and Chinese Communists

October 1945 – May 1947

Marine Communist
Date Location KIA WIA KIA WIA Remarks

6Oct45 Tientsin- 3 unk unk Ambush of road recon-
Peiping Road naissance party by
an estimated 40-50

troops.

18Oct45 Langfang- – – 6 unk Ambush of train by
Peiping rail- force of unknown

road strength.

2Nov45 Village 3 miles – – 1 unk Motor patrol attacked
north of Tientsin by group of irregulars

14- Kuyeh vicinity – – unk unk CG, 1stMarDiv inspec-
15Nov45 on railroad tion train fired on
by force of unknown

strength.

8Jan46 Bridge near – – unk unk Bridge guard attacked
Anshan by 25-30 irregulars.

16Apr46 Bridge near – – unk unk Bridge guard attacked
Lutai by irregulars of un-
known strength.

5May46 Bridge near – 1 unk unk Bridge guard attacked
Hanku by force of unknown
strength with mortars.

21May46 Village 10 1 1 2 unk Reconnaissance party
miles south of attacked by 50-75
Tientsin irregular troops.

1Jun46 Bridge near – – 5 unk Force of unknown
Peitaiho strength attacked
bridge guard.

26Jul46 Anping between – – unk unk Motor patrol attacked
Tientsin and by group of unknown
Peiping strength.

A-1

29Jul46 Apring between 4 11 12 unk Motor convoy attacked
Tientsin and by group of about 300

strength

5Aug46 Hsin-Ho ASP near – – unk unk Fire fight with Com-
Tangku munist raiding party.

9Aug46 Railroad 2 miles – – unk 4 Coal train derailed
north of Lntai est and ambushed by an
estimated 50 troops.

12Aug46 Hsin-Ho ASP near – – unk unk Fire fight with Com-
Tangku nunist raiding party.

3-
4Oct46 Hsin-Ho ASP near – 1 1 1 Attack by organized

Tangku group of about 100
Communists.

4- Hsin-Ho ASP near 5 16 6 25 Attack by two com-

5Apr47 Tangku est panies of Communists,
about 350 men.

27Aug47 North Shore – – unk unk Landing party attempt-

Shantung ing to destroy crashed
Peninsula plane attacked by
force of unknown

strength.

31Jan48 Tsankou – – unk unk Patrol pinned down
airfield by fire from force of

unknown strength.

Totals 10 33 33* 30*

* Throughout this period it was customary for the attacking Communist troops

to carry off their casualties if it was possible.

A-2

Appendix B

Marine Casualties Incurred as a Result of

Attacks on Sentries, Recreation Parties, and Individuals

Casualties
Date Location KIA WIA Remarks

19Oct45 Tangshan vicinity – 2 Jeep ambushed.

29Oct45 Peiping vicinity – 1 Jeep ambushed.
4Dec45 Anshan vicinity 1 1 Hunting party attacked.
9Dec45 Tientsin vicinity – 1 Individual on recreation

liberty attacked.
15Jan45 Tangshan vicinity – 2 Trucks ambushed.
7Apr46 Lutai vicinity 1 – Hunting party attacked.

7May46 Lutai – 1 Sentry attacked.
2Jul46 Hangku – 1 Sentry attacked.

Total 2 9

B-1

Appendix C

Aircrew Losses Incurred by Marine Squadrons in
Operational Crashes in North China

Date Location Plane Type Losses

22Oct45 Hopeh Fighter 1
8Dec45 Shantung 6 Dive Bombers 10
11Dec45 Shantung Photo-Reconnaissance 2

11Mar46 Hopeh Fighter 1
22Apr46 Hopeh Fighter 1
25Apr46 Shantung Utility 1

13Jun46 Hopeh Fighter 1
22Sep46 En route to Hawaii Transport 4
24May47 Hopeh Fighter 1

Total 22*

* On 26 August 1948, one of an R5C transport’s engines temporarily failed in
flight and a part of the crew bailed out over water; one man was not

recovered.

C-1

http://www.au.af.mil/au/awc/awcgate/usmchist/nochina.txt

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Ron Paul’s inclusive message attracting African American voters (HUGE black voter shift)

October 30, 2007 Leave a comment

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/rlc/1918252/posts?page=1

Ron Paul’s inclusive message attracting African American voters (HUGE black voter shift)
USA Daily ^ | 10-25-2007 | Maple Brown
Posted on 10/30/2007 2:31:08 AM EDT by OrthodoxPresbyterian
Ron Paul’s inclusive message attracting African American voters
Maple Brown, USA Daily
Published 10/25/2007 – 11:34 a.m. EDT

Ron Paul’s inclusive message of peace, freedom, and prosperity may be attracting African American voters. According to this poll, Ron Paul leads his GOP opponents among black voters in general election contests.

In general election matches Paul loses among African American voters 60% to 33% against Hillary Clinton and loses 61% to 31% to Barack Obama.

In 2004 CNN exit polls show Bush receiving 11% of the African American vote in the general election against Kerry.

The averages of general election match up against either Hillary Clinton or Barack Obama are for Paul, Romney, McCain or Giuliani are, Ron Paul – 32%, Mitt Romney – 23.5%, John McCain – 20%, Rudy Giuliani – 16%.

If the polls are accurate it could mean that Ron Paul’s message that ‘Freedom unites people’ is working. Paul’s uncompromising defense of the Bill of Rights is making him a Civil Rights Leader in his own right. (“Ron Paul inspiring new Civil Rights movements”)

The poll, if accurate, could also mean that Ron Paul’s message of ‘repealing the police state’ is resonating with African American voters.

Paul does appear to be a uniting political force attracting supporters at his events from all walks of life.

USA Daily does not encourage its readers to allow polls to influence their voting decisions in any way. They are too often inaccurate. This statement is not a comment on the poll in question just on polling in general. (Discuss the election on www.usadaily.net)


TOPICS: Candidates; Click to Add Topic
KEYWORDS: barf; blackvote; bravosierra; daviddukecandidate; endorsedbydu; marines; orthodoxnutcase; paulestinians; rino; rinoron; ronpaul; spambots; thedailykoscandidate; trutherron; Click to Add Keyword

[ Report Abuse | Bookmark ]


Navigation: use the links below to view more comments.
first 1-5051-100 101-150151-200 …  301-334 next last

“I got to know President Reagan in 1976 when, as a freshman congressman, I was one of only four members of that body to endorse then-Governor Reagan’s primary challenge to President Gerald Ford. I had the privilege of serving as the leader of President Reagan’s Texas delegation at the Republican convention of 1976, where Ronald Reagan almost defeated an incumbent president for his party’s nomination. I was one of the millions attracted to Ronald Reagan by his strong support for limited government and the free-market. I felt affinity for a politician who based his conservative philosophy on ‘…a desire for less government interference or less centralized authority or more individual freedom.’ I wish more of today’s conservative leaders based their philosophy on a desire for less government and more freedom.” – Ron Paul, Remembering Ronald Reagan

In 2008, I’m voting for the REAGAN REPUBLICAN.
I’m voting for former Vietnam Conflict Flight
Surgeon, and Leader of Ronald Reagan’s
Electoral Delegation from Texas: In 2008,
I’m Voting for RON PAUL!

“The greatest champion of conservative principles we have seen in Congress in the past quarter century.”
(David T. Pyne, Esq., Vice President of the National Federation of Republican Assemblies) Let’s see if this Article is permitted to remain in the general News/Activism Forum — because if ANY Republican Candidate can pick up 33% of the Black Vote, that is HUGE, ground-breaking, paradigm-shifting Election News! It would throw the entire Democratic electoral calculus severely out of whack — and, get this… some of us Conservatives actually want to WIN the 2008 General Election. Imagine that!

1 posted on 10/30/2007 2:31:09 AM EDT by OrthodoxPresbyterian

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/rlc/1918252/posts?page=1

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

“We are not an empire. We’re a republic.”

October 30, 2007 Leave a comment

 

Ron Paul: Utah turnout wows candidate
Before a crowd of 1,000, Republican hopeful speaks about foreign policy, war
By Sheena McFarland
The Salt Lake Tribune
Salt Lake Tribune
Article Last Updated:09/16/2007 02:38:49 AM MDT
 
More than 1,000 people gathered Saturday at the Union Pacific Depot in Salt Lake City to rally behind U.S. Rep. Ron Paul in his bid for the Republican presidential nomination.
Paul, an obstetrician from Texas, was impressed with the turnout.
“Wow. If they only knew you existed over in Washington, they’d change things over there,” he said as he greeted the cheering crowd.
Paul spoke fervently of his support of smaller government, including the abolition of agencies, such as the Internal Revenue Service, and of his support for strictly following the Constitution. He also spoke out against the war in Iraq and any pre-emptive military action.
“Because of our careless attitude about foreign policy and how we go to war, we have allowed our government to build an American world empire,” he said. “We are not an empire. We’re a republic.”
Paul’s stances on such topics are “clearly proven” in his voting record, which has earned him the nickname of “Dr. No” in the House of Representatives, said supporter Ronald Levine Saturday.
“I tell people not to listen to what a candidate says before an election or what he does,” he said. “I tell them to look at what he has consistently done for the past 20 years.”
That voting record is what drives his grass-roots supporters, said Mark Hudson of Syracuse.
“He is the only candidate who attracts everyone from libertarians to constitutional conservatives to true conservatives,” Hudson said.
Paul visited Utah for the free rally and for a $1,000-a-plate brunch that drew fewer than 20 supporters and a $2,000-per-plate dinner. He is the eighth presidential candidate to visit Utah, the fourth Republican. Paul had raised about $13,000 in Utah as of the June 30 filing, according to the Federal Elections Commission.
Though polls show Paul garnering an average of only 2 percent of potential voters, many of his supporters believe the polls don’t accurately show how many people support him.
“He’s the only candidate I’ve seen homemade signs for,” said Tom Salt, who is studying mechanical engineering at Brigham Young University.
Salt sees many young people supporting Paul.
“We look at his principles and we’re too young to be cynical about his chances,” Salt said.
The mainstream media has not treated Paul fairly, said Jed Hardman of Springville, and neither have some of the other Republicans in the race, pointing to Rudy Giuliani and Mitt Romney “openly mocking” Paul after debates.
“They’re afraid because as soon as such a true conservative emerges, one who is anti-abortion and has conservative views on taxes, they’re going to lose,” he said.
smcfarland@sltrib.com

 

http://tinyurl.com/2ugrg3

 
 


*********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!
http://i17.tinypic.com/66wth84.gif
**********

Meyer apologizes in letter to students (Don’t Taze Me, Bro!!)

October 30, 2007 Leave a comment

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1918570/posts

Meyer apologizes in letter to students (Don’t Taze Me, Bro!!)
Independent Florida Alligator ^ | 10/30/07 | KIM WILMATH
Posted on 10/30/2007 4:53:43 PM EDT by mowowie
Andrew Meyer has addressed an apology letter to UF students, UF President Bernie Machen and Student Government for his “failure to act calmly” during a Sept. 17 forum with Sen. John Kerry.

In a letter released to the Alligator on Monday afternoon, Meyer wrote that he “stepped out of line” and felt he had tarnished UF’s image.

“For that again, I am truly sorry,” Meyer wrote.

Meyer, a UF telecommunication senior, was tackled, Tasered and arrested by University Police Department officers during a question-and-answer session following the speech from Kerry, a Democrat who represents Massachusetts.

Meyer was charged with a third-degree felony for resisting arrest with violence and a second-degree misdemeanor for disturbing the peace.

(Excerpt) Read more at alligator.org

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1918570/posts
**********************************

 

Tuesday, October 30, 2007

News > Campus

 

Meyer apologizes in letter to students

 

(Charles Roop / Alligator Staff) Andrew Meyer sits near his attorney, Robert Griscti, at his office in Gainesville on Monday night.
By KIM WILMATH, Alligator Staff Writer

Tuesday, October 30, 2007 2:23 AM EDT

Andrew Meyer has addressed an apology letter to UF students, UF President Bernie Machen and Student Government for his “failure to act calmly” during a Sept. 17 forum with Sen. John Kerry.

In a letter released to the Alligator on Monday afternoon, Meyer wrote that he “stepped out of line” and felt he had tarnished UF’s image.

“For that again, I am truly sorry,” Meyer wrote.

Meyer, a UF telecommunication senior, was tackled, Tasered and arrested by University Police Department officers during a question-and-answer session following the speech from Kerry, a Democrat who represents Massachusetts.

Meyer was charged with a third-degree felony for resisting arrest with violence and a second-degree misdemeanor for disturbing the peace.

Meyer has since withdrawn from classes, said Robert Griscti, Meyer’s attorney. He plans to return in January.

Meyer has accepted punishment from UF for violating the Student Code of Conduct, stated a news release from Patricia Telles-Irvin, UF’s vice president of student affairs.

The details of Meyer’s penalty could not be disclosed, Telles-Irvin wrote.

“Students make mistakes,” she wrote. “What’s most important are the lessons learned by all of us and making things right.”

A decision from the State Attorney’s Office about Meyer’s criminal charges is due to become available today.

Spencer Mann, spokesman for the office, could not be reached for comment by press time.

Griscti said Monday he couldn’t comment on the decision. Although Meyer allowed himself to be photographed in Griscti’s office, he declined comment as well.

“This is beyond anybody’s expectations in terms of media interest,” Griscti said. “I’ve yet to find anybody who doesn’t know about this in Gainesville, Europe or elsewhere.”

The aggressive attention from other students and the media has been hard on Meyer, Griscti said, but he’s learned a lot about journalism in the process.

“Given that this is his chosen field, it’s been a good educational process,” Griscti said.

He said Meyer’s apology was completely self-prompted. He started drafting it immediately after his release from jail Sept. 18.

“In society, as in life, there are consequences for not following the rules,” Meyer wrote. “In this instance, not following the rules has imposed consequences for many people other than myself, people who have seen their school, and perhaps their degree, tarnished in the eyes of others through no fault of their own.”

Griscti said Meyer didn’t plan his outburst, as the UPD report might have suggested.

However, Meyer’s remark to officers in the police car, when he said they “did nothing wrong,” was accurate. Meyer had no animosity toward individual officers, Griscti said.

Meyer wrote that he attended the speech to ask Kerry about voter disenfranchisement in America and he “lost his cool.”

Griscti said he and Meyer are happy with Machen’s creation of a committee to examine UF’s policies on open forums, free speech and event security.

“The creation of the panel proved once and for all that UF cares about the direction it’s going in,” Meyer wrote.

Griscti said he attended the panel’s first meeting and is willing to contribute what he can to the committee’s future discussions.

He said he would examine the Florida Department of Law Enforcement’s 300-page investigation of the officers’ Taser use.

“I just hope people stay interested,” he said. “This university could take a lead nationwide.”

UF Responds to Andrew Meyer Aplogies
Meyer’s Letter to The Alligator
Meyer’s Letter to President Machen

The Independent Florida Alligator[x] Close Window

http://tinyurl.com/277njf

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!


**********

Ron Paul Closes To Within Ten Points of Hillary Clinton

October 30, 2007 Leave a comment

From NationalLedger.com
DC Journal
Ron Paul Closes to Within Ten Points of Hillary Clinton
By Gene Byrd
Oct 30, 2007

Can Ron Paul win the Republican nomination and then go on to be elected as the forty-fourth president of the United States?  He just might if he is able to run against Hillary Clinton.  Right now a full seventy-seven percent of people polled in a recent Rasmussen reports poll have now concluded that Hillary Clinton will be the nominee that the Democrats will put up for the 2008 elections for US President.  The Republican field seems wide open.

Ron Paul Closes to Within Ten Points of Hillary Clinton

A poll by Scott Rasmussen notes that among Likely Republican Primary Voters nationwide, Rudy Giuliani is preferred by 24% while Fred Thompson is the first choice for 17%. Mitt Romney moves back to third place with support from 14% while John McCain and Mike Huckabee earn the vote from 12%. No other Republican attracts more than 3%, including Dr. Paul.

***

Still, the polling firm has tossed out the question that places Ron Paul head to head with Hillary Clinton and the results may have some Paul supporters re-thinking their stance on polling.  Most of the time they will discount any poll that places their candidate at the bottom of polls with a plethora of excuses.

And this one seems promising not only for Paul, but for the entire Republican field.  If Paul were to face off against Hillary he would only lose by ten points, 48-38.  While this may be a good spring for Paul supporters it might also cause some alarm over at team Hillary.  Would it really be this close, against an unknown US Congressman from the state of Texas?

And how close would it be if Paul could get mainstream coverage?

© Copyright National Ledger, www.NationalLedger.com

http://tinyurl.com/28k2zn

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Kucinich Questions Bush’s Mental Health

October 30, 2007 Leave a comment

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1918550/posts

Kucinich Questions Bush’s Mental Health
Breitbart.com ^ | Oct 30 03:36 PM | AP
Posted on 10/30/2007 3:52:39 PM EDT by Greystoke
PHILADELPHIA (AP) – Democratic presidential candidate Dennis Kucinich questioned President Bush’s mental health in light of comments he made about a nuclear Iran precipitating World War III…. “You cannot be a president of the United States who’s wanton in his expression of violence,” Kucinich said. “There’s a lot of people who need care. He might be one of them. If there isn’t something wrong with him, then there’s something wrong with us. This, to me, is a very serious question.”

(Excerpt) Read more at breitbart.com

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1918550/posts
***************************

Kucinich Questions Bush’s Mental Health
Oct 30 03:36 PM US/Eastern

PHILADELPHIA (AP) – Democratic presidential candidate Dennis Kucinich questioned President Bush’s mental health in light of comments he made about a nuclear Iran precipitating World War III. “I seriously believe we have to start asking questions about his mental health,” Kucinich, an Ohio congressman, said in an interview with The Philadelphia Inquirer’s editorial board on Tuesday. “There’s something wrong. He does not seem to understand his words have real impact.”

Kucinich, known for his liberal views, trails far behind the leading candidates in most Democratic polls. He was in Philadelphia for a debate at Drexel University.

Bush made the remarks at a news conference earlier this month.

He said: “I’ve told people that if you’re interested in avoiding World War III, it seems like you ought to be interested in preventing them (Iran) from having the knowledge necessary to make a nuclear weapon.”

Kucinich said he doesn’t believe his comments about the president’s mental health are irresponsible, according to a story posted on the newspaper’s Web site.

“You cannot be a president of the United States who’s wanton in his expression of violence,” Kucinich said. “There’s a lot of people who need care. He might be one of them. If there isn’t something wrong with him, then there’s something wrong with us. This, to me, is a very serious question.”
Copyright 2007 The Associated Press. All rights reserved. This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten or redistributed.

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Introducing Sheriff Gil Gilbertson

October 30, 2007 Leave a comment


Introducing Sheriff Gil Gilbertson

by Sheriff Gil Gilbertson
Josephine County, Oregon

October 30, 2007
NewsWithViews.com

http://www.newswithviews.com/Gilbertson/gil.htm

[NOTE: NWV would like it's readers to get aquainted with their newly elected Josephine County Sheriff, Gil Gilbertson. If you live in Josephine County and have questions for the Sheriff, feel free to send Gil an E-mail.]

During my campaign for Sheriff, among the commitments I made to the people of Josephine County was to seek out alternative sources of funding and to provide the best public safety environment possible with the funding available. Many of our citizens have expressed their dissatisfaction with the property tax solutions proposed to date. Practically speaking, there may not be a one-shot solution to our financial problems, but weaving together several different solutions could provide substantial benefits.

One of the first steps I took in this regard was the formation of a Sheriff’s Advisory Council (S.A.C.) comprised of well-qualified volunteers with many years of combined service to Josephine County to help identify and develop ideas. I have asked this Council to look beyond funding the Sheriff’s Office to considering solutions for the countywide issues. Some of the more promising ideas are:

  • New Construction Asset Buy-In. This proposal would assess all new dwelling units built in Josephine County to proportionately match the investment in existing community assets such as roads, Fair grounds, Parks, bridges, buildings and equipment that existing residents have already funded. Existing residents’ ability to remain in their homes would not be threatened, as their existing homes could be grandfathered in.

  • Two Separate Tax Districts for law enforcement. This would copy a system already implemented in Deschutes County by creating two tax districts. District One, would include everyone in the County – which would fund the lawfully mandated services to the community (i.e., Jail, Civil, Court Security, Search and Rescue). The second district would provide all “other” current services; including 911 response, patrol, investigations, records, etc. Only the residents directly benefiting from those services (everyone outside the City of Grants Pass) pay for district Two. We are currently developing this proposal.

  • Insurance Industry Program Funding. I have initiated discussions with several companies providing homeowner, and vehicle, coverage in our market to review with them how increased patrol presence might benefit them by reducing their claims losses; and provide an elevated level of safety to our community. So far, they have been receptive to the idea with more discussion on the horizon.

  • Deductible Contributions to Public Safety Trust Funds. The Sheriff’s Office currently has several line item “Trust Fund” accounts, similar to a non-profit 501(c)(3) – where tax deductible donations can be made directly to funding the Sheriff’s Office obligations. Since this type of account is legally insulated from the County, public confidence concerning how, and for what, the money is spent is dramatically enhanced.

  • Justice of the Peace (J.P.) System. A J.P. system would take over administration of minor civil matters arising in Josephine County such as traffic or parking tickets, code violations, etc, which would retain the related fine revenue that currently goes to the State of Oregon. By jointly occupying current building space owned by the County, and by staffing the J.P. position from the many well-qualified local retirees the accompanying costs remain low.

As you can see, these alternatives address the problem in a variety of ways. Some charge County residents for services that directly benefit them. Others charge new arrivals for incremental demands placed on our community services purely by their joining the community. I don’t expect any of these alone to solve our problems, and I don’t expect a free lunch to last. Perhaps you have some ideas as good, or better than these. If you email your ideas to jocosheriff@co.josephine.or.us my office will forward them to the Sheriff’s Advisory Council, who are open to any viable proposal and will appreciate your contributions and creativity.

It continues to be my honor and privilege to serve the people of Josephine County in these difficult times.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

© 2007 – Gil Gilbertson – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


Gil Gilbertson has approximately thirty-years of national and international experience as a law enforcement officer, trainer, advisor, and senior administrator, in both military and civilian police units.

A veteran of Viet Nam, he has served in the U.S. Navy, Air National Guard, Army National Guard, and the Army Reserve. From 1975 to 1991 Gil was patrol and traffic officer, member of the special weapons tactical team, bomb squad, field-training officer, recovery diver, dispatcher, and jailer for the Waterloo, Iowa Police Department.

Between 1975 and 1996, Gil also served as a professional law enforcement instructor and advisor for the Special Tactics Association and the International Law Enforcement Training Group.

Beginning in 1996, Gilbertson served as the senior liaison for the International Police Task Force at Task Force Eagle, the American contingent of troops supporting the peacekeeping mission in Bosnia-Herzegovina. This was a country suffering from anarchy and a bloody civil war. Gilbertson later took charge of an intelligence fusion center sharing information between the International Police Task Force and N.A.T.O.

In 2005, Gil spent a short tour in Iraq advising the local bomb squads, and a national highway patrol. Later Gil joined a tactical team in New Orleans to secure and defend hospitals that had come under sniper attack in the chaos immediately following hurricane Katrina.

January of 2007, Gil was elected as Sheriff of Josephine County, Oregon.

Website: Sheriff’s website

E-Mail: jocosheriff@co.josephine.or.us

http://www.newswithviews.com/Gilbertson/gil.htm


**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Bush’s Toilet Bowl Treaty For America

October 30, 2007 Leave a comment


 

Bush’s Toilet Bowl Treaty For America

By Cliff Kincaid

October 30, 2007
NewsWithViews.com


http://www.newswithviews.com/Kincaid/cliff183.htm

When State Department Legal Adviser John B. Bellinger III gave a controversial June 6 speech on the subject of “The United States and International Law,” he mentioned that the Bush Administration had “put forward a priority list of over 35 treaty packages that we have urged the Senate to approve soon, including the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea.” The latter is now up for Senate ratification, with a vote scheduled on Wednesday, and one of its many controversial provisions is the regulation of land-based sources of pollution. This treaty covers the water and the land. But now we have discovered that the Bush Administration has asked the Senate to ratify a treaty that defines one of those land-based sources of pollution as toilet flushing. No kidding.

It is amazing but true. The Bush Administration wants the Senate to ratify a treaty that will invite international inspections of what you flush down your toilet.

We are talking about Annex III of the “Protocol Concerning Pollution from Land-Based Sources and Activities to the Convention for the Protection and Development of the Marine Environment of the Wider Caribbean Region, with Annexes.” You can read it for yourself here.

Annex III is titled, “Domestic Wastewater,” which is defined as including “all discharges from households, commercial facilities, hotels, septage and any other entity…” These discharges are defined as encompassing (1) toilet flushing, (2) discharges from showers, wash basins, kitchens and laundries, or discharges from small industries, provided their composition and quantity are compatible with treatment in a domestic wastewater system.

Lawrence A. Kogan of the Institute for Trade, Standards, and Sustainable Development uncovered the dangerous details of this agreement and has termed it the “Toilet bowl treaty,” noting that it constitutes a sort of mini-Law of the Sea Treaty. The protocol, he says, is one of 11 “regional seas” agreements. It is on an October 1 State Department list of “Treaties Pending in the Senate.” (Not all of these treaties are currently being pushed by the Bush Administration).

Our major media were, as usual, asleep at the switch. It turns out that the White House issued a press release about submitting this treaty to the Senate for ratification. President Bush’s statement was quite specific. He noted that “It is estimated that 70 to 90 percent of pollution entering the marine environment emanates from land-based sources and activities,” and that parties to the treaty “are required to ensure that domestic wastewater discharges meet specific effluent limitations, and to develop plans for the prevention and reduction of agricultural nonpoint source pollution.”

Bush claimed that “The United States would be able to implement its obligations under the Protocol under existing statutory and regulatory authority.” In other words, he thinks this is supposed to affect others, not us. But this may not be the way some activist judges and international lawyers see it.

Bush’s admission that 70 to 90 percent of pollution entering the marine environment emanates from land-based sources and activities is directly relevant to the U.N. Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), which has provisions relating to prohibiting pollution from such sources. That is why many observers have concluded that the Law of the Sea Treaty can serve as a back-door way to implement the (unratified) global warming treaty. Foreign judges and lawyers could easily interpret greenhouse gas emissions as contributing to pollution of the oceans. As a result, under UNCLOS they could order cuts in energy use.

Since the State Department submitted the protocol for ratification, along with the Law of the Sea Treaty, it’s a certainty that Legal Adviser John B. Bellinger III knew all about the potential for regulating land-based pollution sources and activities, including toilet bowls, when he testified before the Senate about UNCLOS on September 27. But not only did he deny that UNCLOS had any such potential, he said it had no such provisions. When pressed, he claimed the provisions were “hortatory” and had no practical legal impact. This is why Tom Fitton of Judicial Watch and I have asked for a formal review (PDF) of his testimony. He clearly misled the Senate.

But now we find out that it’s worse than we thought. The State Department had previously submitted another treaty that specifically and explicitly defined a land-based source of pollution as being a toilet bowl. Ratification of this treaty, in conjunction with ratification of UNCLOS, would literally invite U.N. inspectors to review and manage discharge from your toilet bowl. Why didn’t Bellinger tell the Senate about that during his UNCLOS testimony?

Bellinger seems to be far more open and honest with international audiences that he is trying to appease and impress. In his June 6 speech to a group at The Hague, for example, Bellinger boasted about using his own staff of 171 lawyers to “integrate” international law “into the decision-making process” of the U.S. Government. He defended the President’s order to Texas to comply with a ruling by the U.N.’s International Court of Justice on giving convicted Mexican killers another hearing. Bellinger called this compliance with “an international obligation.”

The Senate Foreign Relations Committee is scheduled to vote on UNCLOS on Wednesday. UNCLOS is the first order of business and if it passes, as seems likely, Majority Leader Senator Harry Reid could call it up for a quick Senate floor vote.

Before the committee votes, it should recall Bellinger as a witness and determine why he has been less than open and honest about the “obligations” of the U.S. under UNCLOS. Then he should be asked to explain why we need a treaty targeting toilet bowls and showers. If he claims the need to adhere to “international obligations,” he should be laughed out of the hearing room, along with his treaties.

 

© 2007 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

 

 

 

 

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale



Cliff Kincaid, a veteran journalist and media critic, Cliff concentrated in journalism and communications at the University of Toledo, where he graduated with a Bachelor of Arts degree.

Cliff has written or co-authored nine books on media and cultural affairs and foreign policy issues.

Cliff has appeared on Hannity & Colmes, The O’Reilly Factor, Crossfire and has been published in the Washington Post, Washington Times, Chronicles, Human Events and Insight.

Web Site: www.AIM.org

E-Mail: cliff.kincaid@aim.org

http://www.newswithviews.com/Kincaid/cliff183.htm

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Rumsfeld flees France fearing arrest

October 30, 2007 Leave a comment

http://wor.ldne.ws/node/8596

Rumsfeld flees France fearing arrest
Sat, 10/27/2007 – 08:45

Former US Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld fled France today fearing arrest over charges of “ordering and authorizing” torture of detainees at both the American-run Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq and the US military’s detainment facility at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, unconfirmed reports coming from Paris suggest.

US embassy officials whisked Rumsfeld away yesterday from a breakfast meeting in Paris organized by the Foreign Policy magazine after human rights groups filed a criminal complaint against the man who spearheaded President George W. Bush’s “war on terror” for six years.

Under international law, authorities in France are obliged to open an investigation when a complaint is made while the alleged torturer is on French soil.

According to activists in France, who greeted Rumsfeld shouting “murderer” and “war criminal” at the breakfast meeting venue, US embassy officials remained tight-lipped about the former defense secretary’s whereabouts citing “security reasons”.

Anti-torture protesters in France believe that the defense secretary fled over the open border to Germany, where a war crimes case against Rumsfeld was dismissed by a federal court. But activist point out that under the Schengen agreement that ended border checkpoints across a large part of the European Union, French law enforcement agents are allowed to cross the border into Germany in pursuit of a fleeing fugitive.

“Rumsfeld must be feeling how Saddam Hussein felt when US forces were hunting him down,” activist Tanguy Richard said. “He may never end up being hanged like his old friend, but he must learn that in the civilized world, war crime doesn’t pay.”

International Federation for Human Rights (FIDH) along with the Center for Constitutional Rights (CCR), the European Center for Constitutional and Human Rights (ECCHR), and the French League for Human Rights (LDH) filed the complaint on Thursday after learning that Rumsfeld was scheduled to visit Paris.

http://wor.ldne.ws/node/8596

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Hand Over Heart/Lack thereof…(true)

October 30, 2007 Leave a comment

Hand Over Heart/Lack thereof…(true)

http://www.snopes.com/politics/obama/anthem.asp
http://www.snopes.com/politics/obama/anthem.asp

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

The Duke of Iwo Jima…by “Sully” (Updated/ReBlogged!)

October 30, 2007 1 comment
gophum

gophum (Photo credit: GunnyG1345)

big

big (Photo credit: GunnyG1345)

The “Duke of Iwo Jima“???

(Re Col Sully…)

http://sullyusmc.com/

Ghosts….

“Have you heard of the “Duke of Iwo Jima?.” This was supposedly a Japanese Officer who wore a “boat cloak” and trooped the Japanese lines every night. There were Marines (one of which I knew well, and was no BSer) who swore that they had seen this apparition.”
{Above info sent}
GyG
~~~~~

**********
***************

**************************
http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1918228/posts

Stories tell of haunted places on U.S. bases
Stars and Stripes ^ | October 31, 2007 | Stars and Stripes
Posted on 10/30/2007 12:05:09 AM EDT by CurlyBill

Stories tell of haunted places on U.S. bases

Stars and Stripes
Pacific edition, Wednesday, October 31, 2007

It’s not your imagination — maybe that sound in the night really was a moan.

Stories of spirits and unexplained phenomena have persisted on U.S. military bases in the Pacific for years.

Doors slam, shadows creep and voices shout in the night. Could it be spirits of the dead reaching out?

As costumed ghosts and ghouls hit the streets for Halloween, Stars and Stripes has compiled some accounts of allegedly real ghosts and ghouls to keep the holiday creepy.

Creepy crematorium tale

Many of the buildings on Yongsan Garrison in South Korea have been there longer than the U.S. military. Some date back to Japan’s occupation of Korea before and during World War II.

One of those buildings, near the gas station on the garrison’s South Post, has been surrounded by rumors for years.

“I hate being here at night. The hairs on the back of my neck stand up just talking about it,” said Sgt. 1st Class Riviere Cools, 52nd Medical Battalion as he eyed the squat, red-brick building in the center of his unit’s complex of offices. “I don’t believe in that kind of stuff, but in the back of my mind, there are souls here.”

The entire compound, surrounded by a thick, crumbling, brick wall, was a prison during the occupation.

For years, said U.S. Army Garrison spokesman David McNally, soldiers working there have passed along stories claiming that the area, especially the small building in the center, was haunted.

McNally said the building was most likely the prison’s administrative office, but those working around it have a more sinister theory.

“Everybody that’s worked in that building right there has either seen something or heard something,” said Staff Sgt. Sae Kim, 52nd Medical Battalion. “Because that’s where they burned people.”

McNally was quick to point out there was no evidence to suggest that the building was a crematorium, but that doesn’t stop the stories from spreading.

“I haven’t seen any ghosts,” said Sgt. 1st Class Freeman Witherspoon. “But I definitely have heard the rumors. People say they see shadows when they have duty at night.”

The unexplained voice

Stories of strange happenings abound at the base chapel at Camp Zama in Japan. Strange presences in rooms and doors that mysteriously open and close are part of chapel lore, employees say.

Some tell stories of strange figures passing by and then disappearing.

“My predecessor said that she used to hear footsteps through the halls late at night,” said Staff Sgt. Desmond West, the Unit Ministry Team noncommissioned officer in charge.

Last year, Spc. Jennifer Villagomez, a funds clerk, said she was working late when a voice emanated from her unplugged computer speakers.

It sounded like a Japanese man, “like a drill sergeant yelling at a private,” she said.

At first, Villagomez said she thought the sounds were a practical joke and called for a sergeant who was the only other person in the building at the time.

“And as I heard him come closer to my office, the voice on the speaker went lower and lower until it went away, just before he walked in the room,” Villagomez said.

She said that since that incident, she tries not to be the last person to in the office at night.

Sgt. Joshua Lee, who works at the chapel with Villagomez, said he didn’t hear the voice that night but has witnessed other strange occurrences.

Chapel lights switch on and doors open seemingly on their own, Lee said.

West, who has worked in the chapel for four years, said he has never seen or heard anything peculiar.

“But the day I start hearing things, I’m running out of here,” he said.

Ghosts crowd Okinawa

Reportedly haunted sites can be found around almost any corner on and off Okinawa bases.

So many ghost stories abound that Marine Corps Community Services and 18th Services Squadron on Kadena Air Base both run special Halloween spooky sites tours that sell out weeks in advance.

Web sites and a book on the subject — Jayne A. Hitchcock’s “The Ghosts of Okinawa” — celebrate the local haunts.

A World War II soldier is said to roam Gate 3 on Camp Hansen in blood-splattered fatigues asking sentries to light his cigarette.

Marines refused to stand guard due to the haunting, and the gate was eventually closed, according to Hitchcock.

Camp Foster is said to be the home of a ghostly samurai warrior who eternally travels from Stillwell Drive uphill toward Futenma Housing.

Kadena Air Base also has its ghost stories.

A small house behind the Kadena United Services Organization, numbered 2283, is now used for storage because, it is said, no one willingly lives in it for long.

Some say the house remains haunted after a man murdered his family there. Others say the house rests on an ancient burial site, and the souls of the dead beneath are restless.

Kadena’s golf course might be the site where in 1945 a group of high-school girls pressed into service in the Japanese Imperial Army committed suicide, according to another yarn.

The spirits of the dead girls are said to still haunt the land.

Off-base, half-finished buildings are abandoned due to reports of ghostly visitors.

Construction of the Royal Hotel off Route 329, near the Nakagusuku Castle ruins, was begun some three decades ago — possibly on a sacred site.

Mysterious accidents and deaths drove workers to abandon construction.

Meanwhile, at Maeda Point, there is rumored to be a prophet-of-death ghost.

The elderly Okinawan apparition is said to appear at a tomb that can be seen only from the water, and within days of a sighting, a body is found on a nearby beach.

Stars and Stripes reporters Travis Tritten, Jimmy Norris, Vince Little and Cindy Fisher contributed to this story.

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1918228/posts

IS THIS MAN, PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF...

IS THIS MAN, PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, THE LEADER OF THE FREE WORLD, MENTALLY ILL? (Photo credit: SS&SS)

Enhanced by Zemanta

Vast Differences Between Males & Females by Alan Stang

October 30, 2007 Leave a comment

http://www.newswithviews.com/Stang/alan11.htm

Vast Differences Between Males & Females
Recently, I wrote that the worst disaster we have suffered in this country – worse than Nine Eleven, worse than the invasion of our country from Mexico, worse even than el presidente Jorge W. Boosh – is the horror of feminism. The other things we can recover from, however serious they are, but feminism strikes at the heart of what we are. Feminism changes the matrix, our civilization’s DNA……..
http://www.newswithviews.com/Stang/alan11.htm
by Alan Stang
~~~~~



Vast Differences Between Males & Females

by Alan Stang
October 30, 2007
NewsWithViews.com

http://www.newswithviews.com/Stang/alan11.htm

Recently, I wrote that the worst disaster we have suffered in this country – worse than Nine Eleven, worse than the invasion of our country from Mexico, worse even than el presidente Jorge W. Boosh – is the horror of feminism. The other things we can recover from, however serious they are, but feminism strikes at the heart of what we are. Feminism changes the matrix, our civilization’s DNA.

Remember that we are talking about the version of feminism that erupted in the last half of the Twentieth Century, at about the same time as the latest extrusion of organized sodomy. The feminism before that was quite different. The basic principle of “modern” feminism appears to be that men and women are the same, that any observable differences are superficial and unimportant – women tend to have more prominent forecastles and afterdecks – and therefore that they should be treated alike. Some experts have even proposed “unisex” bathrooms. Der Arnold, the Governator, has signed legislation to that effect in Kahleeforneeya, where girls and boys will soon shower together. Such fun!

Of course anyone who knows anything at all about the subject knows that this is so preposterous it could be a joke, or maybe that the people who propose it are insane, because it is certainly calculated to produce a disaster. Indeed, so destructive is the idea that the question inevitably arises of whether that disaster is the purpose. But since people of putative normalcy propose it, let’s begin at the beginning and examine the idea.

First I shall make some general observations, then apply them to some examples; finally, I shall mention the science. As I go through all this, you will nod and tell yourself, “Yes, I know all this.” You will be able to supply your own examples, and this will underline my point. What I am talking about is not some recondite body of knowledge, but something everyone knows, something that is obvious, the kind of truth Tom Jefferson called “self-evident” in the Declaration of Independence.

Everyone who has ever been anywhere near children knows that you cannot get girls out of the bathroom. My dear friend, the late, great historian Gary Allen warned me during one of my visits to his home not to try to enter one of the bathrooms. Gary explained that he had not been able to gain access himself for months because one of his daughters, then a teenager, lived there. On the contrary, everyone knows that the normal boy will not bathe until he is physically threatened by an adult female armed with a stick.

Everyone knows that the normal boy will wear the same clothes until they either rot off his legs or walk off by themselves, or he is physically threatened by an adult female armed with a stick. The normal girl will change clothes a few times a day. Why? Because she does. Again, everyone with even a modicum of experience knows this. You don’t need to teach a girl to do it.

For a long time, my daughter would change clothes three or four times a day. No one told her to do that. Indeed, it was somewhat troublesome because she wasn’t old enough yet to dress herself, which typically required unbuttoning, unzipping and then the reverse, so every hour or two she would appear solemnly in my office with a new ensemble, and, equally solemn, I would have to get her out of the old outfit and into the new. The ritual became so routine, neither of us needed to say anything. More about the Princess Royal later.

When girls are hurt, they run to their mothers bawling to have their bruised knees bound up. Boys boast about their injuries. One of our sons entered the living room smiling broadly. “Mom, Dad, look at this! Cool, huh?” Another son, at play, had broken one of his fingers, which now flopped crazily askew, and because we unfortunately are not illegal aliens the incident cost me about $800.

The son who broke the finger later broke another playmate’s arm and still another boy’s nose. Girls don’t do this. Why not? Because they don’t. Because he is extremely dangerous, this son became a mathematician at a monster defense contractor. His job is to figure out where to aim the missiles, so it’s best not to get crossways with him. I can’t tell you any more because that is all I know, which is just as well because, if I did, you would be killed by geheimstadt security or at least imprisoned at Gitmo.

On another occasion, we came home and found the son whose finger he broke sitting on the couch, not on the cushions, needless to say – boys do not actually employ furniture as it is designed – but on the back of the couch. I patted him on the head and came away with a handful of blood, because a couple of hours earlier, at play with still another son while perched up there, he had fallen off backward and hit his head on one of the decorative stones in the entry. Such fun!

How long he would have sat there with his hair full of blood had we left for the weekend we have no way of knowing. To this day, he still has a neat scar on the spot, easy to see because he now shaves his head, another thing girls don’t do. (After World War II, the French shaved the heads of the women who had collaborated with the invading Germans.)

Boys are uncomplicated and very easy to raise. Girls are the opposite. In fact, four boys equal one girl. I know this from personal experience because, coincidentally, I have four boys and one girl. Boys are physically dangerous – they will jump off the balcony into the swimming pool – but girls are an emotional bloodbath, which paradoxically is much more physically wearing.

Along these lines, a naïve beginner thinks that two girls are twice as much trouble as one, and so on, arithmetically. On the contrary, my wife, the Love Priestess, a true expert, explains that if you have two or more girls they will drive each other crazy; but if you have just one girl, she will drive you crazy. So, when, after four boys, I finally got a girl, I mistakenly assumed that because I now finally had the hang of it, we would get at least another, but the Love Priestess announced that I was now officially retired. So I continued parenting as a hobby.

Girl conversation is infinitely convoluted and often impossible to follow, which is just as well, because most of the time you don’t want to follow it. Boys discuss only a few wholesome subjects: killing, maiming, amputations and intestines hanging out of gaping tum-tums on kitchen tables. Because girls live in an emotional bloodbath, always in a state of terror about who likes and dislikes whom, they have no funny bones.

On the contrary, the boy has a well-developed sense of humor. Probably the funniest thing that happens in the life of a boy is the accidental emission by one of them of certain sounds, especially when accompanied by corresponding odors. I shall not amplify because genteel ladies could be reading this, but the sounds trigger the automatic eruption of peals of raucous laughter; they can be halted only by outpatient surgery or an adult female armed with a stick.

If you have a house full of girls, there will be uncontrollable giggling. When you look in upon them approvingly, they will be sedately having tea and psychoanalyzing each other. A houseful of boys will be much louder, inspired by boasting about individual exploits that cannot be corroborated. Often a tremor will shake the house. That is perfectly normal, not a problem.

But sometimes, with boys in the house, experienced parents become aware of an awful silence slowly creeping through the house, a silence so robust, so corporeal, that it is not the absence of something but the presence of something else. Because it is so unnatural, they will rush through the house from room to room, perfectly aware that Something Awful is about to happen, hoping they can head it off.

For instance, dipping into my vast experience, I recall a time when some colleagues and I were sitting at the elegant table in a formal dining room. One of them announced his recent discovery of the ancient Chinese formula for gunpowder, which he was able to prove because the unfortunate parents had made the fatal mistake of not being present. It was deathly silent in the moment before the explosion, which caused an intense ringing in the ears and covered us with fine, black dust.

But the biggest victim was the spotless, cream-colored ceiling, which now was even blacker than we were. Needless to say, we evacuated the crime scene instantly and never went back. Had I been asked, I would have denied ever being there, denied even knowing the colleague whose family ceiling had been violated, which was just as well because I never saw him again and did not make the mistake of asking whether he had been executed. For all I know the perpetrator has been dead all these years since, a martyr to true boyhood.

Remember, I was not at fault in the affair, and had no hint of what would happen when I sat down at the table, but there was the unfortunate contretemps occasioned by the fact that at school I sat behind a girl named Maxine. Maxine had very long, gorgeous pigtails, and, believe it or not, the educators of the time were stupid enough to equip us scholars with desks in which there were live ink wells. This was long before ball point pens, but after the American War for Independence.

There is no need to bore you with what happened when these discrete elements were juxtaposed, except to say that I was henceforth forbidden to associate with Maxine or even to get within a few feet of her, which was a genuine deprivation because she had many other endearing qualities beside those luscious, inky blue pigtails, which I still think were quite attractive.

The male of the species is a live and let live individual. Do you want to sit around all day in a dirty undershirt and not shave? No problem! Of course, such preferences are adult manifestations of the aforementioned boyhood affinity for certain odors and sounds. Do you want to wear certain garments that do not coordinate? The male of the species could not care less. Live and let live.

Not so the female. The female is awash with contradiction. The experts tell us she loves stability. But she also loves change. She will not rest until she has remolded you to suit her preference, which raises the question of why she did not choose someone with the qualities she wanted from the beginning. Here are some examples all husbands will easily recognize.

A son calls to report that three pairs of good slacks have disappeared. Needless to say, at first his wife claimed to know nothing. Later, he discovered the slacks on the rack at Goodwill. Because he is a new husband, he made the mistake of trying to insert logic into the affair. “But she bought the slacks herself!”

Some of my favorite garments disappeared. Women develop hostility toward certain favorite ensembles. The Love Priestess claimed to know nothing about them and that the animus she had often expressed for them was irrelevant. Apparently they had walked off by themselves. Other garments appeared in their place. Needless to say she knew nothing.

So profound are some of these animi that from time to time Mrs. Stang interposes her body to prevent egress from our bedroom, in protest of some disfavored garment or ensemble she has not yet thrown out. “Over my dead body!” she announces. Of course I do not accept the challenge. I could not afford the considerable time and expense of recruiting and training a new wife. Now, when I prepare to do something important, she lays out my clothes.

We were leaving the house on the way to the car, headed for church, when suddenly my daughter, the Princess Royal, now an all-knowing teenaged seer perfectly capable of dressing herself, screamed and pointed. “Dad!”

Needless to say, I looked around wildly, prepared to do battle, perhaps with a ‘gator that had crawled from the nearby bayou and was advancing toward us, jaws wide, violating the peaceful Sabbath. I saw nothing. I looked at her, confused.

“Dad!” she screamed again. “Your shoes!” I looked at my shoes, preparing to laugh, assuming that I had stupidly chosen one from one pair and the other from another. What else could elicit so alarming an outcry? No, they belonged together, a favorite pair. They were even well shined. What was wrong? Had my daughter detected a virus from deep space crawling up the instep?

Argumentation erupted between the Princess Royal and the Queen Mother about the shoes. They did not match the rest of my “ensemble.” They were utterly uncoordinated. Whose fault was it that I had managed to leave the house wearing them? Obviously someone had seriously erred. My “ensemble” was fine, it had been approved, but the miscreant, whoever she was, had not checked the shoes.

Needless to say, they did not include me in the conversation. It is a waste of time to ask anything important of a man who is too stupid to dress himself. Need I say that I did not intervene, which could have been dangerous? You will be happy to know that during the confrontation your obedient servant leaned on the fender, calm, urbane, philosophical, patiently waiting until the recriminations ran down.

When they did, I returned to the house to change shoes. The Princess Royal accompanied me, of course. A man who is too stupid to don the right pair of shoes in the first place is too stupid to change them without female supervision. Often, while delivering a lecture, watching the audience elbow each other in celebration of the brilliance of my arguments, I wonder what they would say could they know that they are listening openmouthed to a man who is too dumb to dress himself.

It is important to note that the female, however brilliant, does not “grow out” of all this. Every experienced husband knows that, once in a while, a wife will stand in the living room, clench her fists and start screaming. The inexperienced husband, like my son, will stroke his chin and foolishly try to apply logic. What did I do? What did somebody else do? The experienced practitioner knows that such reflections are an utterly useless waste of precious time – no one did anything; once in a while, a girl needs to scream – and that he needs to get her out of the house and into her favorite restaurant before the cops show up.

The experts do not understand all this themselves, but they say it involves hormones and the moon, and that the ancestors of today’s females may even have been a different species that originated on a heavenly body in our solar system but not of this earth. Among those experts is certainly Louann Brizendine, M.D., a female. Beguiled by feminism, she tried to raise her son to be “gender neutral,” if I may call it that, but, because she is so smart, she took official, clinical note when, despite her best efforts, her gender neutral son emerged as a little boy. To nail all this down, next time we’ll look at her book, The Female Brain (New York, Morgan Road Books, 2006). That’s right. The doctor says there is one.

Again, you could come up with your own examples, which amply proves the point. We are talking about something everyone knows. In view of all this, it becomes obvious that to believe the sexes are the same is more than just stupid; it is suspicious. Because it so blatantly defies simple observation, no one who is not a moron could believe it. It would be tantamount to a refusal to believe that things fall down, not up. But the people who push this belief on us obviously are not at all stupid; on the contrary, in their own way they are maniacally brilliant. So, there must be something they are trying to conceal. What is it?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

© 2007 – Alan Stang – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


Alan Stang was one of Mike Wallace’s original writers at Channel 13 in New York, where he wrote some of the scripts that sent Mike to CBS. Stang has been a radio talk show host himself. In Los Angeles, he went head to head nightly with Larry King, and, according to Arbitron, had almost twice as many listeners. He has been a foreign correspondent. He has written hundreds of feature magazine articles in national magazines and some fifteen books, for which he has won many awards, including a citation from the Pennsylvania House of Representatives for journalistic excellence. One of Stang’s exposés stopped a criminal attempt to seize control of New Mexico, where a gang seized a court house, held a judge hostage and killed a deputy. The scheme was close to success before Stang intervened. Another Stang exposé inspired major reforms in federal labor legislation.

His first book, It’s Very Simple: The True Story of Civil Rights, was an instant best-seller. His first novel, The Highest Virtue, set in the Russian Revolution, won smashing reviews and five stars, top rating, from the West Coast Review of Books, which gave five stars in only one per cent of its reviews.

Stang has lectured in every American state and around the world and has guested on many top shows, including CNN’s Cross Fire. Because he and his wife had the most kids in Santo Domingo, the Dominican Republic, where they lived at the time, the entire family was chosen to be actors in “Havana,” directed by Sydney Pollack and starring Robert Redford, the most expensive movie ever made (at the time). Alan Stang is the man in the ridiculous Harry Truman shirt with the pasted-down hair. He says they made him do it.

Website: AlanStang.com

E-Mail: stangfeedback@gmail.com

http://www.newswithviews.com/Stang/alan11.htm

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Are Senate Offices Lying To You? – — Some are claiming there is no Veterans Disarmament Act!

October 29, 2007 1 comment


http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1917998/posts

Are Senate Offices Lying To You? – — Some are claiming there is no Veterans Disarmament Act!
Gun Owners of America ^ | October 26, 2007 | NA

Posted on 10/29/2007 2:48:25 PM EDT by neverdem

–snip–

The Veterans Disarmament Act Does Change Federal Law

The fact is, this legislation rubber-stamps regulations that have been issued by the BATFE over the years. The net result is that Section 203(2) of S. 2084 ends up outlawing guns for millions of people (including veterans) who are not “currently prohibited” from owning guns.

You can see in greater detail how these regulations will drive the implementation of the Veterans Disarmament Act.

The bottom line is that this bill will ban a person from owning guns because he or she was merely diagnosed with post-traumatic stress disorder, Alzheimer’s, ADHD or bipolar disorder by a government psychologist or psychiatrist in the VA, Medicare, or the IDEA program. This is because the Veterans Disarmament Act will CODIFY regulations that BATFE has issued. (Again, see the URL above for more details.)

False Attempts At Defending The Veterans Gun Ban

Nevertheless, those who merely do word searches for “veteran” — and thus conclude a bill has nothing to say about veterans — try to defend what the Clinton administration did. Take Senator Hatch. He says, the Veterans Disarmament Act specifically excludes “any finding of mental illness that consists only of a medical diagnoses [sic] from being included in the NICS.”

What Hatch is doing is quoting (or referencing) half a sentence in the bill to make the supposed argument that veterans who are only suffering from PTSD will not fall prey to the gun ban, since they are only subject to a “medical finding of disability.”

This is a partial quote from Section 211(c)(1)(C) of S. 2084, which is duplicated in the House bill. But to say this — that people can’t lose their gun rights based solely on a “medical finding of disability” — is to engage in an outright fraud… because the rest of the sentence in the bill says that they can be added into the NICS system if they represent a miniscule danger to themselves or others or are unable to handle their own affairs.

The legislation states that a person can’t lose their gun rights “based solely on a medical finding of disability, WITHOUT A FINDING THAT THE PERSON IS A DANGER TO HIMSELF OR TO OTHERS.” (Emphasis added.) You see that? What little freedom is protected with the one hand, is destroyed with the other. What government shrink isn’t going to say that a person suffering from PTSD is a potential danger — even a teensy, weensy danger — to himself or others?

A BATFE letter from May 9 of this year indicates that this danger does not have to be a substantial threat; it can be just a MINISCULE danger.

Yes, this gets slightly technical. But it helps to actually read entire sentences in the bill, rather than to selectively quote a passage here or there; and it especially helps to read the underlying federal code and regulations.

That’s why Gun Owners of America has posted the entire bill — and a scholarly point-by-point analysis of the Veterans Disarmament Act — here. By reading this information for yourself, you can stay informed on the very real threat posed by this legislation.
When you read through that section, you will understand why the American Legion and the Military Order Of The Purple Heart have both opposed this bill. You will also see the PDF copies of their two letters of opposition, and see Sen. Tom Coburn’s letter which GOA reported on last week. Sen. Coburn sent his letter to Veterans Affairs and asked them to explain how they plan to prevent even more veterans from being disarmed without due process.

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1917998/posts

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Blackwater and me: A love story it ain’t

October 29, 2007 2 comments

Blackwater and me: A love story it ain’t

By Robert Bateman

Global Research, October 24, 2007
chicagotribune.com – 2007-10-12

Commentary

I know something about Blackwater USA. This opinion is both intellectually driven as well as moderately emotional. You see, during my own yearlong tour in Iraq, the bad boys of Blackwater twice came closer to killing me than did any of the insurgents or Al Qaeda types. That sort of thing sticks with you. One story will suffice to make my point.

The first time it happened was in the spring of 2005. For various reasons, none of which bear repeating, I was moving through downtown Baghdad in an unmarked civilian sedan. I was with two other men, but they had the native look, while I was in my uniform, hunched in the back seat and partially covered by a blanket, hoping that the curtains on the window were enough to conceal my incongruous presence, not to mention my weapons. It was not the normal manner in which an Army infantry major moved around the city, but it was what the situation called for, so there I was. We were in normal Baghdad traffic, with the flow such as it was, in the hubbub of confusion that is generated when you suddenly introduce more than 1 million extra vehicles in the course of two years into a city that previously had only a few hundred thousand vehicles, and no real licensing authority.

As we approached one semi-infamous intersection along the main route used by Blackwater between the International Zone (a.k.a. the Green Zone) and the Ministry of Interior, one of Blackwater’s convoys roared through. Apparently, Blackwater’s agents did not like the look of us, the main body of cars in front of them. Their response was, to say the least, contrary to the best interests of the United States effort in Iraq. Barreling through in their huge, black armored Suburbans and Expeditions, they drove other cars onto the sidewalk even as they popped off rounds from at least one weapon, though I cannot say if the shots were aimed at us or fired into the sky as a warning. I do know one thing: It enraged me … and Blackwater is, at least nominally, on our side.

But imagining that incident from an Iraqi perspective made it clear to me that though Blackwater USA draws its paycheck from Uncle Sam, it’s not working in Uncle Sam’s best interests. If I was this angry, I can only imagine the reactions of the tens of thousands of Iraqis who encounter Blackwater personnel on a regular basis.

Iraq operates on the basis of an honor culture. Honor is, arguably, more important than Islam. Being dishonored, in word or deed, or even by implication, is enough to set the average Iraqi man to plotting his revenge. This is a culture in which political assassinations (usually based on honor issues) are not an abstraction but an everyday occurrence. Every time one of those Blackwater convoys drives an Iraqi civilian off the road because the most important thing in the world is the protection of their “principal,” they make a new enemy for the United States. Every time they ram another car to clear the way (and, yes, I’ve seen them do that), so that they could maintain their own speed and thereby minimize their exposure to “improvised explosive devices,” they make another enemy. Every time they kill innocent civilians, or wound them, they make whole families of new enemies.

This understanding of the backlash effect from dishonoring an Iraqi is included in a past military counterinsurgency manual, “Instructions for American Servicemen in Iraq during World War II,” recently re-published by the University of Chicago Press. But the reality is that Blackwater USA, from top to bottom, just does not care.

What employees of the private security firm care about, and I have heard this from the Blackwaters with whom I interacted in Iraq, is their paycheck. They care about their huge compensation packages, and about getting home alive to spend them. Blackwater USA has already taken in more than $1 billion from the public coffers.

All in all, that’s not a bad take for Erik Prince, the founder of Blackwater and a Naval Academy dropout who served less time under the colors of the nation, in uniform, than my most recent pair of boots.

Robert Bateman is a historian and U.S. Army infantry officer. He served in Iraq in 2005 and 2006. His most recent book is “No Gun Ri: A Military History of the Korean War Incident.”

Disclaimer: The views expressed in this article are the sole responsibility of the author and do not necessarily reflect those of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

To become a Member of Global Research

The CRG grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: crgeditor@yahoo.com

http://www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the copyright owner.

For media inquiries: crgeditor@yahoo.com

© Copyright Robert Bateman, chicagotribune.com, 2007

The url address of this article is: http://www.globalresearch.ca/PrintArticle.php?articleId=7169

© Copyright 2005-2007 GlobalResearch.ca
Web site engine by Polygraphx Multimedia © Copyright 2005-2007

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Nukes Over America: Just a Stupid Mistake. Sure It Is

October 29, 2007 Leave a comment

Nukes Over America: Just a Stupid Mistake. Sure It Is

By Dave Lindorff

Global Research, October 21, 2007
AfterDowningStreet.org

The Air Force’s Friday report on the August 29-30 nuclear weapons incident which saw six armed cruise missiles flown across the continental US in launch position on a B-52H bomber leaves all the big questions unanswered, attempting to shuck the whole thing off as an “unacceptable mistake.”

To be sure, Air Force Secretary Michael W. Wynne and Air Force Deputy Chief of Staff for Operations Maj. Gen. Richard Newton, said that after a six-week investigation, five officers, including Col. Bruce Emig, commander of the Fifth Bomb Group at Minot AFB in North Dakota, where the flight originated, have been relieved of duty, and 65 other Air Force personnel were also removed from their duties, and both Barksdale and Minot were decertified for their strategic nuclear responsibilities. But that’s still pretty small beer for an incident so serious it’s never happened before in half a century of nuclear weapons handling.

There are, at this point, no court martials being contemplated, and nobody’s been discharged from the military.

Put simply, six 150-kiloton warheads were improperly attached to six Advanced Cruise Missiles, all loaded onto a wing launch pod, and then mounted on the wing of a B-52 H Stratofortress at Minot, along with six similar missiles with dummy warheads, which were loaded onto a launch pod on the plane’s other wing, an all 12 were improperly and illegally flown across the country to Barksdale AFB in Louisiana.

The Air Force, following its “investigation,” is saying the same thing it said before the investigation: it was all a big “mistake”—the result of “widespread disregard for the rules” regarding handling of nuclear weapons.

A few guys at Minot “inexplicably” screwed up and loaded the nukes and then there were a chain of mistakes because no one else treated the nuclear-tipped missiles as if they were armed with nuclear weapons.

The trouble with this theory, or story line if you will, is that while nobody at Minot, supposedly, noticed what was happening—even though ground crew workers spent eight hours laboring to get the pod with the six nuke-tipped missiles mounted on the plane’s wing. This despite the warheads are clearly visible and identifiable by the silver coating they exhibit when viewed through a little window in each nosecone cover, and because there are red coverings on the nuke nosecones—once the plane got to Barksdale, the ground crew there, which had no reason on earth to suspect it was looking at nuclear warheads, spotted them immediately upon going to the plane.
They had no reason to expect nukes because for 40 years it has been illegal for the military to carry nuclear weapons on bombers over US territory, and indeed since 1991, it has been illegal to even load nuclear weapons on a plane, period, even for training purposes on the ground.

How can it be that Air Force ground crew people at Barksdale could spot the nukes in a flash while nobody at Minot—not the workers who mounted the warheads on the missiles in the heavily guarded bunker, not the guards who are supposed to guard those weapons with their lives and prevent any unauthorized removal from the bunkers, not the ground crew that loaded them onto the plan, and not the pilot and crew of the bomber, who are supposed to check every missile before they take off—noticed they were nuclear warheads? (The weapons went unnoticed for 10 hours in Barksdale, but that’s only because no groundcrew visited the plane for that long, but when they did go to it, they reportedly spotted the nukes right off the bat.)

The Air Force, at a press conference announcing the results of its investigation, didn’t answer this question. It appears they reporters at the session didn’t ask it either.

Certainly the AP reporter didn’t ask it, because if she had, she would surely have included the Air Force’s answer, or it’s non-answer, in her story.

Nobody, apparently, asked the Air Force either about six mysterious violent deaths of Air Force personnel from Minot and Barksdale, and from a mysterious Air Force Special Commando Group, all of which occurred in the days and weeks immediately before, during and after the incident. Two of those deaths—of the Special Commando Group officer and of a Minot weapons guard—were reportedly “suicides.”

In an article in the current issue of American Conservative magazine, currently on newsstands, I report that incredibly, no federal investigators from the Pentagon or the federal government even bothered to contact the police investigators or medical examiners who investigated those six deaths—an remarkable failure of due diligence, given the seriousness of this incident.

One retired Navy officer who contacted me during my investigation, who worked in electronic warfare, told me it would be simply impossible for those weapons to have been moved out of the storage bunker. He claims to know for a certainty that all nuclear weapons in the US arsenal are equipped with high-tech tags (“like they have at WalMart and Kmart only better”) that would instantly trigger alarms when the weapons are moved, unless they were deliberately disarmed.

So what we have is pretty clearly a cover-up here.

A cover-up of what though?

Here we’re into speculation.

One thing we need to keep in mind is that Barksdale AFB, on its website, advertises itself proudly as the base that prepares B-52s for duty in the Middle East Theater.

Another thing we need to keep in mind is that Vice President Dick Cheney is trying hard to gin up a war against Iran, against the better judgment of top military leaders and Defense Secretary Robert Gates.

And a third thing to remember is that these particular six warheads, called M80-1 warheads, are able to be adjusted to have a power of anywhere from 150 kilotons down to just 5 kilotons—a so-called “tactical” size.

Perfect for a tactical strike on an Iranian nuclear processing or research site, or for a “false flag” type attack that could be blamed on a fledgling nuclear power…like Iran.

Of course this is all speculation.

What we do know is that for 36 hours, six nuclear warheads went missing. Nobody at the Pentagon in authority knew they were gone or where they were. And when they were discovered, the initial Pentagon response was to cover it all up. The only reason we know about this incident is that three Air Force officers became whistle-blowers and contacted a reporter at Military Times, a private newspaper trusted by and popular with the rank-and-file military.

And what we know is that this couldn’t have been what the Air Force, six weeks and one “investigation” late, is calling a “mistake.”

Dave Lindorff is a Philadelphia-based investigative journalist and columnist. His latest book, co-authored by Barbara Olshansky, is “The Case for Impeachment” (St. Martin’s Press, 2006 and now out in paperback). His work is available at http://www.thiscantbehappening.net
Disclaimer: The views expressed in this article are the sole responsibility of the author and do not necessarily reflect those of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

To become a Member of Global Research

The CRG grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: crgeditor@yahoo.com

http://www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the copyright owner.

For media inquiries: crgeditor@yahoo.com

© Copyright Dave Lindorff, AfterDowningStreet.org, 2007

The url address of this article is: http://www.globalresearch.ca/PrintArticle.php?articleId=7147

© Copyright 2005-2007 GlobalResearch.ca
Web site engine by Polygraphx Multimedia © Copyright 2005-2007

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

$100,000 REWARD–Offered To Anyone Who Can Solve The USAF Major Jill Metzger Case!

October 29, 2007 Leave a comment

$100,000 REWARD–Offered To Anyone Who Can Solve The USAF Major Jill Metzger Case!
Military Corruption Dot Com ^ | October 29th, 2007 | Glenn MacDonald

Note:

New/updated URL provided below…

http://www.militarycorruption.com/metzger15.htm 

Posted on 10/29/2007 7:36:08 PM EDT by Wills Powers

Readers of this mass circulation military web site – 1.6 million hits per month – know we have offered Air Force “poster girl,” Maj. Jill Metzger, $100,000 to come clean and tell the true story of what really happened to her in Kyrgyzstan in September of 2006.

Hundreds of our readers have contacted us since we started our relentless investigation into this “cover-up” to express their disgust at Air Force Chief of Staff. Gen. T. Michael Moseley and other top brass hats who have oddly fallen all over themselves to genuflect in Jill’s direction.

Now we have made our $100,000 offer “reward” money, payable to anyone – military or civilian – who can provide us with information leading to the arrest and conviction of those who may be responsible for deceiving our men and women in uniform and defrauding the disability pension system.

Few things are lower and more disgusting than someone “scamming” or being allowed to rip off a “disability” pension, which genuinely injured and wounded veterans returning to the USA from Iraq and Afghanistan deserve, but often don’t get. Even soldiers and Marines who have lost an arm or a leg in combat aren’t as lucky as Jill, who strangely enough started out with the maximum amount after being declared 100% “disabled” prior to the Air Force quietly easing her out the back door.

(Excerpt) Read more at militarycorruption.com …

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1918118/posts

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Hey, Soldiers: Quit Whining! Troops Suck Up to Bush, Ask for Support

October 29, 2007 Leave a comment

Hey, Soldiers: Quit Whining!

Troops Suck Up to Bush, Ask for Support

By Ted Rall

10/26/07 “ICH” — –

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article18626.htm

COLUMBUS, OHIO–Over a year ago, in March 2006, the military newspaper Stars and Stripes published the results of a Zogby poll of troops serving in Iraq. 72 percent said U.S. forces should withdraw within a year. Twenty-five percent thought we should pull out right away. But 85 percent said a major reason they were there was “to retaliate for Saddam’s role in the September 11 attacks.” These people are confused, to say the least.

Even more confusing is the persistent flow of complaints by Iraq War veterans that Americans on the home front are partying like it’s 2009 while their comrades back in Vichy Mesopotamia are getting blown up.

Army infantry officer Will Bardenwerper gave voice to this oft-stated sentiment in an October 20th New York Times op/ed. “As I began my 13-month deployment (in Tal Afar, Iraq),” wrote a dispirited Bardenwerper, “I imagined an American public following our progress with the same concern as my family and friends. But since returning home, I have seen that America has changed the channel.” He was struck by “the disparity between the lives of the few who are fighting and being killed, and the many who have been asked for nothing more than to continue shopping.”

Typical suggestions for fairer distribution of sacrifice and a military draft–the latter to obtain additional manpower and inspire antiwar marchers to fill the streets like they did during Vietnam–follow. At least he left out the usual calls for victory gardens and gas rationing.

The war sucks. On that point, the millions of Americans who were against it from the start (and the many millions more who’ve come around to agreeing with us) agree with the soldiers serving in it. Forced reenlistment through the “stop-loss” loophole is placing thousands of lives in suspended animation, destroying marriages and small businesses. Troops aren’t getting enough protective gear.

It’s also true that Americans have stopped paying attention. I’m a news junkie. And even I flip the page past the same old “2 Dead, 7 Wounded in IED Blast” headline.

But hey, soldier, you volunteered. If not for you, there wouldn’t be a war in the first place.

“Supporting the troops means supporting their mission.” That’s been the mantra of the pro-war right. It’s been hard for those of us who oppose the war to argue with them because so many of the troops have repeatedly allowed themselves to be used as propaganda shills for Bush Administration officials and the Republican Party in general.

It’s bad enough that a majority of soldiers voted for Bush in 2004. Over and over since the war began, American troops have been seen on television applauding Bush, Rumsfeld, Rice and others whose cynical recklessness have sent their buddies to their graves. Sailors cheered wildly when Bush staged his notorious “Mission Accomplished” photo op on an aircraft carrier. They swooned when he joined them for Thanksgiving dinner in Baghdad.

“The shocked and elated soldiers jumped to their feet, pumped their fists in the air, roared with delight, and grabbed their cameras to snap photographs,” reported CNN about Bush’s visit. A “standing ovation” followed. “It gave us a little extra oomph,” said a member of the 1st Armored Division. “It really boosted my morale,” said another. No one heckled or booed the imposter president. No one threw tomatoes. No one told him where he could stick his plastic turkey.

Even after soldiers get killed, their parents promote the war so their dead kids won’t be lonely in heaven. At Fort Benning, Georgia met Deb Tainsh, whose son was killed by a roadside bomb near the Baghdad Airport. She presented Bush with more than 100 e-mails from parents of soldiers who have died or are presently serving in Iraq. “Every one of these letters says, ‘Mr. President, we support you,’” she said. “The consensus is that they…want him to do everything he can to win this war and that our prayers are with him.”

“Bush, 61, has so far met with more than 1,500 relatives of the 4,255 American troops who have lost their lives in Iraq and Afghanistan,” the Bloomberg News wire service reported last week. “In most of the meetings, [Bush's] aides say, he hears support for his policies, hardening his resolve to stay the course in Afghanistan and Iraq.” Few Gold Star mothers tell him off. Those who do are polite to the man who murdered their children as surely and as viciously as if he’d shot them himself. Why don’t they spit at him?

Four years after the WMDs and liberation flora failed to turn up, people still enlist. After soldiers die, their parents insist that theirs was a noble sacrifice. Tell me again: Why should I care about the war? Why shouldn’t I go shopping?

Soldiers who want antiwar Americans to march to demand that they be brought home should take a cue from Vietnam veterans. They marched with peace protesters and threw their medals at the Capitol. Soldiers serving on the front refused orders. Some fragged their officers. Vietnam Veterans Against the War claimed more than 50,000 members by 1971. That year saw numerous dramatic acts of dissent by U.S. troops, including 50 veterans who marched to the Pentagon and demanded that they be arrested as war criminals. Fifteen vets took over and barricaded the Statue of Liberty for two days. These acts swayed opinions and helped convince lawmakers it was time to withdraw.

Some soldiers in Iraq have offered resistance. After being denied conscientious objector status, Petty Officer Third Class Pablo Paredes went AWOL in 2004. He was sentenced to two months in the brig and three months hard labor. Army First Lieutenant Ehren Watada refused to be sent to Iraq in 2006, telling the media that the war’s illegality would make him a party to war crimes. Army Specialist Darrell Anderson, faced with a second tour of duty after being wounded by a roadside bomb, deserted and fled to Canada. “I went to Iraq willingly,” said Anderson. “I wanted to die for my country. I thought I was going to go there and protect my family back home. All I was doing was killing other families there.” The Army decided not to prosecute him. Several other deserters have applied for political asylum in Canada, but they’re only a fraction of the thousands who went there during the 1960s and 1970s.

When Bill Clinton was president, Republicans said he should be afraid to speak at military bases. That should go double for Bush. The next he shows up to use you as a TV prop, soldiers and fellow Americans, boo the crap out of him. What’s the worst he can do? Kill you?

Ted Rall is the author of the new book “Silk Road to Ruin: Is Central Asia the New Middle East?,” an in-depth prose and graphic novel analysis of America’s next big foreign policy challenge. Visit his website http://www.rall.com/

Click on “comments” below to read or post comments

Comments (63) Comment (0)

Comment Guidelines
Be succinct, constructive and relevant to the story. We encourage engaging, diverse and meaningful commentary. Do not include personal information such as names, addresses, phone numbers and emails. Comments falling outside our guidelines – those including personal attacks and profanity – are not permitted.
See our complete Comment Policy and use this link to notify us if you have concerns about a comment. We’ll promptly review and remove any inappropriate postings.

Send Page To a Friend

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

CHRISTIANS SHOULD SUPPORT CONSTITUTIONAL GOVERNMENT

October 29, 2007 1 comment

CHRISTIANS SHOULD SUPPORT CONSTITUTIONAL GOVERNMENT
By Pastor Chuck Baldwin

October 30, 2007

NewsWithViews.com

http://www.newswithviews.com/baldwin/baldwin410.htm

I was honored to speak before the National Committee of the Constitution Party on Thursday, October 25, 2007 in Council Bluffs, Iowa. Today’s column is a condensed version of that address.

Daniel Webster is regarded as perhaps America’s most notable jurist. Webster said, “Hold on, my friends, to the Constitution and to the Republic for which it stands. Miracles do not cluster, and what has happened once in 6000 years may not happen again. Hold on to the Constitution, for if the American Constitution should fail, there will be anarchy throughout the world.”

He also said, “The hand that destroys the Constitution rends our Union asunder forever.”

Please remember that this is the same Daniel Webster who said: “If we abide by the principles taught in the Bible, our country will go on prospering and to prosper; but if we and our posterity neglect its instruction and authority, no man can tell how sudden a catastrophe may overwhelm us and bury all our glory in profound obscurity.”

You see how Daniel Webster (like most of America’s founders) was a man with deeply-held Christian convictions. He believed the Bible. He was a devout believer. And he found no contradictions between the Bible and the Constitution. In fact, he believed (as do I) that the Constitution is the best safeguard for Christian liberty that we have.

When any constitutionally-elected officeholder assumes office, he or she promises to preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States. They don’t promise to represent “conservative principles” or to be “loyal to a political party,” etc. The Constitution is the contract between “We the people” and our civil magistrates.

When you or I hire an electrician or plumber to do work for us, we sign a contract for specific work to be done. And at the end of the day, I really don’t care whether he claims to be a Christian or where he goes to church or how religious he claims to be. When the work is finished, I want my lights to turn on and my toilet to flush. In other words, I expect him to live up to his contract.

When we elect people to public office, we should expect only one thing: that they uphold their contract to preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States.

You see, adherence to the Constitution protects our freedom of speech and assembly; our freedom of worship; our right to keep and bear arms; our right to a trial by jury; the right to be secure in our own homes against police overreach; our right to witness for Christ in public, as a Christian; the right to own property; the right to not be deprived of life or property without due process of law; the right to face our accusers, and the right to keep government local and limited.

In fact, keeping government local and limited is the cornerstone doctrine of American government. In most nations, the federal government holds power over virtually every area of the lives of its people. Not so in America–at least, not in the America that was originally crafted.

Most of the problems that we are now dealing with socially, culturally, financially, etc., stem from America abandoning the basic founding principle that “the government that governs least governs best.”

Accordingly, America’s commitment to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness has been (and is being) systematically stripped from us–not by State legislatures, but mostly by agencies of the federal government.

Consider how it has been federal courts that have banned prayer in school, and legalized abortion and homosexual marriage. Even in the liberal State of Massachusetts it was the courts (along with a compliant liberal governor, Mitt Romney), that forced acceptance of homosexual marriage upon the people.

Today, we have federal departments and agencies almost without number. We have the Department of Education, the Department of Transportation, the Department of Energy, the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Agriculture, the Department of Commerce, the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Department of Justice, the Department of Labor, the Department of State, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of the Interior, etc., etc., ad infinitum, ad nauseum.

Each and every federal department and agency, in its own way and for its own purposes, to one degree or another, ignores or violates constitutional government. And as a result, they contravene and strip away the rights and freedoms of States collectively and of the people individually.

The result of this gargantuan federal monstrosity includes back-breaking taxation and over-regulation, which fuel inflation, stymie productivity, and invite foreign influence.

One only has to observe how President Bush is now appealing to the U.S. Supreme Court on behalf of an illegal Mexican alien who raped and murdered two Houston, Texas teenagers, arguing that his death sentence should be overturned and that he should be given a new trial. Bush’s reason? Illegal aliens should be under the authority of a UN “world court” instead of the State of Texas’ authority.

Observe how Bush is pushing for amnesty for illegal aliens. See how he has merged these United States into a regional government by signing onto the Security and Prosperity Partnership agreement with Canada and Mexico. See how he is pushing for a NAFTA superhighway. Observe how he and other globalists are planning to replace the U.S. dollar with a regional, multinational currency called the Amero.

Furthermore, virtually every administration for the last fifty years has engaged in an aggressive nation-building foreign policy. (Can anyone say, “Iraq”?) In addition, in contradiction to the stated warnings of our nation’s founders, they have actively pursued entangling alliances with unfriendly governments. The past three administrations in particular have deliberately steered our country down a path of multiculturalism, globalism, and elitism.

Pastors, especially, should fight for constitutional government! Do you preachers really think that there will be any room for the old-time Gospel when the globalists and elitists in the federal government have finished with their diabolical schemes?

Already, President Bush repeatedly tells us that Christians and Muslims–and all other religions–worship the same God. How long will you preachers be able to preach the narrow message of salvation, that Christ is the only way to Heaven, when Bush’s doctrine of Universalism is the accepted religion? And make no mistake about it: Universalism is the national religion of the United Nations, the European Union, and the emerging North American Union.

The Department of Homeland Security is already holding seminars for pastors, instructing them how they should ask their congregants to turn in their firearms in the event that the President declares a national emergency. How many of you pastors are prepared to become an instrument of gun confiscation for global government?

This is what happens when we abandon constitutional government.

It is not enough that a candidate says he is a Christian. Every politician I know, or have ever known, says they are a Christian–at least every four years. It is not enough that a candidate carries a giant-print Bible to church. It is not enough that he says he prays or says that “faith is important.”

The truth is, if the candidate is a sincere Christian, he or she will all the more readily obey his or her oath to preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States. After all, does not our Lord tell us that our yea is to be yea and our nay is to be nay? In other words, genuine believers are to be true to their word. How, then, could a true Christian make a promise before God and the American people to preserve, protect, and defend the U.S. Constitution and then turn around and ignore that promise? He couldn’t.

Therefore, a professing believer who is elected to public office and then ignores his or her promise to the Constitution proves that he or she is not a true Christian but a phony who only uses a religious testimony to dupe Christians.

Take the issue of abortion, for example. Ron Paul proposed the “Sanctity of Life Act of 2005″ (and 2007), which would require that “human life shall be deemed to exist from conception, without regard to race, sex, age, health, defect, or condition of dependency”

The bill also provides that “the Congress recognizes that each State has the authority to protect unborn children…” And that “the Supreme Court shall not have jurisdiction to review …the performance of abortions; or the provision of public expenses of funds, facilities, personnel, or other assistance for the performance of abortions.”

In other words, Dr. Paul understands that Article. III. Section. 2. of the U.S. Constitution gives to Congress the authority to rein in an abusive judiciary and take the issue of abortion (or homosexual marriage or fill in the blank) out from under the jurisdiction of the Court. This means that should Congressman Paul’s bill become law, abortion on demand ends and Roe v Wade is overturned.

So, please tell me why, after having control of both houses of Congress and the White House for six years, did these “pro-life” Republicans in Congress and a “pro-life” President did not pass Dr. Paul’s bill? Why? Because they really do not give a hoot about abortion, but only use pro-life rhetoric to dupe conservative voters.

In addition, those conservatives who have followed President Bush’s preemptive war doctrine are the ones who have abandoned historical conservative principles. Before G.W. Bush changed the landscape, conservatives–especially Christian conservatives–mostly subscribed to Augustine’s “just war” theory regarding accepted protocols for the conduct of war. Today, however, many professing conservatives have foolishly followed Bush’s “preemptive war” theory, which, before now, was practiced mostly by pagan emperors. As Christians, however, we should still subscribe to “just war.”

In concert with “just war” philosophy (not to mention American history), Christians should agree with Ron Paul’s approach to dealing with terrorists. He authored H.R. 3076, the September 11 Marque and Reprisal Act of 2001. According to Paul, “A letter of marque and reprisal is a constitutional tool specifically designed to give the president the authority to respond with appropriate force to those non-state actors who wage war against the United States while limiting his authority to only those responsible for the atrocities of that day. Such a limited authorization is consistent with the doctrine of just war and the practical aim of keeping Americans safe while minimizing the costs in blood and treasure of waging such an operation.”

This is precisely what President Thomas Jefferson did when America’s ships were confronted with Barbary pirates on the high seas.

If the United States government had listened to Ron Paul, we would not have lost nearly 4,000 American soldiers and Marines, spent over $1 trillion, and gotten bogged down in an endless civil war from which there is no equitable extraction. Furthermore, had we listened to Dr. Paul, Osama bin Laden would no doubt be dead, as would most of his al-Qaeda operatives, and we would be less vulnerable to future terrorist attacks, instead of being more vulnerable, which is the case today.

How can anyone say with a straight face that they are fighting a war on terrorism while at the same time doing absolutely nothing to secure our borders and ports?!

I submit that every true American, especially conservative Christians, should enthusiastically support constitutional government. I further believe that a President who would take his oath to the Constitution seriously would bring a new birth of freedom to America the likes of which has not been seen since 1776. May God give us such a man!

© 2007 Chuck Baldwin – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale

Chuck Baldwin is Founder-Pastor of Crossroads Baptist Church in Pensacola, Florida. In 1985 the church was recognized by President Ronald Reagan for its unusual growth and influence.

Dr. Baldwin is the host of a lively, hard-hitting syndicated radio talk show on the Genesis Communications Network called, “Chuck Baldwin Live” This is a daily, one hour long call-in show in which Dr. Baldwin addresses current event topics from a conservative Christian point of view. Pastor Baldwin writes weekly articles on the internet http://www.ChuckBaldwinLive.com and newspapers.

To learn more about his radio talk show please visit his web site at: http://www.chuckbaldwinlive.com. When responding, please include your name, city and state.

E-mail: chuck@chuckbaldwinlive.com

http://www.newswithviews.com/baldwin/baldwin410.htm

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Missing Nukes: Treason of the Highest Order

October 29, 2007 1 comment
Missing Nukes: Treason of the Highest Order
By Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya
Global Research, October 29, 2007

Missing Nukes on August 29-30, 2007

According to a wide range of reports, several nuclear bombs were “lost” for 36 hours after taking off August 29/30, 2007 on a “cross-country journey” across the U.S., from U.S.A.F Base Minot in North Dakota to U.S.A.F. Base Barksdale, near New Orleans, in Louisiana. [1] Reportedly, in total there were six W80-1 nuclear warheads armed on AGM-129 Advanced Cruise Missiles (ACMs) that were “lost.” [2] The story was first reported by the Military Times, after military servicemen leaked the story.

It is also worth noting that on August 27, 2007, just days before the “lost” nukes incident, three B-52 Bombers were performing special missions under the direct authorization of General Moseley, the Chief of Staff of the U.S. Air Force. [3] The exercise was reported as being an aerial information and image gathering mission. The base at Minot is also home of the 91st Space Wings, a unit under the command of Air Force Space Command (AFSPC).

According to official reports, the U.S. Air Force pilots did not know that they were carrying weapons of mass destruction (WMDs). Once in Louisiana, they also left the nuclear weapons unsecured on the runway for several hours. [4]

U.S. Air Force Deputy Chief of Staff for Operations, Plans, and Requirements, Major-General Richard Y. Newton III commented on the incident, saying there was an “unprecedented” series of procedural errors, which revealed “an erosion of adherence to weapons-handling standards” [5]

These statements are misleading. The lax security was not the result of procedural negligence within the U.S. Air Force, but rather the consequence of a deliberate tampering of these procedures.

If a soldier, marine, airman, or sailor were even to be issued a rifle and rifle magazine — weaponry of a far lesser significance, danger, and cost — there is a strict signing and accountability process that involves a chain of command and paperwork. This is part of the set of military checks and balances used by all the services within the U.S. Armed Forces.

Military servicemen qualified to speak on the subject will confirm that there is a stringent nuclear weapons handling procedure. There is a rigorous, almost inflexible, chain of command in regards to the handling of nuclear weapons and not just any soldier, sailor, airman, or marine is allowed to handle nuclear weapons. Only servicemen specialized in specific handling and loading procedures, are perm certified to handle, access and load nuclear warheads.

Every service personnel that moves or even touches these weapons must sign a tracking paper and has total accountability for their movement. There is good reason for the paperwork behind moving these weapons. The military officers that order the movement of nuclear weapons, including base commanders, must also fill out paper forms.

In other words, unauthorized removal of nuclear weapons would be virtually impossible to accomplish unless the chain of command were bypassed, involving, in this case, the deliberate tampering of the paperwork and tracking procedures.

The strategic bombers that carried the nuclear weapons also could not fly with their loaded nuclear weaponry without the authorization of senior military officials and the base commander. The go-ahead authorization of senior military officials must be transmitted to the servicemen that upload the nuclear weapons. Without this authorization no flights can take place.

In the case of the missing nukes, orders were given and flight permission was granted. Once again, any competent and eligible U.S. Air Force member can certify that this is the standard procedure.

There are two important questions to be answered in relation to the “lost” nukes incident:

1. Who gave the order to arm the W80-1 thermonuclear warheads on the AGM-129 Advanced Cruise Missiles (ACMs)? At what level in the military hierarchy did this order originate? How was the order transmitted down the command chain?

2. If this was not a procedural error, what was the underlying military-political objective sought by those who gave the orders?

The Impossibility of “Loosing” Nuclear Weapons

As Robert Stormer, a former U.S. lieutenant-commander in the U.S. Navy, has commented: “Press reports initially cited the Air Force mistake of flying nuclear weapons over the United States in violation of Air Force standing orders and international treaties, while completely missing the more important major issues, such as how six nuclear cruise missiles got loose to begin with.” [6]

Stormer also makes a key point, which is not exactly a secret: “There is a strict chain of custody for all such weapons. Nuclear weapons handling is spelled out in great detail in Air Force regulations, to the credit of that service. Every person who orders the movement of these weapons, handles them, breaks seals or moves any nuclear weapon must sign off for tracking purposes.” [7]

Stormer continues:

“Two armed munitions specialists are required to work as a team with all nuclear weapons. All individuals working with nuclear weapons must meet very strict security standards and be tested for loyalty — this is known as a ‘[Nuclear Weapons] Personnel Reliability Program [DoDD 5210 42].’ They work in restricted areas within eyeshot of one another and are reviewed constantly.”[8]

Stormer unwraps the whole Pentagon cover-up by pointing out some logical facts and military procedures. First he reveals that: “All security forces assigned [to handle and protect nuclear weapons] are authorized to use deadly force to protect the weapons from any threat [including would-be thieves].” [9]

He then points out a physical reality that can not be shrugged aside: “Nor does anyone quickly move a 1-ton cruise missile — or forget about six of them, as reported by some news outlets, especially cruise missiles loaded with high explosives.”

He further explains another physical and procedural reality about nuclear weapons assembly:

“The United States also does not transport nuclear weapons meant for elimination attached to their launch vehicles under the wings of a combat aircraft. The procedure is to separate the warhead from the missile, encase the warhead and transport it by military cargo aircraft to a repository — not an operational bomber base that just happens to be the staging area for Middle Eastern operations.” [10]

This last point raises the question of what were the nuclear weapons meant for? In this context, Stomrer puts forth the following list of important questions to which he demands an answer:

1. Why, and for what ostensible purpose, were these nuclear weapons taken to Barksdale?
2. How long was it before the error was discovered?
3. How many mistakes and errors were made, and how many needed to be made, for this to happen?
4. How many and which security protocols were overlooked?
5. How many and which safety procedures were bypassed or ignored?
6. How many other nuclear command and control non-observations of procedure have there been?
7. What is Congress going to do to better oversee U.S. nuclear command and control?
8. How does this incident relate to concern for reliability of control over nuclear weapons and nuclear materials in Russia, Pakistan and elsewhere?
9. Does the Bush administration, as some news reports suggest, have plans to attack Iran with nuclear weapons?

It is a matter of perception, whether it is “clear” or “unclear”, as to why the nuclear warheads had not been removed beforehand from the missiles.

For those who have been observing these series of “unclear” events it is becoming “clear” that a criminal government is at the helm of the United States. There was no way that the six nuclear missiles could have been “mistakenly” loaded, especially when their separate warheads had to be affixed to the missiles by individuals specialized in such a momentous task.

It is also being claimed that military teams in both U.S.A.F. Base Minot and U.S.A.F. Base Barksdale made major “procedural errors”. What are the probabilities of this occurring simultaneously in two locations?

It is also worth noting that original reports from military sources talked about only five of the six nuclear warheads from Minot being accounted for in Barksdale.[11] Nuclear warheads are also kept in specialized storage areas or bunkers. Moreover, nuclear weapons are not being decommissioned at Barksdale.

The Role of the Nuclear Weapons Surety Program: What happened to Electronic Monitoring?

The Nuclear Weapons Surety Program is a joint program between the U.S. Department of Defence and the U.S. Department of Energy. The National Security Agency (NSA) is also involved as well as other U.S. federal government agencies. The Nuclear Weapons System Safety Program is part of this program, which involves a monitoring and safeguards regime for the U.S. nuclear arsenal.

The Nuclear Weapons Security Standard falls under the Nuclear Weapons Surety Program and is in place to disallow any “unauthorized access to nuclear weapons; prevent damage or sabotage to nuclear weapons; prevent loss of custody; and prevent, to the maximum extent possible, radiological contamination caused by unauthorized acts.”

Under this or these safeguards system there also exists a rigorous control of use scheme, which is tied to the military chain of command and the White House.

“Command and Control (C2)” and “Use Control”

“Use control” is a set of security measures designed to prevent unauthorized access to nuclear weapons. These measures involve weapons design features, operational procedures, security, and system safety rules.

“Command and Control” or “C2″ involves the Office of the President of the United States of America. C2 is an established line of command, which is tied to the White House. Without it, nuclear weapons cannot be deployed or armed as they were in U.S.A.F. Base Minot. It is these two control elements that establish the basis of authorization through which “absolute control of nuclear weapons” is maintained “at all times.”  

In addition to the checks and balances in place in regards to handling nuclear weapons, the Defence Threat Reduction Agency (DTRA) and its partners manually and electronically inspect and monitor all U.S. nuclear weapons through the Nuclear Weapon Status Information Systems.

More Unanswered Questions: What Happened to the Computerized Tracking System?

The Nuclear Management Information Systems “interface with each other and provide [the U.S. Department of Defence] with the ability to track the location of nuclear weapons and components from cradle-to-grave [meaning from when they are made to when they are decommissioned].” [12]

The Military Times also makes an omission that exposes the official narrative as false and indicates that the event was not just a mistake: “The Defense Department uses a computerized tracking program to keep tabs on each one of its nuclear warheads, said Hans Kristensen, director of the Nuclear Information Project at the Federation of American Scientists. For the six warheads to make it onto the B-52, each one would have had to be signed out of its storage bunker and transported to the bomber.” [13]

This is where the chain of command in regards to military officers falls into play. If any of the stocked inventories of nuclear weapons are moved to an authorized location they will be noticed and tracked by the DTRA and will require the relevant authorization. There is also a code system involved that is tied to the chain of command.

The fact that the incident only apparently became known to the U.S. Air Force when military personnel reported it, suggests that either the nuclear weapons were ordered to be moved or that the electronic tracking devices had been removed or tampered with. This scenario would need the involvement of individuals with expertise in military electronics or for those responsible for the monitoring of nuclear weapons to look the other way or both.

Mysterious Deaths in the United States Air Force: Whitewash and Cover-up

Several military personnel died under mysterious circumstances shortly before and after the incident. There are now questions regarding the fate of these individuals in the U.S. Air Force who could have had relationships in one way or another to the incident or possibly have been directly involved. It is also necessary to state that there is no proof that these deaths are linked to the August flight from Minot to Barksdale in question.

Citizens for Legitimate Government has pointed towards the involvement of the U.S. Air Force in a cover-up and has linked several deaths of U.S. servicemen to the incident. Lori Price has also stated for Citizens for a Legitimate Government that “you need about fourteen signatures to get an armed nuke on a B-52.”

Based on several news sources, including the U.S. military, we provide below a detailed review of these mysterious and untimely deaths of U.S. servicemen.

Todd Blue

Airman 1st Class Todd Blue went on leave days after the nuclear weapons were “lost.” Blue died under questionable timing while on leave, visiting his family in Wytheville, Virginia at the age of 20 on September 10, 2007. He was a response force member assigned to the 5th Security Forces Squadron. What does this mean?

Airman Todd Blue occupied a key position in weapons systems security at Minot. [14] At Minot U.S.A.F. Base the 5th Security Forces Squadron to which he belonged was responsible for base entry requirements and a particular section, the Weapons System Security section, was responsible for preventing the unauthorized removal of military property.  The latter is responsible for security of all priority resources, meaning the security of nuclear weapons. In other words not only did the 5th Security Forces Squadron keep eyes on what entered and left Minot, but they kept an eye on and monitored the nuclear weapons.

John Frueh

U.S. Air Force Captain John Frueh is another serviceman who could have been indirectly connected to the “lost” nuclear weapons. He was reported as being last seen with a GPS device, camera, and camcorder being carried with him in a backpack.  Local police in Oregon and the F.B.I. seemed to be looking for him for days. His family also felt that something bad had happened to him.

On September 8, 2007 Captain Frueh was found dead in Washington State, near his abandoned rental car, after the Portland Police Department contacted the Skamania County Sheriff’s Officer. [15] The last time he spoke with his family was August 30, 2007. He had arrived from Florida to attend a wedding that he never showed up at. The Oregonian reported that “Authorities in Portland found no activity on his credit or bank cards since [Frueh] was last seen (…) [and that] the last call from his cell phone was made at 12:28 p.m. [August 30, 2007] from Mill Plain Boulevard and Interstate 205 in Vancouver [Washington State].” [16]

His background was in meteorology and the study of the atmosphere and weather. He was also reported to be a U.S. Air Force pararescue officer. [17] He was also a major-select candidate, which means he was selected for a promotion as a U.S. Air Force major, but was not officially promoted.

Captain Frueh belonged to the U.S.A.F. Special Operations Command. U.S.A.F. Special Operations Command has its headquarters in Hurlburt Field, Florida and is one of nine major Air Force commands. It is also the U.S. Air Force’s component of U.S. Special Operations Command, a unified command located at MacDill Air Force Base, which is also in Florida. The force provides special operations forces for worldwide deployment and assignment to regional unified commands, such as CENTCOM. Its missions include conduct of global special operations. These operations — and this is where careful attention should be paid — range from “precision application of firepower, such as nuclear weapons,” to infiltration, exfiltration (the removal of “devices,” supplies, spies, special agents, or units from enemy territory), re-supply and refuelling of special operational elements.

In Captain Frueh’s case his death is questionable too. The U.S. Air Force would not let a missing persons’ investigation go forward by the police without conducting its own investigation. Usually the different service branches of the U.S. military would investigate for missing servicemen, to see if these individuals are Absent Without Authorized Leave (AWAL) or have deserted, before an individual’s case is handed over to the police.

Clint Huff, Linda Huff, and Weston Kissel

Another military weatherman, along with his wife, also died after August 30, 2007. Senior Airman Clint Huff, belonging to the 26th Operational Weather Squadron and his wife Linda Huff died in a motorcycle accident on September 15, 2007. [18] The husband and wife fatality happened on Shreveport-Blanchard Highway, near U.S.A.F. Base Barksdale, when according to the Caddo Parish Sheriff’s Officer a Pontiac Aztec, a medium-sized SUV, initiated a left turn at the same time that the couple attempted to pass on a no passing zone and collided. [19]

First-Lieutenant Weston Kissel, a B-52H Stratofortress Bomber pilot, also died in a reported Tennessee motorcycle accident. This was while he was on leave in, less than two months from the nuclear B-52 flights, on July 17, 2007. [20] His death came after another single-vehicle accident by another Minot serviceman, Senior Airman Adam Barrs. [21]

Adam Barrs and Stephen Garrett

Senior Airman Barrs died as a passenger in a vehicle being driven by Airman 1st Class Stephen Garrett, also from Minot. Garrett, also belongs to the 5th Aircraft Maintenance Squadron.

The death of Barrs was reported as being part of a single-vehicle car accident. Associated Press reports state that “[Minot] Base officials say 20-year-old Barrs was a passenger in a vehicle that failed to negotiate a curve, hit an approach, hit a tree and started on fire late Tuesday [July 3, 2007] night.” [22] Barrs was pronounced dead on the scene of the accident, while Garrett was taken the hospital with no updates released by the U.S. Air Force. Adam Barrs also belonged to the 5th Aircraft Maintenance Squadron, where he was responsible for the maintenance and securing of the electronic communicational and navigation mission systems aboard the B-52H Stratofortresses on base. The 5th Aircraft Maintenance Squadron is also one of the units that are responsible for loading and unloading weaponry onto the B-52H Stratofortresses.

The deaths of Kissel and Barrs could be dismissed as irrelevant because they occurred prior to the incident. However, Barrs and Kissel could have been in one way or another connected to the advanced planning of the special operation, prior to the incident (special operations are not planned in a few days and may take months and even longer).  There is, of course, no proof and only an independent investigation will be able to reveal whether these deaths are connected to the incident.

If there was an internal and secretive operation bypassing most military personnel, a few men in key positions would have to have been involved over a period of time prior to the August 29/30, 2007 flight. Senior Airman Barrs, due to his expertise in communication and navigational systems, could potentially have been involved in the preparations that would have allowed the nuclear weapons to escape detection by military surveillance and be ready for takeoff.

Reprimands, Replacements and Reassignments  in the U.S.A.F. Chain of Command

Senior officers, including three colonels and a lieutenant-colonel, are among seventy personnel that will reportedly be disciplined for negligence and for allowing a B-52H Stratofortress Bomber to fly across the U.S. carrying six nuclear-armed cruise missiles that should never have been loaded under its wings. [23]

According to the Military Times, George W. Bush Jr. had been swiftly informed. This is a lockstep procedure. This illustrates the importance tied to the authorization needed for handling nuclear weapons. This is part of a two-way process in regards to authorization from the White House.

The commander of the 5th Munitions Squadron and the commander of the 5th Bomb Wing, Colonel Bruce Emig, have been replaced along with a series of other senior officers. This implies that the U.S. Air Force chain of command is directly involved in this event. None of these senior officers have been authorized to speak or make statements, according to U.S. military sources. Will any of these officers receive lucrative departure packages? Have they been reassigned?

More generally, the nature of the reprimands directed against senior officers involved has not been fully disclosed.

The “memory” of the incident is being erased through a reorganization of the ranks and a purge at U.S.A.F. Base Minot. The streamlining of the chain of command as well as the mysterious deaths of personnel who could have been involved in the incident, raise a series of far-reaching questions.

There are several important issues regarding the senior officers’ chain of command at Minot, which will be addressed in this article. Once again, the most important questions in regards to the missing nukes are: Who gave the orders and authorization for the operation and what where the underlying objectives of loading armed nuclear missiles?   

Other Mysterious Deaths: Was the Missing  Nukes Incident connected to US War Plans directed against Iran?

Charles D. Riechers

 

A U.S. Air Force official, Charles D. Riechers, has been found dead on October 14, 2007. [24] Riechers was a retired Air Force officer and master navigator specializing in electronic warfare. He was a member of the Senior Executive Service of the U.S. Air Force, and was the Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary of the Air Force for Acquisition and Management. A description of his duties includes “providing sound expert advice and guidance on acquisition and procurement policies, as well as formulating, reviewing and, as assigned, execution of plans, programs and policies relating to organization, function, operation and improvement of the Air Force’s acquisition system.”

He apparently killed himself by running his car’s engine inside his suburban garage in Virginia. The death of Charles D. Riechers has been casually linked by The Washington Post to his involvement in fraudulent activities and embezzlement. [25] The Washington Post reported that the Air Force had asked defense contractor, Commonwealth Research Institute (C.R.I.), to give him a job with no known duties while he waited for official clearance for his promoted rank in the Pentagon. Riechers is quoted as saying: “I really didn’t do anything for C.R.I.,” and “I [still] got a paycheck from them.” The question, of course, was whether the contractor might expect favours in return upon his assignment to the Pentagon last January. [26] A mysterious suicide letter expressing shame was subsequently reported; the letter was reportedly from a man who had already admitted without shame that he was receiving money for doing nothing. This was known to the U.S. Senate, which had approved his promotion.

In a report featured by Pravda, Russian Intelligence analysts have said that the reported suicide of Charles D. Riechers was a cover-up and that he was murdered because of his involvement in the controversial flight of nuclear weapons over the continental United States.

Pravda reports that “Russian Intelligence Analysts are reporting today that American War Leaders have ‘suicided’ [sic] one of their Top US Air Force Officials Charles D. Riechers as the rift growing between the U.S. War Leaders and their Top Military Officers over a nuclear attack on Iran appears to be nearing open warfare.” [27] 

According to the Pravda report, the incident was linked to an operation to smuggle nuclear weapons away from the U.S. military in connection to launching a war against Iran.

The Commonwealth Research Institute (CRI), a registered non-profit organization is a subsidiary of Concurrent Technologies, which is registered with the IRS as a tax-exempt charity, which is run by Daniel Richard DeVos. Devos is also an associate of John P. Murtha, who was investigated by the F.B.I. for his Saudi links.

Certainly the ties of the Commonwealth Research Institute (CRI), a non-profit organization working for the Pentagon, are questionable and the organization could be a front for internal operations that bypass most military personnel. The case appears to be part of an internal operation that was being kept a secret from most of the U.S. military, but what for?

Russell E. Dougherty

More than a month before the death of Riechers, General Russell Elliot Dougherty, a retired flag officer, was also reported to have died on September 7, 2007 at his home in Falcon Landing military retirement community in Potomac Falls located in Arlington, Virginia. [28] He once was one of the most senior individuals responsible for the nuclear arsenal of the U.S. military and also the former commander of Strategic Air Command (SAC) and director of the Joint Strategic Target Planning Staff, which identified nuclear targets worldwide amongst its responsibilities. At Minot next to his obituary was a military information notice on suicide, telling servicepersons what the signs of suicide are. [29]

Russell Dougherty in the course of his military career in the U.S. Air Force had dealt with the issues pertaining to Mutual Assured Destruction (MAD), full spectrum dominance, how to defeat the enemy and avoid  a nuclear war, other uses for nuclear weaponry, Nuclear Primacy for the U.S., and tackling the effects of the wind and weather — due to their unpredictable natures — on the use of nuclear weapons.

The fact that the nuclear warheads were attached to the nuclear cruise missiles could mean that someone wanted to take the weapons in one step or to use them right away.

Timely Appointments at U.S.A.F. Base Minot

Several of the commanding officers at Minot were freshly appointed in June, 2007. This may have been part of standard procedures, but the timing should not be ignored.

Colonel Robert D. Critchlow was transferred, just before the incident, from the Pentagon to Minot and appointed commanding officer for the 91st Operations Group, a missileer unit and the operational backbone of the 91st Space Wing. In Washington, D.C. he was involved in research for the Congressional Research Services and later posted into Air Force Nuclear Response and Homeland Defence.

Colonel Myron L. Freeman was transferred from Japan to Minot in June, 2007. Colonel Freeman was appointed as the commander of the 91st Security Forces Group, which is responsible for securing Minot’s nuclear arsenal.

Colonel Gregory S. Tims was also appointed as deputy commander or vice-commander of the 91st Space Wing in June, 2007. However, Colonel Tims was transfered to Minot from California almost a year before.

One of the most senior non-commissioned officers (NCOs) or non-commissioned members (NCMs), Chief Master Sergeant Mark R. Clark, was also transferred to U.S.A.F . Base Minot from Nebraska in July, 2007.

Colonel Roosevelt Allen was also transferred to Minot from Washington, D.C. to become commander of the 5th Medical Group.

Colonel Bruce Emig , the now-former commander of the 5th Bomb Wing, was also transferred to Minot from U.S.A.F. Base Ellsworth in South Dakota in June, 2007. Colonel Emig was also the base commander of Minot.

Colonel Cynthia M. Lundell, the now-former group commander for the 5th Maintenance Group, the unit responsible for loading and unloading weaponry onto the B-52H Stratofortresses was also freshly transferred from a NATO post in Western Europe in June, 2007. Were these appointments temporary? Were any of these appointments related to the six “lost” nuclear missiles?

Prior to the Missing Nukes Incident, Minot Airmen Meet with the President and the U.S. Air Force Chief of Staff

On June 15, 2007, George W. Bush Jr. met senior officers from U.S.A.F. Base Minot at U.S.A.F. Base McConnell in Wichita, Kansas during a visit to Boeing’s Integrated Defense Systems facility. Amongst them was Major Daniel Giacomazza of the 5th Operational Support Squadron.

Senator Patrick Roberts of Kansas was also present. “While he chaired the Senate Intelligence Committe from 2002 to 2007, [Senator] Roberts stonewalled attempts to investigate everything from the manipulation of intelligence in the rush to war in Iraq, President Bush’s warrantless wiretaps, and even allegations of the use of torture by the CIA,” according to Associated Press (AP) reports. [30] The same report also indicates that the U.S. President was in Wichita for a political fundraiser, and stopped at a new Boys and Girls Club of America to defray the costs of getting to Wichita via Air Force One for Senator Roberts’ campaign.

Military sources have reported that a B-52H Stratofortress was flown to Wichita so that Boeing’s engineers could take a look in order to make adjustments to the war planes for a new military program. [31] Nothing has been reported about any private meetings between President Bush Jr. or any of his presidential staff and the personnel from Minot. However, reports have been made of meetings between military families and the U.S. President in his office on Air Force One.

General Moseley, the Air Force Chief of Staff, had previously visited Minot on March 14-15, 2007, a month before Minot airmen went to Wichita. [32] If a secret mission was being prepared, these events could have played a role in the recruiting phases for an important internal special operation. Following their recruitment, Minot servicemen could have symbolically met General Moseley or White House officials to understand that the mission was being sanctioned by the highest ranks and offices in the United States.

Orders had to Come from the Top: Treason of the Highest Order

Orders had to come from higher up.

The operation would not have been possible without the involvement of more than one individual in the highest ranks of the U.S. Air Force command structure and the Pentagon.

The only way to bypass these separate chains of command is “to be above them” (from higher up), as well as have the possibility of directly overseeing their implementation.

These orders would then have been communicated to lower levels in the US Air Force command chain in different locations, to allow for a so-called “oversight” to proceed. The alternative to this is “an alternative chain of command,” although this also needs someone in the highest ranks of office to organize and oversee.

The post given to Riechers was politically motivated, given his track record in the U.S. Air Force. Riechers had been in a position of responsibility in the U.S. Air Force special operational support activities; something he had in common with Russell Dougherty, the former SAC commander. He would have been one of the best suited individuals for making arrangements in the case of an alternative command structure for a secretive nuclear operation. Moreover, he already had a record of corrupt behaviour through his involvement with the Commonwealth Research Institute. The possible involvement of U.S. Air Force weathermen and special operatives raises many questions as to what exactly was the objective of making the nuclear weapons disappear. [33]

The Investigation

The U.S. Air Force has publicly stated that it has made a “mistake,” which is very unusual and almost unprecedented for a military organization that tries to continually assure the American public of their safety.

The fact that seventy or more military personnel have been punished in the case of the “lost” nuclear weapons does not mean, however, that the senior commanding officers responsible for having carried out the special operation will be identified and punished.

Quite the opposite. The investigation could indeed result in a camouflage of the chain of command, where lower-ranking military personnel are accused and court-martialed, with a view to ultimately protecting those in high office who have committed an act of treason.

The series of deaths mentioned above, may have no ties whatsoever with the the August flight in question from Minot to Barksdale, but the issues of command, monitoring, and authorization cannot be overlooked or ignored. The American people have before them a case of treason that involves the highest offices of government and most probably the offices of the President and the Vice-President.

Once again, the “C2″ process involves the Office of the President and Commander-in-Chief. It is an established line of command, without which nuclear weapons could not have been deployed or armed as they were in U.S.A.F. Base Minot. It is this command element that establishes the basis of authorization through which “absolute control of nuclear weapons” is maintained “at all times.”



With time it is possible that military servicemen and servicewomen may come forward with more information.

However, in the meantime, there has been a streamlining of military personnel at U.S.A.F. Minot. Base personnel have become dispersed and reassigned to other locations.

If they on the grounds of loyalty to their country, the United States of America, come forward and reveal what has taken place, they are to be saluted with full honour by all ranks. As George Orwell said, “In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth becomes a revolutionary act,” and indeed these are deceitful times.

The fact that U.S. Air Force officers came forward and reported this incident is contrary to U.S. military procedures, regulations, and laws. The U.S. military will never release any information that will risk or damage its reputation. Any information in regards to nuclear weapons can not be released without prior consultations with and authorization by the White House.

The nuclear weapons were armed and moved deliberately. Orders had to have come from the highest echelons of the U.S. government.

The question is what exactly were they meant for? Were they part of a war agenda or something else?

Bush Threatens Iran with Nuclear Weapons

What adds intrigue to an understanding of the missing nukes, are the international events and war games taking place just after the “lost” nuclear weapons incident, not to mention the President’s ongoing threats to attack Iran with nuclear weapons and Vice President Cheney’s repeated warnings that a second large scale terrorist attack on America is under preparation, with the support of Iran.

In the U.S., under the Vigilant Shield 2008 war games (initiated in September, 2007) and the TOPOFF anti-terrorism exercises, some form of nuclear terrorist attack on American soil had been envisaged. The roles of Russia and China had also been contemplated. The latter would be “a likely scenario” had the U.S. attacked Iran and as a result Russia and China had decided to intervene. [34] Under Vigilant Shield 2007, held in 2006, the possibility of a nuclear war with Iran’s allies, Russia and China, had been contemplated in the war games scenario.

The Kremlin has responded by holding its own war games.[35]

An unveiled threat to trigger World War Three has been the response of George W. Bush Jr. to Russia’s statements warning that a U.S. sponsored war with Iran, could result in an escalating World War III scenario.

The six nuclear warheads were not meant for use in theatre operations against Iran. This is obvious because if they were then they would have been deployed via the proper procedural routes without the need to hide anything. Besides, there are already theatre-level nuclear weapons ready and armed in Europe and the Middle East for any possible Middle Eastern mission. There was something more to the incident.

It is also worth noting that the Israelis launched an attack on an alleged Syrian nuclear facility that both Tel Aviv and the White House claim was constructed with the assistance of North Korea. This event has been used, through official statements and media disinformation, to draw a Syria-Iran-North Korea nuclear proliferation axis. [36]

In regards to the case of the missing nuclear weapons, weathermen and military personnel with an expertise in space and missile components were involved. The incident took place during a time when the U.S. missile shield projects in Eastern Europe and Eastern Asia, directed against Russia and China, were raising international tensions and alarms. On October 23, 2007, President Bush Jr. stated: “The need for missile defence in Europe is real and I believe it’s urgent.” [37]

Nuclear warfare, the militarization of space, and “the missile shield”  are interrelated military processes.  The overtones of Nuclear Primacy are hanging in the air. One of the goals of the U.S. military has been to effectively shield itself from a potential Russian or potential Russian and Chinese nuclear response to a nuclear “First Strike” from the U.S. military. [38] The militarization of space is also deeply linked to this military project. Like their advanced knowledge about the U.S. missile shield project, Russian and Chinese officials have got wind of these ambitions and are fully aware of what the U.S. intends to do.

Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya is an independent writer based in Ottawa specializing in Middle Eastern affair. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).



NOTES

[1] Sarah Baxter, US hits panic button as air force ‘loses’ nuclear missiles, The Times (U.K.), October 21, 2007.

[2] The Nuclear Reactions Data Centres also estimated that the W80-1 stockpile included a total of 1,400 warheads remain in stockpile associated with the 900 ALCMs that are in storage with their warheads removed. 

[3] Baxter, US hits panic button, Op. cit.

[4] John Andrew Prime, Barksdale bombers expand B-52 capabilities, The Sheveport Times , August 27, 2007.

[5] Baxter, US hits panic button, Op. cit.; Major-General Newton is also responsible for formulating policy supporting air, space, nuclear, counter-proliferation, homeland, weather, and cyber operations. Because of his role as one of the Air Forces’ key flag officers in regards to nuclear issues and counter-proliferation he has been involved in war planning in regards to Iran, Israeli preparations for attacks on Syria, and the 2006 Israeli war against Lebanon. 

[6] Robert Stormer, Nuke transportation story has explosive implications, Fort Worth Star-Telegram, Octobers 8, 2007.

[7] Ibid.; To help ensure adequate shipboard security, TLAM-N is protected by an intrusion detection alarm system that indicates an intrusion, both visually and audibly, at a continuously manned station capable of dispatching a security team.

[8] Ibid. 

[9] Ibid. 

[10] Ibid.

[11] Michael Hoffman, B-52 mistakenly flies with nukes aboard, Military Times, September 10, 2007; Associated Press sources also made the same report. Military Times simply changed their article and AP withdrew its report on the basis of a factual error.

[12] Office of the Inspector General, U.S. Department of Defence (DoD), Year 2000 Status of the Defense Threat Reduction Agency Nuclear Weapon Information Tracking Systems , Report No. 99-235 (August 19, 1999).

[13] Michael Hoffman, Commander disciplined for nuclear mistake, Militarty Times, September 7, 2007.

[14] Minot Airman dies while on leave, Minot Air Force Base Public Affairs, September 12, 2007.

[15] Body of missing Air Force captain found, Associated Press, September 10, 2007.

[16] Kimberly Wilson, Portland police seek Air Force weatherman missing on trip, The Oregonian, September 5, 2007.

[17] U.S. Air Force operatives that are tasked with recovery and medical treatment of personnel in war environments, as well as handling astronauts returning from space. They are the only members of the U.S. military that are specially trained and equipped to conduct personnel recovery operations in hostile or denied areas as a primary mission.

[18] Victims in Saturday motorcycle accident identified, The Sheveport Times , September 16, 2007; Notice of Active Duty Death, The Bombardier , September 21, 2007, p.1.

[19] John Andrew Prime, Caddo deputies work double fatality accident, The Sheveport Times, September 15, 2007.

[20] Minot Airman dies in motorcycle accident, Minot Air Force Base Public Affairs, July 18, 2007.

[21] Minot Airman identified, Minot Air Force Base Public Affairs, July 5, 2007.

[22] Authorities identify Minot airman killed in crash, Associated Press, July 5, 2007.

[23] Baxter, US hits panic button, Op. cit. 

[24] Air Force official found dead, The Tribune-Democrat, October 16, 2007; Ginger Thompson and Eric Schmitt, Top Air Force Official Dies in Apparent Suicide, The New York Times, October 16, 2007

[25] Robert O’Harrow Jr., Air Force Arranged No-Work Contract: Experts Question Official’s Deal With Nonprofit, The Washington Post, October 1, 2007, p.A01 .

[26] Ibid.

[27] Top US Air Force official ‘suicided’ [sic] as Iran war nears, Pravda, October 16, 2007.

[28] Yvonne Shinhoster Lamb, Obituaries: Russell E. Dougherty, The Washington Post, October 13, 2007, p.B06.

[29] General Dougherty, former SAC commander, dies, The Bombardier, September 21, 2007, p.9.

[30] Deb Reichmann, Bush Raises Money for Kansas Senator, Associated Press, June 15, 2007.

[31] Warbirds meet commander and chief, Minot Air Force Base Public Affairs, June 22, 2007.

[32] Staff Sergeant Trevor Tiernan, CSAF visits Minot, Minot Air Force Base Public Affairs, March 16, 2007.

[33] Infra. n.38.

[34] Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya, Vigilant Shield 2008: Terrorism, Air Defences, and the Domestic Deployment of the US Military, Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), October 6, 2007; Michel Chossoduvsky, Dangerous Crossroads: US Sponsored War Games, Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), October 6, 2007; The March to War: NATO Preparing for War with Serbia? Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), October 19, 2007.

[35] Michel Chossudovsky, New Cold War: Simultaneously, Russia and America Conduct Major War Games, Centre for Research on Globalization, October 16, 2007.

[36] Both the U.S. and Israeli governments cite the arrival of a North Korean ship with alleged nuclear-related cargo as proof, but one needs only point out one fact to dislodge this claim. The U.S. government has setup an internationally illegal program involved in policing the seas and maritime traffic, the International Proliferation Initiative (IPI). Under the IPI the U.S. has been illegally stopping North Korean vessels and inspecting them, especially when they have suspected suspicious materials. Hereto, North Korea has not been given any carte blanches from vessel inspections. The U.S. Navy and NATO vessels have a virtual cordon of the waterways around the Middle East from the Indian Ocean to the Read Sea and Mediterranean Sea. If the North Korean vessel had nuclear materials it would never have reached Syria.

[37] Missile shield is ‘urgent’ – BushBritish Broadcasting Corporation (BBC), October 23, 2007.

The U.S. is well in the process of implementing the recommendations of the Project for the New American Century (PNAC); “[The United States must] develop and deploy missile defences to defend the American homeland and American allies, and to provide a secure basis for U.S. power projection around the world,” and “Control the new ‘international commons’ of space and cyberspace and pave the way for the creation of a new military service — U.S. Space Forces — with the mission of space control.”

Thomas Donnelly et al., Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategy, Forces, and Resources For A New Century (The Project for the New American Century: September 2000), p.v.

[38] It is here that two things should be noted in regards to physics and magnetospheric physics; Firstly, nuclear explosions from the air are different than ground-based nuclear explosions in many ways (including contamination levels), but the weather and wind direction are major unknowns or variables; Secondly, as a fundamental natural law energy never disappears, it only changes or is transferred. The energy from nuclear explosions can theoretically be transferred into the Earth’ magnetic radiation fields, called the Van Allen Belt or the Van Allen Belts, and used to energize and excite various particles, sub-atomic particles, and ions. Tentatively, if manipulated this can have harmful results on surface areas, including burning electronic and communication devices, and military applications such as disrupting satellites in space. If this were possible Russian, Chinese, Iranian, or Indian military defences, communications, and missile facilities could be effortlessly neutralized. 

These radiation belts also travel in loops and notionally an energized pulse set off from an area in the U.S. could circumnavigate into an area halfway around the globe.

In fact the U.S. military has been experimenting with manipulating the radiation belts since the end of the Second World War. The U.S. Navy’s Project Argus, taking place from August to September 1958, is an example. A total of five nuclear weapons were used; three atom bombs (weapons using nuclear fission) were detonated above the Atlantic Ocean and two thermonuclear or hydrogen bombs (weapons using nuclear fusion) in the Pacific Ocean in an effort to manipulate the Van Allen Belts.


Disclaimer: The views expressed in this article are the sole responsibility of the author and do not necessarily reflect those of the Centre for Research on Globalization.

To become a Member of Global Research

The CRG grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: crgeditor@yahoo.com

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the copyright owner.

For media inquiries: crgeditor@yahoo.com

© Copyright Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya, Global Research, 2007

The url address of this article is: www.globalresearch.ca/PrintArticle.php?articleId=7158


© Copyright 2005-2007 GlobalResearch.ca
Web site engine by Polygraphx Multimedia © Copyright 2005-2007


**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Update: Gunny G’s The “G” Weblog @N54!!!!!

October 29, 2007 Leave a comment

Update:

Gunny G”s The “G” Weblog @N54

http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/

Additional articles not posted here…

Ann Coulter: Nuke Them!

October 29, 2007 Leave a comment

NEWS YOU WON’T FIND ON CNN

Send Page To a Friend

Ann Coulter: Nuke Them!

By Soraya Sepahpour-Ulrich

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article18628.htm

10/26/007 “ICH” — – Although her arrival had been anticipated with mixed emotions on campus, I was surprised that more people did not turn up to protest that USC, a research university, should give platform to Ann Coulter as guest speaker during the ‘Islamo-facism’ awareness week.

Guest of the college Republicans, she walked on stage dressed in a short, black cocktail dress that revealed her mid-rift. Either she had the occasion wrong or the dress; perhaps she had plans after the event. Regardless, on center stage, talking about Islam and fascism among a bunch of university kids in jeans, she looked out of place. Given that she was introduced as being one of the top 100 intellectuals of the country and a few other accompanying remarks, I was surprised to hear her insistence at wanting to divide the country, albeit that the invitation was extended to her on behalf of the Republicans.

I had never heard so much liberal/Democrat bashing. In her eyes, they were on the same footing as the terrorists. Coulter did not believe that the Democrats wanted to defeat the ‘savages’. As with the Bush Administration, she continued to link Iraq to 9/11, glorified the successes, and claimed that the Democrats deliberately wanted to lose to the ‘camel-riding Nomads’ by “rooting against their own country”

She colorfully compared Guantanamo Bay to ‘freshman dorms’ where one eats well and gains 20 pounds, not foregoing the damning reports from the neutral Swiss-based Red Cross, and as her hatred of Muslims spewed out, she exclaimed: ” “they are savage, and I want to kill them.”

It is this hatred, this desire for ‘going for the kill’ that made her give the advice which shocked me. During Q & A, a ‘college Republican’ asked her opinion about what should be done to the ‘Moslems who go around take out their swords and want to kill and convert every one’ (seriously, in the 21st century, do they even make swords any more?) After delivering a few words here and there about pain, Coulter remarked; “We dropped a couple of bombs on Japan and they are as tame as sheep, a few well placed bombs should do it”. My friends gasped. She was inciting genocide on a large scale. The young Republican seemed pleased. I took a mental pause to save my sanity.

Ann Coulter is known for her controversial remarks. She makes her living by being hateful. My apprehension comes from the fact that so many follow her blindly and are in total agreement with her. They buy her books, seek her autograph, and cling to every word, considering her to be an absolute authority. The effect that she has on so many minds is a sad reflection of our society today. Ann Coulter not only influences young minds, but older people are intrigued by her and one man who was recording me hoping to catch me saying something ‘unpatriotic’ as we were discussing Coulter said: “I would like the 14th Amendment repealed”. His wife was standing next to him.

Ann Coulter is their heroin; she is not a heroine by any stretch of the imagination. She is a fix that makes them high so they can feel good about who they are, about themselves and how they really feel, but it is all a temporary illusion, induced. When they come down, they need a stronger fix, and the time will come when such hateful discourse, the fix, will have to turn into action in order for it to be effective. Herein lies the danger, and this is why she is dangerous.

I have always been able to separate the ordinary Americans from the government. This was the first time that the two became inseparable. For the first time in 21 years I witnessed hate in America – and what an ugly spectacle it was. Thankfully, I was rescued by a more familiar America, the one I cherish. As I was leaving, I saw more protestors. I joined them and we started chanting. Rabbis, priests, and practicing Moslems were among many who held signs reading: “Thanks Ann, you have united Moslems, Jews, and Christians”. She had.

Soraya Sepahpour-Ulrich has lived and studied in Iran, the UK, France, Australia and the US. She obtained her Bachelors Degree in International Relations from the University of Southern California, Los Angeles, and she is currently pursuing a Masters Degree in Middle East Studies concentrating in Political Science. She has done extensive research on US foreign policy towards Iran and Iran’s nuclear program.

Click on “comments” below to read or post comments

Comments (52) Comment (0)

Comment Guidelines
Be succinct, constructive and relevant to the story. We encourage engaging, diverse and meaningful commentary. Do not include personal information such as names, addresses, phone numbers and emails. Comments falling outside our guidelines – those including personal attacks and profanity – are not permitted.
See our complete Comment Policy and use this link to notify us if you have concerns about a comment. We’ll promptly review and remove any inappropriate postings.

Send Page To a Friend

In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving the included information for research and educational purposes. Information Clearing House has no affiliation whatsoever with the originator of this article nor is Information ClearingHouse endorsed or sponsored by the originator.)

http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article18628.htm

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Stamping Out Freedom With Deadly Intent…by Former Sheriff Jim Schwiesow, Ret.

October 29, 2007 Leave a comment

Stamping Out Freedom With Deadly Intent
Ron Paul, as a true statesman and an upholder of the truth, should be increasingly vigilant. If it is established that he has a credible chance to seize the nomination and move onto the presidency it will not go unnoticed by the elites who have everything to lose if government is severed from corporate control and the sovereignty of the people is restored. If the spark that he has ignited is fanned into a flame for freedom he needs to be acutely aware that the dark forces of evil will be stalking him with malevolent intent. He is a man of great integrity…….
http://www.newswithviews.com/Schwiesow/jim34.htm
by Former Sheriff Jim Schwiesow, Ret.
~~~~~

 

Stamping Out Freedom With Deadly Intent…

By Jim R. Schwiesow

October 29, 2007
NewsWithViews.com


http://www.newswithviews.com/Schwiesow/jim34.htm

“BEWARE THE LEADER WHO BANGS THE DRUMS of war in order to whip the citizenry into a patriotic fervor, for patriotism is indeed a double-edged sword. It both emboldens the blood, just as it narrows the mind. And when the drums of war have reached a fever pitch and the blood boils with hate and the mind has closed, the leader will have no need in seizing the rights of the citizenry. Rather, the citizenry, infused with fear and blinded by patriotism, will offer up all of their rights unto the leader and gladly so. How do I know? For this is what I have done. I am Caesar.” –Anonymous

Great lead in to this, an essay on the fascistic fervor that has gripped this nation, in the guise of patriotism, and enabled our Caesar George Bush to capture the freedoms of the American people and deliver them up as a sacrifice to his gods the world elites. In case it has escaped the attention of the sheep of this nation we have been subject to a fascist government for some time now. Since we have an almost absolutely uneducated population the fascists that have delivered the nation into the hands of the world elites have for the most part escaped detection. Such have been aided and abetted in their goals by misguided patriots who revere the state as a god, notice that I said that our population is uneducated; I did not say that they are not indoctrinated, in this country indoctrination is called education and is a substitution for the application of learning and understanding. Who do we blame for this? Not the elites who endeavor to suppress the human spirit, but rather the people of the many thousands of local jurisdictions in the states of the nation who long ago relinquished control of their schools and affairs without a whimper or a fight. When they could have resisted they did not, they simply rolled over like dead fish in a pond.

The people of the United States have been trained like seals to except the dictates of a despotic system. In plain fact they have been controlled by fascist mongrels for a long while now, and have been completely duped as to the state of affairs that prevails in their own country. They wander through life in an aimless brainless state of being like automons reacting only to the stimuli applied by the elites who control them. Think not that the intelligentsia is less controlled and deceived than the mopes who leave their nests daily to toil and labor for their keepers and then return to the nest to partake of the electronic and chemical opiates that keep them mollified. Those who congratulate themselves on their superior intelligence and flaunt their worthless degrees to prove their transcendence are no less deceived than the working stiffs that they condescend and look down upon, they are just a more advanced type of robot. They have been programmed to deliver and inculcate the godless doctrines that have enslaved their fellow beings, the drones whose labors fund the perks of the intelligentsia’s more sophisticated and elevated status in society.

The most amazing part of this is how adept and successful the elites and their government servants have been in adapting the people to an existence almost exactly like that of National Socialist Germany and other fascist societies while at the same time feigning and faking a dislike for fascism. They do indeed have the deviousness of the devil; their duplicitous maneuverings are transparent only to those who have the Spirit of truth in them. It would be humorous if it weren’t so tragic; we have millions of people moving through life in this nation who hate Nazis and yet live with almost the exact same circumstances in regard to the control of every aspect of their lives as those who lived under Nazi governance.

Of course the elites cannot allow an awakening of spirit in those who do their bidding, such is a danger as it can ignite rebellion against their suppressive domination of the masses who outnumber the elites hugely and have it in their power to bring down the nearly complete, but still tenuous, establishment of a new world order. This is not their only fear; such a massive rebellion could conceivably pave the way for their destruction and even (shudder) their own deaths. Better the death of a million of the multitude than the death of one elite. With their increasing successes they have become increasingly careless in covering their tracks and maintaining their anonymity. To know them is to hate them and to hate them is to desire their destruction.

To head off such a fate these little sparks of independence must be extinguished before they develop into a raging fire that enfolds the elites in a tumultuous end and consumes the evil works that they have accomplished. No means to exterminate these potential threats is beyond their contemplation. One can assume that recalcitrant government subordinates who threaten the elites and imperil their progress with independent notions, thoughts and actions are warned most strenuously of the probable consequences of their flights into what the elites consider to be threatening, dangerous and unreasonable activities.

During the latter part of his term in office it is quite obvious that Jack Kennedy was managing to escape the tentacles of the elites. This foul subservience that had been thrust upon him had been a legacy from his mobbed up corrupt father who had been in deep service to the elites. Jack Kennedy had acquired the office by virtue of the machinations of the reprobate politicos that were, and are, controlled by the elites. Conversely he was most certainly headed for a second term in office by virtue of the fact that he was a truly developing statesman in American politics. In truth he had captured the hearts of the American people and didn’t need the elites anymore. In plain words he had become an asset to the people and a menace to the aspirations of the elites and to their puppets in government and elsewhere.

The veil had fallen from his eyes and he was becoming fully cognizant of the putridness, which confronted him. There is much speculation that he was warned of the possible ultimate consequences of his independent course, and that he had boldly stepped out in rebellion anyway. He was a spark that was rapidly being fanned into a flame and it was urgently necessary that he be extinguished. He was summarily executed, his executioner was then quickly murdered to keep him from exposing those who were behind the assassination and the assigned assassinator of his executioner was likewise dealt with, all in rapid succession and with vicious and deadly finality. His successor, Lyndon Johnson, who was almost certainly a co-conspirator in his assassination, was a corrupt to the bone puppet of the elites and quickly moved to erase all evidence of the vile intrigues that had extinguished the flames of a developing light and a possible path to a deliverance of the people from tyranny. As a bit of insurance against further brash affronts to their established control over the government President Kennedy’s brother Robert, who had been a close confidant of Jack, was likewise dispatched summarily by a bullet from the gun of a controlled assassin. All conjecture you say, don’t bet your life, or what precious little remains of your freedoms, on that.

What is most interesting here is the fact that the same blood courses through the veins of that worthless reprobate Edward Kennedy as ran through the veins of his clearly more intelligent and perceptive brothers, Jack and Bobby. Without a doubt we are dealing with the black sheep syndrome here. Where is the justice in life when two brothers of worth are exterminated while a third, a cowardly killer of a young lady, wanders through the senate like a bloated and perverted whale.

Ron Paul, as a true statesman and an upholder of the truth, should be increasingly vigilant. If it is established that he has a credible chance to seize the nomination and move onto the presidency it will not go unnoticed by the elites who have everything to lose if government is severed from corporate control and the sovereignty of the people is restored. If the spark that he has ignited is fanned into a flame for freedom he needs to be acutely aware that the dark forces of evil will be stalking him with malevolent intent. He is a man of great integrity and a man of faith, and as such he has more value than the entire cadre of political opportunists in the congress – and the white house – who serve the corporatists and the elites and prevail against the freedoms of the people. It has become a very dangerous country for those who oppose tyranny and advocate for truth.

As I have written in the past it is now or never time for the people of this nation. Black as it seems and futile as it may appear to be there is a course of action, which if initiated could deliver the country from the power of the elites. To start with we can do everything in our power to ignite a great grass roots crusade to enable the ascendancy of Ron Paul over the venal socialist competition of both parties, and elect him as president. Then we can assist him in restoring a Constitutional government by cleaning out every self-serving communistic loose constructionist donkey from the halls of congress. When that has been accomplished we need to clean the vices and the filthiness from our society and move this country back to the Christian principles of our forefathers. We have been ruled by lascivious derelicts and mired in social filth for so long that too many have gotten accustomed to the malodorous stink that is upon us. The devil has his teeth in us like a snake swallowing a toad. We will do something now, or after a last brief struggle we will exist only as a lump in the belly of the serpent.

© 2007 – Jim R. Schwiesow – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale



Jim Schwiesow is a retired sheriff with 46 years of law enforcement service. He served with the Unites States Army with the occupation forces in post war Berlin, Germany, and has a total of nine years of military service, which includes six years in the U.S. Army Reserve.

His law enforcement service includes: three years in the military police, fifteen years as an Iowa municipal police officer, and twenty-eight years as the duly elected sheriff of Sioux County, Iowa.

Jim has written a number of articles, which have been published in various professional law enforcement journals.

E-Mail: jimr@orangecitycomm.net  

Web-Site: www.sheriffjimonline.com

http://www.newswithviews.com/Schwiesow/jim34.htm

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Why HR1995 was rammed through under cover of fire… by Devvy Kidd

October 29, 2007 Leave a comment

Why HR1995 was rammed through under cover of fire
“First let’s take a look at the definitions of violent radicalization and homegrown terrorism as defined in Section 899A of the bill. The definition of violent radicalization uses vague language to define this term of promoting any belief system that the government considers to be an extremist agenda. Since the bill doesn’t specifically define what an extremist belief system is, it is entirely up to the interpretation of the government. Considering how much the government has done to destroy the Constitution they could even define Ron Paul supporters as promoting an extremist belief system……..
http://www.newswithviews.com/Devvy/kidd318.htm
by Devvy Kidd
~~~~~

Why HR1995 was rammed through under cover of fire

By: Devvy
October 29, 2007

© 2007 – NewsWithViews.com

http://www.newswithviews.com/Devvy/kidd318.htm

“Paper is poverty, …. it is only the ghost of money, and not money itself.” — Thomas Jefferson, 1788

Last week while the horrific fires were burning up Southern California and every major news network, including cable were providing non-stop coverage, a very dangerous bill to liberty and freedom was passed by 404 members of the U.S. House of Representatives. Called the ‘Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act of 2007′, this bill is perfectly summed up here:

“First let’s take a look at the definitions of violent radicalization and homegrown terrorism as defined in Section 899A of the bill. The definition of violent radicalization uses vague language to define this term of promoting any belief system that the government considers to be an extremist agenda. Since the bill doesn’t specifically define what an extremist belief system is, it is entirely up to the interpretation of the government. Considering how much the government has done to destroy the Constitution they could even define Ron Paul supporters as promoting an extremist belief system. Literally, the government according to this definition can define whatever they want as an extremist belief system. Essentially they have defined violent radicalization as thought crime.”

Why was this bill passed now? Besides yours truly, thousands of economists and constitutional activists have been warning for decades what will happen if treaties like NAFTA were shoved down our throats destroying our most important, productive job sectors along with the continued fleecing of the people’s purse. Let’s look at some current data to bring things into perspective and it’s not pretty:

Foreclosures, default notices soar locally and across the state. October 26, 2007: “Home loan defaults and foreclosures spiked again sharply in July, August and September throughout California and the capital region, setting records and adding more stress to an already-slumping housing market.” Billions in housing wealth at risk as foreclosures soar. October 26, 2007: “More than $23.6 billion in California housing wealth will evaporate if real estate prices continue to decline and foreclosures on subprime home loans soar, according to a new congressional report that indicates the fallout from the national mortgage crisis is worsening.” Cash-strapped Americans raiding their 401(k)s. October 14, 2007: “Despite potential tax and investment problems, more investors have been borrowing from their 401(k) plans or taking hardship withdrawals in recent months, some retirement plan providers say. Many in the field expect more borrowing in 2008, as consumers struggle with tighter credit and potentially higher mortgage payments.”

2 Million Americans Face Losing Their Home. October 26, 2007: “An influential congressional committee warned yesterday that 2 million US families face losing their homes in a “tidal wave” of repossessions with an estimated cost of $71bn.” US loan default problems widen. October 21 2007: ” Poor quarterly results from banks across the US over the past two weeks suggest credit problems once confined to high-risk mortgage borrowers are spreading across the consumer landscape, posing new risks to the economy and weighing heavily on the markets. US banks have raised reserves for loan losses by at least $6bn over the second quarter and by even larger amounts from last year, indicating financial executives believe consumers will be increasingly unable to make payments on a variety of loans. ” Goodbye dollar, hello inflation. October 24, 2007: “In summary, expect continued deterioration in the dollar’s purchasing power and increases in inflation over the longer term. Inflation will not be confined to the US; it has appeared and will continue to appear in countries across the globe. Every government will try their damnedest to paper over their monetary inflation with ridiculous explanations and reconfigured price indexes which purport to show “low inflation”. Still, worldwide inflation is here and it is only a question of which fiat currency will depreciate at the fastest rate against relatively hard currencies and gold.”

When people have no money to spend except for food and shelter, it kills the local economy. Retailers are already anticipating a dismal Christmas season. Dr. Edwin Vieira has warned for decades this banking crisis was coming. He pointed out in a column, March 17, 2005, that a monetary and banking crisis was on its way. In his March 21, 2005, column, Edwin said: “Pointing out these stories to a New Hampshire State Legislator, I explained the logical connection among them: first, that this country is on the verge of an inevitable financial melt-down; second, that politicians are intent on making things even worse; and third, that when the Ponzi pyramid collapses, the same politicians whose irresponsibility caused the situation will impose draconian restrictions on common Americans by means of police forces amply provided with weapons and heavy equipment suitable for house-to-house fighting in Stalingrad.”

Many times I have reminded Americans that back in 1984, Lt. Col. Oliver North, directly helped draft a plan in 1984 at the direction of Ronald Reagan to impose martial law in the United States in the event of an emergency. This secret plan would suspend the U.S. Constitution and turn over control of the government to the little known agency at that time: FEMA. This plan would appoint military commanders to run state and local governments – remember Katrina? Implementation of this plan would have been triggered by violent and wide spread internal dissent, disagreement with government policy or national opposition to any U.S. military invasion abroad. Essentially, it amounted to a complete and total suspension of the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights.

Many times I have reminded Americans about a 1997 essay in the Sacramento Bee titled: Our Civilian-Military Face off, which also carried a sub headline: Bill of Rights No Obstacle for the [Marine] Corps. This piece exposed the mindset way back then that at some point due to: “…the rising potential for civil disobedience within the inner cities it is ‘inevitable’ the U.S. military will be employed more often within American borders.” In my March 10, 2005 column, I said that at some point, it was a given that posse comitatus is likely to be thrown out the window. WACO was the test case in violation of posse comitatus which resulted in our military burning and gassing to death 74 Americans, 17 of them children. For the most part, America was silent and sickeningly, large numbers felt the outcome was “necessary.” Well, it came to pass and NWVs columnist, Greg Evensen, former Kansas State Trooper, summed it up quit succinctly:

“In addition to this “group think” concerning the police “mission” of enforcing the law—regardless of whether or not the law is righteous or constitutional—is the recent historic change in federal law. I am referring to Public Law 109-364, or the “John Warner Defense Authorization Act of 2007″ (HR5122) (2), was signed by President Bush on October 17, 2006…It allows the President to declare a “public emergency” and station troops anywhere in America. Further, Section 1076 of this Act, entitled “Use of the Armed Forces in Major Public Emergencies and Section 333 Major Public Emergencies–interference with State and Federal Law, says that the President may use these forces when HE determines that domestic violence has occurred to such an extent that a State is incapable of (read that “refuse or fail” in) maintaining public order, “in order to suppress, in any State, any insurrection, domestic violence, unlawful combination thereof or conspiracy to commit these acts against the United States. This “repeal” of the Posse Comitatus Act (PCA) is a deadly blow on this historic prevention of US army units intervening in local disputes. The 1878 Act, protected local jurisdictions and even states from the willful intervention of corrupted or dictatorial executive branch orders being forced upon the locals by Army units in a law enforcement capacity.”

Back in 1999, the International Association of Undercover Officers held a conference and put out a manual titled ‘Homegrown Extremists.’ This manual will shock you, i.e,. the Fully Informed Jury Association which teaches people about their serious responsibilities as a juror is blasted as an extremist organization. This is the kind of propaganda that was being jammed down the throats of law enforcement almost a decade ago. Most certainly there are dangerous groups in this country, but through toxic organizations like the Southern “Poverty” Law Center, this type of propaganda is now standard fare for law enforcement. Constitutionalists are deliberately lumped in with the KKK and wacky cults. Pg 52 begins “Know your enemy” and they are white, educated Christians. The full manual is scanned here.

The timing of the passage of H.R. 1955 was no accident; see roll call of votes here. The fact that 404 members of the U.S. House of Representatives voted for it tells me this collective body of dangerous individuals that have taken this country, with the blessing of every past president since Roosevelt, to the brink of financial ruin are now very afraid of what’s going to happen when the peasants (that’s us) find themselves left with nothing. Additionally, the push for a new, unbiased investigation into 911 is turning into an unmanageable situation for the shadow government.

Tens of millions of Americans do NOT want Bush to unconstitutionally invade and bomb Iran, a non threatening country and should the peasants, commonly referred to as the “working man”, refuse to support this insanity, a new draconian law will be in place to crush we the people. Many now realize it’s too late to stop exactly what Lou Dobbs so courageously railed about on his show, October 26, 2007:

“And the leadership, of course, emanating from Washington is brilliant dealing with the issue of $92-a-barrel crude oil, a Middle East policy that is a joke, an energy policy for this country that is nonexistent. This administration and the previous absolutely derelict…And I love, I love these jackasses in this administration, particularly in their — the treasury secretary, Henry Paulson, the commerce secretary, this president, all of them talk coming together to create a super-fund for the money center banks, investment banks in this country to put together maybe about $100 billion fund, so that they won’t have to suffer losses as a result of their bad credit market investments and risk taken in their portfolios, particularly in subprime mortgage. But we have got millions of people facing foreclosures, the resets that you’re talking about on those mortgages, ARMs that were designed for the convenience of the industry. And this administration and this Congress is not moving to deal with a way to relieve that debt and that incredible pressure that it’s going to put on middle- class families.”

Empty bellies make for angry mobs. How much do you have in your savings account to keep emptying the ocean with a teaspoon? Are you one of the above borrowing from your 401(k)? What will be left at “retirement” time to see to your needs in your golden years? Crude closed at $92/per barrel last Friday; when Bush took office it was $18/barrel. This winter, our fellow Americans in states like Pennsylvania, Ohio and the New England States will have to face staying warm vs eating and/or dropping their health care premiums because there’s no money left in the till to pay another increase in heating fuel oil. While Marxists like Hillary Clinton and Nancy Pelosi eat off gold plated china, Bush will continue to blow $10 BILLION dollars a month on his insane wars and since there’s no money in the treasury, that $10 BILLION will have to be borrowed and squeezed from we the people who have nothing left to give. And, these buzzards in Congress just keep writing hot checks:

Here piggie, piggie! Billions in fed trough. “Millions earmarked for La Raza radicals: $3.74 million for research into the Formosan Subterranean Termite, requested by Reps. Rodney Alexander and Richard Baker of Louisiana; $1.7 million for the Centers for Disease Control to fund a Hollywood liaison to advise doctor dramas.” While you’re trying to figure out how to provide health care insurance for your family, get them needed dental work, buy shoes and little dresses, this is what these damnable crooks in Congress are blowing money on when the treasury is empty. [Order and read Judge Andrew Napolitano's newest book "A Nation Of Sheep"]

The worst is now staring all of us in the face and I respectfully recommend every American do several things as soon as you can:

(1) Diversify a good portion of your assets into gold. I’m not a gold dealer, but my friends at El Dorado Gold know this issue inside and out and they will tell you that right now that stock market is on the same path as 1929. October 18, 2007: Dow drops over 366 on anniversary of Black Friday. This was a warning people had better take seriously. Call Eric in the Florida office at 623.643.8785 or, if you prefer closer to the West Coast, call Harvey at 602.228.8203. Congress is staring at double-digit TRILLIONS needed next year when that first wave of baby boomers retire. There’s no money in the treasury and all the BS pouring out of Barack Hussein Obama or Hillary’s mouth, or pie in the sky promises from Rudy Julie Annie, Huckabee or Romney isn’t going to stop what is already underway.

(2) Get your affairs in order which means paperwork like wills, trusts, etc. DON’T put off this important task for a baseball game, round of golf or tv program.

(3) Disaster can happen at any time, so everyone should make sure they have at least a few weeks of food supplies, along with vitamins and medical necessities stored. If there’s any disruption with our road warriors (truckers) being able to get to your area, your family will starve and there won’t be any running down to China (Wal) Mart for a prescription refill that could mean life or death.

(4) Of paramount importance: Exercise your Second Amendment right to own and bear arms for the protection of you and yours. The federal government is knowingly protecting Muslim terrorist cells in this country. Patrick Briley and others have been attempting to get members of the Oklahoma State Legislature to demand answers from the feds as to why they aren’t rounding up these terrorists in that state and I’m telling you flat out: we’re all at risk. I’ve known Patrick for almost ten years and his research is 100% solid; see here.

Please get on the phone to your House member this week and tell them: Bush simply cannot invade or bomb Iran like some banana republic dictator. A formal declaration of war is REQUIRED under the U.S. Constitution by Congress and we the people do NOT want any military aggression against a non threatening country like Iran. Stop this lunacy or find another job next November. Demand they vote yes NOW on the bills below because they are critical in beginning the rebuilding process:

H.R. 2755: Federal Reserve Board Abolition Act. To abolish the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal reserve banks, to repeal the Federal Reserve Act, and for other purposes.

H. Con. Res. 40: The United States should not engage in the construction of a North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) Superhighway System or enter into a North American Union with Mexico and Canada.

H.R. 3835: The American Freedom Agenda Act of 2007 which will restore habeas corpus by repealing the Military Commissions Act of 2006.

H. Con. Res. 22: The President should provide notice of withdrawal of the United States from the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA).

H.R.4855 : Get rid of the unnecessary withholding taxing scheme. This bill was introduced by Congressman Ron Paul, July 27, 2000 and we the people demand a new bill get introduced and passed as well as abolish the IRS.

Important links:

1 - Reconstituting the militia under the states
2 - No income tax necessary to fund federal government
3 - The right argument on taxes
4 - Is the U.S. Government Sneaking Gold Out of Fort Knox?
5 - US Food Riots Much Closer Than You Think
6 - Iran: The Road to Armageddon?
7 - We must bomb Iran, says Republican guru

© 2007 – NewsWithViews.com – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts

E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale


Devvy Kidd authored the booklets, Why A Bankrupt America and Blind Loyalty; 2 million copies sold. Devvy appears on radio shows all over the country, ran for Congress and is a highly sought after public speaker. Devvy belongs to no organization.

She left the Republican Party in 1996 and has been an independent voter ever since. Devvy isn’t left, right or in the middle; she is a constitutionalist who believes in the supreme law of the land, not some political party. Her web site (www.devvy.com) contains a tremendous amount of information, solutions and a vast Reading Room.

Devvy’s website: www.devvy.com

Before you send Devvy e-mail, please take the time to check the FAQ section on her web site. It is filled with answers to frequently asked questions and links to reliable research sources.

E-mail is: devvyk@earthlink.net

http://www.newswithviews.com/Devvy/kidd318.htm

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Iraq –What Happened, Why and What Do We Do Now?

October 28, 2007 1 comment

I

Iraq –What Happened, Why and What Do We Do Now? by Karen Kwiatkowski
by Karen Kwiatkowski


DIGG THIS

Reverend Larry Neumark, and our own William Anderson, Professor of Economics, invited me to speak at Frostburg State University, on October 9th, 2007. While the speech I delivered was a serious one, the evening was lively and entertaining, and Frostburg State is a lovely place, in a lovely part of the country. Five years after the government lies that brought us Iraq circa 2007, a majority of people are finally ready to believe their own hearts, and their own eyes, and they seem to wish to put some space between themselves as Americans and the false patriotism of Washington, DC. I saw this at Frostburg State, and it can be a powerful thing.

Thank you all for coming, and I want to especially thank Reverend Neumark, Protestant Chaplain, the Iraq Committee and the many sponsors of this event.

They say you should always start a speech with a joke or a humorous story, but whenever I talk about my observations of the planning and propaganda conducted by the Office of the Secretary of Defense in 2002 and early 2003, it really isn’t that funny.

I could tell you about how Clinton’s frenetic and unfocused efforts to nation-build and spread democracy abroad weren’t really that awful when compared to the rather focused Bush efforts to destroy nations and export American influence after 9-11.

I could wryly wonder how George W. Bush was elected initially on a non-interventionist foreign policy and when he didn’t do that, he was elected again on a foreign policy of permanent war against America haters – with extensive nation building thrown in.

That isn’t necessarily a criticism of Mr. Bush – but perhaps there’s a bit a of joke here after all. Except that it’s on us.

Before I share my own observations from inside the Pentagon about how we got here, what it means, and what we might do about it, I need to share some statistics about what we have accomplished, so far.

So far, we have spent, according to the National Priorities Project, about $460 billion on fighting in Iraq. That’s just the direct cost. We’ve racked up nearly two trillion in total costs of the war so far, including equipment and training losses, lifetime health care of the disabled soldiers, etc.

We have sacrificed the lives of nearly 4,000 American troops, and injured, in many cases permanently, over 30,000 troops. So far, well over 100,000 American troops have persistent stress reactions or other mental disturbance as a result of their experience.

We have weakened American defensive capability with multiple extended tours for both National Guardsmen and the active forces, years of reduced training and maintenance of equipment, and drastically lower standards for entry into the military. Why would any bright and principled young person want to enter the military today? I can’t think of many reasons.

Actually – I have heard of one. I’ve been told that some high school seniors, in their local job-poor environment and after listening to too much talk radio, just want to go kill somebody. Well, I guess that’s a reason to join.

To fill the military readiness gap – and to fight a modern war where rules are really just suggestions, laws are subject to constant conflicting reinterpretation, and where everyone you see in country might be the enemy – we hired lots of contractors. Mercenaries have been critical to our occupations abroad – just as they have always been for empires.

We have almost 160,000 troops in Iraq today – and perhaps five thousand of those will come home before Christmas. We care about these soldiers, of course. And we have, according to a July 2007 study by the Congressional Research Service, 182,000 contractors working for the American government in Iraq. Many of these people are Americans, too.

Thus, we have nearly 350,000 men and women doing a so-called mission in Iraq. But all this means is that about one American in 1000 is deployed to Iraq, at any given time. Maybe that’s why we say we care, but we really don’t.

There are some folks who care about this number, but they don’t vote in our elections. What we have done – intentionally or not – is to create an Iraq that today recalls the poorly functioning Ba-ath command economy, after a decade of deadly UN sanctions and periodic American bombing, as a good thing, a lovely memory. Electricity was delivered, water was clean and water systems functional, there weren’t two million internally displaced and another two million refugees in camps in neighboring countries, and people could drive their cars through comfortably mixed neighborhoods to visit, shop, and sell goods – or to visit a museum, library, or park.

As a libertarian, I condemn Iraqi Ba-ath Party socialism, its command economy, its lack of civil liberties and freedom, its crude and warlike dictator who invaded one country after another – first Iran, then Kuwait.

As an American, I am quite simply sick that we have done Saddam Hussein one better in every one of these areas.

For Iraqis, the numbers matter. In a country that once had 26 million inhabitants, two million have fled, two million more are internally homeless, and nearly a million have lost their lives since we invaded in 2003. The 80% who have homes remain huddled and fearful, often behind large walls that separate them from family and friend, in the name of ethnic purification, something that the U.S. military is actively pursuing because it tends to make for better statistics. Everyone in Iraq has been touched, and not in a good way, by our invasion and subsequent occupation.

The neighboring countries, Persian, Arab, and Israeli, are worried, and increasingly hostile to each other. Americans are more despised in the Middle East, and around the world, than ever before. As the State Department and the CIA itself report, terrorism has not been reduced in the world, and we are not any more secure than we were six years ago.

All this, you probably already knew. It is today’s news, today’s reality. Iraq is a small thing for us, something that according to most of Congress, and the president’s staff, we should continue to do. We should “win the war,” they say. They say we should complete the so-called mission.

This is what General Petraeus says, of course. Sounds logical, at first glance. A wise military thinker and analyst, retired Colonel Andrew Bacevich, assessed the recent report by General Petraeus in the latest American Conservative magazine. He observed that most military commanders, upon discovering something is working in the field, ask not that it be ceased, or reduced, but that it be accelerated and expanded in order to seize the initiative, to claim the advantage. Our own General Petraeus, however, said that the surge was working, and then recommended it be ended post haste. Colonel Bacevich suggests that Petraeus was speaking as an expedient politician, not a military commander.

Curiously, at the beginning of the Petraeus address to Congress, retired CIA analyst Ray McGovern was thrown out of the hearing room for asking simply and politely that General Petraeus be sworn in before he gave testimony. After the address, the administration angrily attacked a cutesy pun on Petraeus’s surname that indicated he might not actually be telling the whole truth.

Before, during and after the Petraeus address, Colonel Bacevich mourned the loss of his only son and namesake, who was killed in action in Balad, Iraq on May 13th, 2007.

If I sound contemptuous of our government, and its continued muddy thinking, cruel execution, and malicious fabrications regarding what we are doing in Iraq, I am.

I got this way back in May 2002, when as a Lt Colonel in the Air Force, I was assigned to the Near East South Asia office, the home of what would become the Office of Special Plans. What the Pentagon senior civilian staff and the President were saying about Iraq that summer did not match the intelligence I’d been looking at regularly for well over four years. Furthermore, it did not pass the logic test.

It appeared that a small group of people, politically appointed neoconservatives who missed the political clarity of the Cold War, and saw 9-11 as a “new Pearl Harbor,” were itching for an invasion of Iraq.

Had I been paying attention, I would have known that these particular civilians had been itching for an invasion of Iraq for some time. Some had even been in government before the current regime, such as House Speaker Newt Gingrich, and former CIA Director James Woolsey. But I never suspected that the intelligence system would be corrupted to the extent it was in 2002, and that the mainstream media and leaders of both political parties would genuflect to a war president, and salivate at the thought of more war overseas.

I never thought that so many would lie so much, and so loudly, for so little. I was unfamiliar with the political process in Washington. I was unfamiliar with the fundamental nature of defense spending, and our long-term strategies for base building abroad. And lastly, I had never heard of AIPAC, the pro-Israel lobby that had extremely close ties to many of the policy decision-makers overseeing Iraq invasion planning and propaganda, influence over a great many legislators in both parties, and at the time, was actively lobbying for an American toppling of Saddam Hussein.

I moved my retirement date up a few months and just after I retired, in July 2003, Knight-Ridder newspapers published an op-ed where I discussed the functional isolation of the policy-makers, their cross-agency cliques of likeminded ideologues, and the groupthink that afflicted them in the rush to war.

I realize today that I was far too kind – an improved decision-making process for the war in Iraq would have saved few lives. What we have here is a war designed in fact to take lives, to bring America to a new place where we are irrevocably physically, financially and emotionally invested in the Middle East – not just outsiders interested in peace or the trade of oil.

I want to briefly share both parts to the story of why we are in Iraq – why we were TOLD we went to war, and why we ARE ACTUALLY AT WAR.

Why did we invade and occupy Iraq? We were told Iraq was strong and dangerous. We were told that sanctions were not working, and Saddam Hussein was not in compliance with the UN disarmament regime. We were told that Iraq was working on a viable chemical, biological and nuclear program, had many of these weapons already, and was also working with terrorists who targeted and would target the United States. It was suggested repeatedly in Presidential and Vice Presidential speeches, in statements by the Secretary of Defense and other administration mouthpieces that Saddam Hussein had something to do with the 9-11 attacks on the United States.

In the second half of 2002, a total of 27 different reasons were given by the administration or by Congresspersons as to why we needed to go into Iraq as soon as possible. I know this because a student at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign wrote her senior honors thesis entitled “Uncovering the Rationales for the War on Iraq: The Words of the Bush Administration, Congress and the Media from September 12, 2001, to October 11, 2002.” Devon Largio did a detailed analysis identifying 23 different reasons put forth by the administration, and 4 more put forth by various congressmen in the run up to war.

That’s a lot of reasons. In the infamous words of then deputy secretary of defense and leading neoconservative thinker Paul Wolfowitz, “WMD became the reason upon which we could all bureaucratically agree.”

Now, many people in the Pentagon, at CIA, at State, across this country and around the world knew that a lot of the reasons put forth were invalid, not true, or to be generous, were the result of a narrow political interpretation of a small and known to be uncertain data set.

People in America, in the Pentagon, at CIA and the State department knew that Iraq was a fourth rate military state, with no air force, no navy and not much of an Army, in part due to the destruction of the first Gulf War, a dozen years of sanctions and being bombed by the US and the UK since 1991. The Pentagon, CIA and State Department knew that Iraq had accounted for over 96% of all suspected WMD. This 4% – biological and chemical stores – was indeed a matter of debate. Was it our own faulty estimation (after all, we had the receipts), was the material we sought already destroyed or degraded and just missing the paperwork, or did it still exist in some viable form? Saddam Hussein had last sought material for his nuclear program in the late 1980s, and under sanctions and US enforcement of the no-fly zones, had made no observed progress in his nuclear program, and did not seem to be even trying to.

The Pentagon, CIA and State Department knew Iraq had no relationship with al Qaeda. Instead, we understood that they were competitors and adversaries on both governing and religious issues. Two things angered Osama bin Laden – US forces in Saudi Arabia, and a godless Ba-ath dictatorship in Iraq. We also knew that Iraq had nothing to do with 9-11

The CIA knew that Saddam Hussein had not been associated with a foiled attempt on the life of former President George H. W. Bush, in 1993 when he and other Bush family members and friends were visiting Kuwait. President Clinton sent missiles into Baghdad in retaliation shortly thereafter, although at the time and more so today, this purported 1993 attempt foiled by the Kuwaitis, did not emanate from Iraq.

Now – there were many things the Pentagon, CIA and State department did not know, because we had no trustworthy human intelligence assets in Iraq. It seems we paid little attention to what we didn’t know, short of establishing bombing targets and cultivating potential Iraqi outsiders to replace Saddam, like convicted fraudster Ahmad Chalabi. We knew nothing of the culture, political or otherwise in Iraq, we didn’t understand the economy, the history, or the people of Iraq. In the winter of 2002 and 2003, a group at Pentagon, CIA and State madly rushed to create a plan for the US occupation, for the aftermath of the invasion. As a key member of the Bush team at the time, Lt General Jay Garner recalls, when he tried to give the plan to Secretary of Defense Rumsfeld, he was told curtly, to “Shelve it.”

Rumsfeld used to like to talk about the known knowns, the known unknowns, etc. He forgot to mention the willful, criminal, purposeful unknowns because some people (Americans and Iraqis) just don’t matter a hill of beans in a world you make up as you go along.

Today, we generally understand that we were lied to by the Pentagon, and by our government. These lies were repeated and often expanded upon by politicians and our media in 2002 and for several years after the invasion. Suggestions by politicians and media outlets that the truth was actually somewhat different were met by scorn, and accusations of sleeping with the enemy. And we all fell in line, and marched in unison.

There were of course, real reasons for the invasion and occupation of Iraq. There might even be 27 real reasons. But I know of three.

One reason has to do with enhancing our military-basing posture in the region. We had been very dissatisfied with our relations with Saudi Arabia, particularly the restrictions on our basing. There was dissatisfaction from the people of Saudi Arabia, and thus the troubled monarchy. So we were looking for alternate strategic locations beyond Kuwait, beyond Qatar, to secure something we had been searching for since the days of Carter – to secure the energy lines of communication in the region. Bases in Iraq, then, were very important – that is, if you hold that is America’s role in the world. And Saddam Hussein was not about to invite us in.

A major reason for the invasion, and the urgency of it, is that sanctions and containment had worked, and over the years, almost too well. They had become counterproductive. Many companies around the world were preparing to do business with Iraq in anticipation of a lifting of sanctions. But the U.S. and the U.K. had been bombing northern and southern Iraq since 1991. So it was very unlikely that we would be in any kind of position to gain significant contracts in any post-sanctions Iraq. And those sanctions were going to be lifted soon, Saddam would still be in place, and we would get no financial benefit.

Naomi Klein has researched and written many astute articles on our foreign policy in Iraq. One of these, published by Harper’s in September 2003, was called “Baghdad Year Zero.” She made a compelling case for the convergence of business interests and a kind of neoconservative free market ideology – and that the invasion and occupation was a clean slate transformation of a command economy into a free trade utopia. Neoconservative ideology does not embrace free trade in the sense that libertarians or Adam Smith might embrace it, but instead prefers significant state involvement in trade, for the good of the nation. However, Klein’s article from 2003 sheds a great deal of light on what we really wanted and intended for Iraq.

Another reason is a uniquely American rationale, and it relates to our currency, and our debt situation. Saddam Hussein decided in November 2000 to sell his Food for Oil program oil sales in euros. The oil sales permitted in that program weren’t very much. But if the sanctions were lifted, the sales from the country with the second largest oil reserves on the planet would have been setting a standard away from, and competing with, US paper.

The U.S. dollar was, and remains, in a sensitive period because we are a major debtor nation now. Our currency is still globally popular, but these days that’s more due to habit than its reliability as a currency backed up by a government that the world trusts not to print boatloads of bills for no productive reason. To the extent that oil, almost the new gold in terms of in-demand commodity reliability, is traded on the euro, global confidence in the dollar and global bank reserve demand for the dollar shifts negatively.

In any case, the first executive order regarding Iraq that Bush signed in May [2003] switched trading on Iraq’s oil back to the dollar.

These, for me are the big three. There are other reasons, beyond American bases, American contracts, and propping up the dollar. An important factor was the neoconservative idea that the best thing we can do for Israel’s security is to be there. It is not enough to send several billions in economic and military aid each year, and it is not enough to veto UN resolutions that are unfavorable to Israel. It is not enough to have bases in Saudi Arabia and other conservative Arab monarchies and oligarchies. Some of these American friends are not friends of Israel, and it makes taking diplomatic actions against them more difficult. In the view of many neoconservatives, America needs to be there, militarily and economically in the region, working closely with Israel, our lone democratic ally and one that has the human intelligence capability on the ground that we have never had, and never will have.

You may notice that building civil society, fostering democracy, and improving a bad humanitarian situation were not the reasons we went to Iraq, nor why we are staying in Iraq. We had no plan and fewer resources dedicated to building civil society. We actually don’t like democracies. We prefer those we buy to stay bought, and this is the realm of dictators and monarchs in countries like Pakistan and Saudi Arabia. Staying bought is a major problem for democracies.

Humanitarian reasons only make sense in an Orwellian scenario, where we kill people in order to save them. If humanitarian concern drove our policies in Iraq, the economic sanctions would have been lifted long before we invaded, instead of waiting until after we took over the country and its government, and unleashed chaos.

I have reviewed what we have wrought in Iraq, and why our government felt it was necessary to enter the country through force, build many permanent bases, and create, as George W. Bush himself has said recently, a kind of Middle Eastern South Korea, a standing pseudo-occupation force of 100,000 soldiers, with all of the interference in national Iraqi affairs that this necessitates.

I hope you have enjoyed it so far, because it’s about to get worse.

What does this mean for us, as Americans? What does it say about us, as Americans? How come more Americans weren’t outraged in 2002 and 2003? How come more aren’t outraged today, with trillions of dollars wasted, millions of lives ruined, and thousands of government lies put forth to explain those dollars and those lives away?

We are a country founded on the ideas of freedom of religion. Yet the descendants of the strict Protestants who came to this country to worship God without government interference have largely embraced the war, and the godly president that demanded it.

We are a country that from the beginning took the idea of free speech and free assembly to be a God-given right, not something granted by government so long as we behave. Yet today, protesters of government policies, and the rest of us, have accepted the idea of “free speech zones” set up far away from the sensitive ears and eyes of our rulers.

We live in a country that once valued independence, of economy, of mind, of self. Today, according to the 2006 Heritage Foundation’s Index of Dependency, 52.6 million Americans, nearly 20% are dependent on government programs relating to government spending on health, government pensions, education, housing, and rural and food subsidies. Heritage is interested in tracking growth of government programs, and they have indeed been growing steadily throughout the last century.

More importantly, a study this year by economist Gary Schilling, reveals that, “Slightly over half of all Americans – 52.6 percent – now receive significant income from government programs, …That’s up from 49.4 percent in 2000 and far above the 28.3 percent of Americans in 1950.”

Even if we do not work directly for government, or government contractors, and are not economically dependent on the many government benefits available to us, for every carrot there is a stick. Most of us, to be honest, fear the disciplining hand of government, and we generally do not trust the legal system to deliver justice.

It is understood in America that justice is generally reserved for those with expensive lawyers. The Duke rape case illustrates that regular people can be accused, charged, and tried for crimes that even the government prosecutor knows they did not commit. At the other end of the spectrum, the Innocence Project illustrates that without money, education and connections, we will very likely be convicted for those crimes the government says we committed.

We may have our property taken by government through eminent domain, and through civil forfeiture if we are only accused of a crime, and the government wants what we have. If we are business owners, we fear IRS audits. If we wait tables for a living, we fear that the government may discover we haven’t declared all our tips. When we travel, we worry that we still have a container of shampoo in our bag, or whether our name is on a government list somewhere.

A big question shortly after the invasion of Iraq – when the fanciful tales told by the neocons, and the mainstream media, and the government began to fall apart – was how will the American people react now, upon learning the truth? After we the people realized we had been lied into an unnecessary and illegal overseas war, that our sons and daughters were fighting and killing Iraqis and dying simply because a small elite group of politicians and policy wonks wanted them to, what would we do then?

But we the people did very little. It’s one in a thousand. And who is that one in a thousand? Overwhelmingly, young people who enlist do so because their dad or uncle, or brother or sister or cousin did. They tend to be from poorer states in the South and the Midwest, or in cities and towns near existing military bases. They tend to be those for whom wearing the military uniform is the most profitable and honorable thing anyone in their family has done recently. Sociologist Charles Moskos has studied this phenomenon extensively, and writes of an American “warrior caste.” He notes that it tends to be self-perpetuating, as children and extended family members of those who have served in, and made careers of the military, constitute a “very large” percentage of recruits each year. Conversely, there are far more families in America that have no military experience, and do not see the military as a viable option for them, their spouses, their siblings, their children, or their nieces and nephews.

We have here a kind of economic and political slavery – we accept a great deal of good from government, and we grant that generous government unprecedented access into our lives, our records, our privacy. We value a lawful existence, but we have allowed the legal system to grow far beyond the needs of a civil society. The United States incarcerates and executes more people per capita than any other country on the planet. In 2003, the Christian Science Monitor reported that we were Number 1 in the world – for our incarceration rate – with one in 37 American adults either in prison or having had been in prison at some point in their life.

Why do we apparently not really mind being lied into war by our government? Why do we tend to believe what government tells us rather than our own eyes, our own logic, our own morality? Why do we defer to a strong decider and fear real freedom in this country?

When you look at our overwhelming dependency on government – for jobs, income, help and subsidies – rather than ourselves, our communities and our churches, the answer is simple. When you realize that we are 25 times more likely to personally know someone who has been in a government jail than to personally know a soldier in Iraq, the answer is simple.

We support the government’s wishes in foreign policy, because at some very basic level, we do not wish to risk all that government grants us here at home. We wish to be seen as patriotic citizens because we equate the state with our own family welfare. We cannot easily separate our economic, educational, and political lives from the state.

This identification of individuals with the state is the fundamental tenet not of democracy, not of constitutional republicanism, but of fascism. Fascism is alien to American traditions – but it is attractive and often successful for a time in states with pre-existing and highly extensive welfare states.

Very simply, we don’t bite the hand that feeds us.

Our mainstream media doesn’t bite the hand that feeds it. Neither do congressmen and women, who realize that most of us don’t really know a soldier in Iraq – but a great many of us care deeply about that next health care bill, that sub-prime mortgage bailout we hope will save our home, that defense industry or government contract that employs us, that Medicare and Social Security check we hope keeps up with inflation.

They also know, much like the infamous toe-tapping Senator Craig, that we deeply fear government detention and incarceration, as well we should.

George W. Bush, advised by neoconservatives, brought us to a war in Iraq that we didn’t understand, and wouldn’t have wanted if we had known the truth in time. He, the Congress, and the beholden mainstream media worked overtime to repeat lies that we too willingly believed. But before Bush launched this illegal war, a war and occupation that continues now in its fourth year, he established the Office of Faith-Based Initiatives. In fact, Bush signed this particular executive order on January 29th, 2001, ten days after his first inauguration.

One asks, as Martin Luther King asked, what is the proper role of churches and religious organizations in standing up for peace, and civil liberties, building character at home and demanding it in our politicians? In the 1960s, the churches were free to answer positively and to act accordingly. Today, many churches and other centers of moral-minded community activism accept government money. They’d like it to continue, so they can do good works. Many who don’t get this money today may want to compete for it in the future.

We don’t bite the hand that feeds us.

I can’t tell you how to heal what we have become. At some basic level, when Americans decide to come home from Iraq, we will do it. But we are still in Korea, Japan and Germany, fifty years later, for reasons that have less to do with national security than national welfare. In the past decade we have launched new long-term military bases in several of the former Soviet satellites, and in Bosnia and Kosovo. Our bases in Iraq are matched by shiny new bases, or those under construction and expansion, in Qatar and Afghanistan and Djibouti. Most of us really don’t even want to know about all this unseemly activity.

Perhaps when the government hand stops feeding, medicating, educating and housing us, or perhaps when it incarcerates more than one in 37 of us, perhaps then we will be able to have a more moral foreign policy. Until then, perhaps it isn’t completely fair to place all the blame on that lousy Congress and our violent, small-minded president.

I had hoped to be able to share, at the conclusion of this already too long speech, some of the good things we might be able to do to improve the world condition, gain peace and reconciliation around the world, to forgive others and ourselves, and to go forward. Obviously, we should bring the troops home now, from everywhere around the world. But I truly don’t see our government as having any real part of this peace. I believe Randolph Bourne was right when he wrote in 1918, that “war is the health of the state.”

I’d like to close with a bit more from his famous essay. Bourne wrote,

We cannot crusade against war without crusading implicitly against the State. And we cannot expect, or take measures to ensure, that this war is a war to end war, unless at the same time we take measures to end the State in its traditional form. The State is not the nation, and the State can be modified and even abolished in its present form, without harming the nation.

This is the right – and perhaps the only – direction for those who prefer truth to lies, life over death, peace instead of violent conflict, freedom over slavery and occupation.

October 16, 2007

LRC columnist Karen Kwiatkowski, Ph.D. [send her mail], a retired USAF lieutenant colonel, has written on defense issues with a libertarian perspective for MilitaryWeek.com, hosted the call-in radio show American Forum, and blogs occasionally for Huffingtonpost.com and Liberty and Power. To receive automatic announcements of new articles, click here.

Copyright © 2007 Karen Kwiatkowski

Karen Kwiatkowski Archives

 
 
 

 
Find this article at:

http://www.lewrockwell.com/kwiatkowski/kwiatkowski193.html


**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

The Life and Death of “Manila John” By William Douglas Lansford

October 28, 2007 Leave a comment

http://tinyurl.com/3bxfft


The Life and Death of “Manila John”

By William Douglas Lansford

The Life and Death of “Manila John”
By William Douglas Lansford
If my only purpose were to resurrect a hero, to glorify him for posterity, I would start by saying that John Basilone had a sense of destiny. But this would be silly. He had no feeling of destiny. He was all here and now. No lofty speeches ever came from him to match his deeds, because he spoke directly in the “dem’s” and “dose’s” of a grade-school education romped through in New Jersey. He was a good boy, became a better man and eventually achieved greatness.
I first met Basilone after the balance of our war in the Pacific had shifted. A victorious Marine Corps (Guadalcanal, New Georgia, Bougainville, Tarawa) was adjusting to offensive tactics, which meant weapons like the .30-caliber machine gun. In 1944, after two years overseas with Carlson’s Raiders, I was assigned to the newly formed Fifth Marine Division at Camp Pendleton, Calif., and it was there I learned that “Manila John” Basilone, Medal of Honor winner, would be our “gunny.”

By then, Basilone was already a legend to all Americans. It’s a matter of record that a surprised first sergeant logged me in three days under my 30-day furlough, and it was worth every day. I suppose I’d formed some mental image of Basilone. I can’t clearly recall now, but there was a sense of brute strength and determination that went with that famous name. Certainly his citation suggested this. Everyone in America knew the story of that fantastic night on Guadalcanal.

It had begun on Edson’s Ridge in the final hours of daylight on 24 Oct. 1942. The daily rain had ended, and having just completed a check of his guns, Basilone sat in his foxhole kicking off his shoes and socks because his feet were soaked and itched like hell. Suddenly the field phone hissed. Someone at battalion was blowing in the mouthpiece to attract attention. Basilone picked it up.


“Yeah?”
“Basilone? There’s a large Jap force massing in front of your position. They outnumber you about a hundred to one. You’ve got to hold until we can reinforce.”

“Sure,” said Basilone.

As he hung up, the men around him raised their heads to catch the drift. Basilone slapped one on the helmet. “See ya in the funnies,” he said, and without putting his shoes back on, he slipped out through the mud to pass the word.

The night was eerily quiet as Basilone rechecked his machine-gun section. All was shipshape. “Basilone’s boys” knew how to use their ponchos. The trick wasn’t to stay comfortable, but to stay alive. The gunners were soaked, but their guns and ammo were dry. On the Canal an M1917A1 heavy machine gun with a cyclic rate of 400 to 600 rounds per minute was a boy’s best friend. It was Mom and Dad, and it beat the girl next door by a country mile, even if she baked the best apple pie in Raritan, N.J.

Behind Edson’s Ridge lay Henderson Field, about which the enemy had grown very touchy. For months, ever since the Yanks had pinned an “Under New Management” sign on it, the Japanese had kept livening up nights around the area. The night of the 24th promised to be even livelier than usual.

As darkness covered the jungle like a blanket, BasiloneÕs gunners squatted in their muddy holes. Civilians influenced by the media invariably pictured the “steaming jungles of Guadalcanal,” but many who served there still recall the cold discomfort of their dungarees plastered to their bodies by chilly rain and the icy metal of their weapons as they lay in slimy mud waiting for the enemy to move.

Japanese tactics weren’t varied, but they were spooky as hell. They’d start by tooting horns and whistles and shouting parroted threats like “Marine, you die!” Next they’d lay down a pattern of mortar and artillery fire, and when that lifted, you knew they were ready to banzai.

Basilone recalled that night for me later: ponchos off, machine-gun water hoses checked and tightened, new rounds chambered. And as the fires lifted, the Japanese broke cover, charging uphill in a full-scale frontal assault.


“Awright,” Basilone yelled. “Give it to ‘em!”
Leatherneck machine guns thundered along the line, lighting their muzzles with tongues of fire. In the darkness below, the muzzle-blasts of Hotchkiss and Nambus replied, while from the slopes and ravines Arasakis flashed like fireflies.

After what seemed like hours of savage fighting, a runner stumbled in with bad news: Basilone’s extreme flank was crumbling. Both guns were jammed. Only two riflemen remained alive. Yelling for his gunners to “keep shooting!” Basilone wrapped several belts of ammo about his neck and shoulders, grabbed a reserve machine gun and yelled,


“You other guys, come with me!”
Trotting down a trail dodging small-arms fire and grenade blasts, Basilone ran into an enemy patrol. Almost without pause, he chopped them down and kept going. Reaching the flank, Basilone set up his gun and began a one-man fight that would last all night. Covered by his team, he repaired his guns under repeated attacks. When the Japanese broke through he used his pistol. Firing one machine gun, Basilone would stop a charge, roll over to the next gun and stop another. When the water keeping the guns cool ran out, Basilone and his men filled the gun jackets with urine.

By midnight he was again down to only two riflemen, but he kept firing until 0330 when his ammo ran out.


“You guys hold here!” he yelled.
Shoeless and shirtless, Basilone drew his pistol and started up the Japanese-infiltrated ridge to his battalion (1st Bn, Seventh Marine Regiment, 1stMarDiv) command post. Pelted by rain, covered with mud and amid mortar and small-arms fire, he returned carrying nearly 100 pounds of ammo.


“That lousy last 100 yards!” he used to say. “I thought it would never end!”
Rejoining his men, Basilone found that reinforcements had arrived. But the over-used guns had fired so long that the barrels were burning out.


“Keep firing!” Basilone ordered as the Japanese launched a last, desperate attack.
The machine guns glowed cherry-hot, but he kept firing, punching holes in the charging ranks. Finally it was too much for the Japanese.

As a faint light filled the slope of Edson’s Ridge, evidence of the incredible battle began to appear. The field was piled with enemy dead and discarded equipment. Around Basilone’s guns lay 38 bodies, killed point-blank. It was later estimated that some 3,000 Japanese had thrown themselves at the Marine defenses, trying to plow their way into Henderson Field. Not since the Edson’s Raiders’ battle of 12-13 Sept. 1942 on that very same ridge had anything like it been seen. A Japanese regiment had been all but annihilated.

The following June, Mr. and Mrs. Salvatore Basilone of Raritan received one of those rare letters from their Marine son. It was characteristically short:


“Dear Mom, I am very happy, for the other day I received the Congressional Medal.”
The Basilones, from their son’s incidental comments, weren’t likely to grasp the significance of his award. Above and beyond its merit, the fact was that Staff Sergeant John Basilone, USMC had received the nation’s highest decoration. He was what America needed: a live hero from the ranks of those Spartan leathernecks still fighting on Guadalcanal.

Newspapers waxed poetic. Sob sisters described John as “tall, dark and very handsome.” His smile and “pixie” quality charmed mothers. As for the men, all they had to do was read his citation to know he wasn’t just “handsome,” like some spineless movie star. Not since Charles Augustus Lindbergh had there been such a perfect hero. He couldn’t have been better had he been born in a log cabin.

Actually, John Basilone was born in a frame house in Buffalo, N.Y., but the family soon relocated to Raritan, N.J. Mr. Basilone had come from Italy to be a tailor and raise an American family. Meanwhile, Mrs. Basilone, a motherly Catholic lady, had not neglected the spiritual upbringing of her children. John and his nine brothers and sisters were taught to love God, work hard and honor their country.

Many of Raritan’s residents (at that time, population: 5,000) remembered the prankish, happy little kid who made friends with everyone. John’s mother wanted him to go to high school, but at 15 he quit to drive a truck and caddy at the Raritan Golf Club. At 18, he joined the Army. It was 1934, and after recruit training he was posted to the Philippines, where he won a light-heavyweight, interservice boxing championship, fell in love with Manila and got himself a nickname.

After three years, Sergeant Basilone was discharged from the Army. He returned home to work in a chemical plant. But by 1940 he was too restless to wait for the war he saw coming. He joined the Marines as a private. Johnny was smart, full of confident leadership and knew his weapons. But the big Browning machine gun, .30-cal., Model 1917A1 that splendid, water-cooled, defensive gun was his meat. By the time the Japanese hit Pearl Harbor, Platoon Sergeant Basilone and his machine-gun section were ready.

Then came Guadalcanal, 24 Oct. 1942, and “The Medal.” Basilone returned to Raritan amid all the pomp and glory a hero-hungry nation could provide. Major Burns W. Lee recalled how, as a young lieutenant, he was assigned to escort the reluctant Basilone on a war bond tour. “John didn’t like it,” he said, chuckling. ” I asked if he owned a set of dress blues and he said, ‘What d’ya think I am, Lieutenant? A Navy Yard Marine?’ ”

The Basilone home was decked out with flags, the streets with streamers declaring: “Welcome Sgt J. Basilone!” It was ‘Basilone Day’ and John’s picture hung beside General Douglas MacArthur’s. More than 30,000 people crowded the streets for a glimpse of their hero. When they had finished cheering, the government presented him with a $5,000 war bond, and he sold them a staggering $1,400,000 in pledges for the Third War Loan Drive.

Movie queens buzzed him, politicians vied to shake his hand, and people rushed him, wanting to touch the medal around his neck. There was no denying it: Sgt Basilone, USMC was the biggest draw in the war bond business.

There was only one cloud in the Treasury Department’s sky: Basilone was very unhappy. Maj Lee recalled: “John said, ‘I’m becoming a museum piece. What if some Marines should land on Dewey Boulevard and Manila John ain’t with them?’ ”

He was offered a commission. TIME magazine quoted his reply: “I’m a plain soldier. I want to stay one.” He was sick of being “glamorous.” He kept asking for line duty. Headquarters’ idea of “line duty” was to transfer Basilone to the Washington, D.C., Navy Yard, where he continued to chafe.

Finally, he put it bluntly to his new commanding officer: “Sir, I’m a soldier. I belong with the fleet.” Luckily, Basilone had found a sympathetic ear. By the next day he was packing his seabag. According to Maj Walter Bandyk, USMC (Ret): “I was personnel sergeant major, 27th Marines, 5thMarDiv, when John reported for duty. Recognizing his Medal of Honor ribbon, I ushered him to the adjutant’s office. I informed Captain Fultz that John had requested the machine-gun company. The adjutant said, “Give him anything he wants.” John was constantly receiving orders from Headquarters, U.S. Marine Corps, Washington, D.C., to appear at fund drives to sell U.S. bonds. He came to my office to ask if I would write headquarters for authority to reject the requests so he could train with his company preparing for combat. He was losing too much time away from his troops. I wrote the request, and John received permission to accept or decline. He never again left his company.”

For better or worse, Gunnery Sergeant John Basilone was a member of 1st Bn, 27th Marines, 5thMarDiv, the last post he would ever hold. And it was then that our parallel paths crossed.

In 1944, Camp Pendleton could boast of numerous well-stocked slop chutes. It was in one of these that I noticed a jug-eared young gunny who wore his cap sideways, drank beer with the gusto of a millionaire guzzling champagne and laughed so infectiously that one couldn’t help liking him on sight. There was no cascade of decorations on his chest. He looked like no colossus who could dash about loaded with ammo belts, spitting death from machine guns cradled in his Òbrawny arms.”

The next day I saw him in front of the barracks, holding machine-gun drill. His cap was on straight, and he greeted me with the ease of an old friend: “You’re the new corporal, eh? It’s time to secure the butts. Wanna make a
run to the slop chute?” I admitted the notion had crossed my mind. Basilone’s service record book described him as pretty average: “ruddy, medium build, height: 5 feet 8 1/2 inches, weight: 158 pounds,” which certainly matched the guy I’d just met. Yet I had no doubt that this happy warrior was the “muscular giant” gloriously depicted in oils on a recent cover of Collier’s magazine. The tiny blue ribbon spangled with white stars hung above the ribbons for his Presidential Unit Citation, American Defense Service Medal and Asiatic-Pacific Campaign Medal.

Our meeting launched a friendship I will always value. Roy Elsner of Odessa, Texas, had a different take on Basilone: “I was a headquarters cook, and every day I’d see Basilone drilling you guys next to the barracks, but I never dared talk to John. I was only a private, and he was a big hero.”

Basilone did more than drill us. He taught our recruits the meaning of esprit de corps, and in those of us who had fought, he rekindled a desire to fight again. His simplicity, his cheerfulness, his grasp of human nature the charm and easy grace with which he carried his honors gave us not only confidence, but pride. We were “Basilone’s boys” and envied for it.

Despite John’s reluctance to play the hero, he’d picked up some useful lessons. When one of his boys was tossed in the brig, or lodged in the San Diego calaboose, Basilone would pick up a phone: “This is Gunnery Sergeant John Basilone,” he’d announce. “I understand ya got one of my kids. I’d appreciate your turnin’ him loose. I got a special mission for him.” No general, provost marshal or police chief could resist the old Basilone charm or The Medal.

Early that summer of 1944 it suddenly ended. We’d been alerted. Between 22 July and 12 Aug., the division began leaving San Diego by regiments for Hawaii. Camp Tarawa a pile of tents in the middle of the Parker Ranch in Kamuela had been built to house a shattered 2dMarDiv returning from a bloody speck of coral (Tarawa) it had bought with thousands of lives and torn bodies. That should have signaled our own fate, but we were veterans or boys eager to be veterans and the lessons of Tarawa held no terrors, for we Marines worshipped our traditions. Camp Tarawa would be our staging area, and we knew it.

Some time in December 1944 word came that we had been attached to V Amphibious Corps and would soon see action. We’d long expected that. Shortly after, we began practicing landings on “Island X, and it was clear that weekends in Hilo guzzling 5-Island Rum and chasing the girls of Kamuela were things of the past.

Some time back, I’d been promoted to sergeant and transferred to regimental headquarters as an intelligence noncommissioned officer, so I was no longer one of Basilone’s boys and I missed that. I visited Basilone in January 1945, only days before we were to ship out. I wanted to say goodbye to him and the guys, for we wouldn’t be sailing together.

As I approached their tent area I could see the whole goofy crew engaged in giving each other haircuts with the company tools. John, his arms covered with hair, stood back surveying a perfectly grotesque job he’d just performed on another guy. “Not bad,” he said. “Mohawk style oughta scare hell outta some poor Jap.” “It scares me,” I said, pulling off Basilone’s famous sideways cap.

The handsome John was clipped bald as a brass ball. He grinned. “What d’ya think?” Then, growing serious, “It’ll be cleaner. There’s no barbershops on Iwo Jima.”

The words echoed in my ears long after I’d left him. Iwo Jima. So that was “Island X.” Then I couldn’t help thinking: ten days before leaving Pendleton, John had married Sgt Lena Riggi, a pretty female Marine. So why wasn’t he back in Pendleton? His answer had always been, “I’m staying with my boys. They need me.” Perhaps it was the only answer that mattered. I wanted to stay longer, but I felt like an intruder.

“Charlie” Co was a different world, and I was no longer of it. They were assault troops. They could laugh and joke knowing theirs was a horrendous mission that they would somehow accomplish with grace and courage. I envied their humor, their fatalism and their easy acceptance of an uneasy future. What they had to do they would do.

Since John and I would land in different waves, I wanted to wish him luck, but luck’s not a word one uses. In such moments, banality’s the only refuge, so I said something banal and went back to my own area, feeling sad and wondering where Iwo Jima was.

On the morning of 19 Feb. 1945, we hit Red Beach on Iwo and started climbing its black sides under a storm of enemy mortars and artillery. Basilone had landed one wave earlier and apparently moved in. He didn’t know how to stand still. “Let’s go in and set up them guns for firing!” a correspondent later quoted him. Whose guns the correspondent was talking about is hard to imagine.

From the moment we landed it was total confusion: platoons and companies mixed up and in the wrong places; men and equipment sinking into the black sand while officers and NCOs drifted about, looking for their men. All this as Lieutenant General Tadamichi Kuribayashi’s presighted weapons tore our battalions to pieces.

In the midst of the hellish noise and confusion, two Marines were seen moving among the stalled troops shouting, cursing and moving them out. One was Colonel Louis C. Plain, the regimental executive officer of 27th Marines, who would soon be wounded and evacuated; the other was John Basilone.

Having cleared a path for the troops on the beach, Basilone gathered several more Marines, set up a base of fire and ordered them to hold while he went back for more men and weapons. On his way, Basilone spotted three M4 Sherman tanks, their water-cooled V-8s grinding like hell as they struggled up the beach under heavy fire. Knowing their value for knocking out bunkers, Basilone immediately took over.

Sgt Adolph Brusa, a mortar squad leader, remembered he suddenly looked up and there was this lone Marine with those tanks, “And I said to myself, ‘That’s John Basilone! What the hell is he doing, standing up when everybody else is hugging the ground?’ ”

What Basilone was doing was guiding the tanks through a minefield and pointing out targets while completely exposed to the fire aimed at the Shermans. Brusa later recalled the lead tank had a painting of a crowned snake, and its name was King Cobra. The two following it were the Rattler and the Python all members of the Snake Platoon from Lieutenant Colonel William R. “Ripper” Collins’ 5th Tank Bn.

Leaving the tanks on high ground, Basilone returned to round up more troops for the assault team he had started building near the edge of Motoyama Airfield #1. To do this he’d have to re-cross the steep volcanic beach where he had met the tanks and where many Marines were still pinned down by Kuribayashi’s relentless shelling and well-camouflaged pillboxes.

Among those trying to reorganize their scattered units was Major (later Col) Justin G. Duryea of the 1st Bn, 27th Marines. Duryea, who would lose an arm in an enemy mine explosion on D+18, was so impressed by Basilone’s heroism that he later recommended him for a second Medal of Honor.

Basilone had landed with the fourth wave at approximately 0930. It was now almost noon and throughout the battle he had risked his life repeatedly, disregarding every danger, to restore momentum to the stalled attack. It seemed nothing could touch him, yet by ignoring fires that would eventually kill or wound thousands of men, Basilone had finally pushed his luck beyond its limits.

Many men have said they saw John Basilone fall on the beach, which he did not. One said Basilone’s legs were blown off by a mine. Several claim they heard Basilone’s final words, and one said Basilone begged to be put out of his misery with his own pistol.

Perhaps the most credible eyewitness is Roy ElsnerÑthe headquarters cook who had watched our machine-gun drills back in Pendleton and who was now on Iwo. He said that when he and some buddies were hunting for their headquarters: “A few hundred yards from Motoyama Field #1 we heard an explosion, which caused us to look a bit to our right [toward the field]. We saw Basilone and the three guys who were with him fall. We reached them almost immediately.”

Author’s Note: Sometime after noon I came across a group of blackened bodies on the edge of Motoyama Airfield #1. Co C was advancing half a mile ahead, sweeping the flat field clean, when one of the dead caught my eye. He was a thin, pallid kid. His helmet was half off, and he lay face up, arched over his combat pack, with his jacket torn back and his mouth open. I vaguely recognized someone I had known in that lean, lifeless face beneath its dusty stubble of hair. “That’s John Basilone,” said one of the men standing around. “He just got it.” “That’s b—s—. I know Basilone. We were in the same company.” Someone else said, “That’s Basilone.” I walked around and asked, “Is this Basilone?” A guy I knew said, “Yeah. He was briefing his guys when a mortar scored a direct hit. It killed them all.” I went and studied the dead man closely, but I didn’t touch him. The shell had landed at his feet, sending shrapnel into his groin, neck and left arm. He looked incredibly thin like an undernourished kid, with his hands near his stomach as though it hurt. This was the hero of Guadalcanal, the joy of a nation, the pride of the Marines and my friend, Manila John Basilone.

Editor’s Note: As a Marine sergeant with Carlson’s Raiders. Bill Lansford acquired 18 awards and decorations and a lifelong interest in guerrilla warfare. His first book, “Pancho Villa,” was made into a major motion picture by Paramount Studios. Since then, Lansford has authored many stories and articles. The Marines are still his favorite subject.

http://tinyurl.com/3bxfft

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Give him room and do like he says…

October 28, 2007 Leave a comment


(From Marine Ray Jacobs)

Give him room and do like he says…

A little tale about the Marine Corps Gunnery Sergeant.
Incredible that some people actually think marines can sometimes be arrogant and obnoxious. Hard to imagine. Absolutely amazing and completely absurd. Unbelievable. Totally uncalled for. — Do you know the Gunny?

The Gunny:

The Gunny doesn’t sleep with a night light. The Gunny isn’t afraid of the dark. The dark is afraid of the Gunny.

The Gunny once visited The Virgin Islands. They are now called The Islands.

The Gunny once counted to infinity . . twice!

The Gunny frequently donates blood to the Red Cross, just never his own.

Superman owns a pair of Gunny pajamas.

The Gunny has never paid taxes. He just sends in a blank form and includes a picture of himself.

If the Gunny is late, then time had damn well better slow down.

The Gunny has the greatest Poker Face ever. He once won the 1982 World Series of Poker despite the fact that he held only a Joker, a 2 of clubs, a 7 of spades, a Monopoly Get-Out-Of-Jail card, and a green number 4 UNO card.

The Gunny once sold his soul to the devil in exchange for his rugged good looks and unparalleled strength. He then beat up the devil and took back his soul. The devil, who appreciates irony, couldn’t stay mad and admitted he should have seen it coming. They now play poker every second Wednesday of the month.

When the Gunny was in middle school, his English teacher assigned an essay:
“What is courage?” The Gunny received an A+ for turning in a blank page wi th only his name at the top.

The Gunny actually died four years ago, but the Grim Reaper can’t get up the courage to tell him.

The Gunny refers to himself in the fourth person.

The Gunny can divide by zero.

If the Gunny ever calls your house, be in! The Gunny doesn’t leave messages; he leaves warnings.

The Gunny can slam a r evolving door.

The Gunny was sending an email one day, when he realized that it would be faster to run.

One time in an airport a guy accidentally called the Gunny “buddy.” He explained it was an honest mistake and apologized profusely. The Gunny accepted his apology and politely shook hands. The guy knew exactly what had happened, and blames nobody but himself.

When the Gunny exercises, the machine gets stronger.

Bullets dodge the Gunny.

The Gunny once took an entire bottle of sleeping pills. They made him blink . . . once.

The first lunar eclipse took place after the Gunny challenged the sun to a staring contest. The sun blinked first.

The Gunny never used a question mark in his entire life. He believes that the interrogative tense is a sign of weakness.

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Hillary Clinton Accuser Claims New Evidence of Fraud In Documentary

October 26, 2007 1 comment

http://www.foxnews.com/printer_friendly_story/0,3566,305485,00.html

FOXNews.com
Hillary Clinton Accuser Claims New Evidence of Fraud in Documentary

Friday , October 26, 2007
By Sharon Kehnemui Liss

WASHINGTON -
One gift that Hillary Clinton is unlikely to enjoy on her 60th birthday Friday is the premiere of “Hillary Uncensored,” a scathing documentary whose 13-minute trailer has been No. 1 on Google Video since Oct. 10, with more than 1.1 million views to date.

The film’s first full-length showing is scheduled for Friday night at Harvard University, followed by viewings at universities through the weekend and a wrap Tuesday at the Metropolitan Club in New York City.

Among the allegations summarized in the documentary:

- Bill and Hillary Clinton solicited cash from Peter F. Paul, an international lawyer and businessman, even after Hillary Clinton’s campaign manager told The Washington Post she would not take money from him;

- FBI agents and U.S. attorneys colluded with the Clintons to keep Paul, who was convicted of cocaine possession and fraud, tangled up in the criminal courts for years;

- The Clintons later made sure Paul was kept in a Brazilian prison for 25 months, including 58 days in a maximum security cellblock nicknamed the “Corridor of Death,” while the Justice Department waited to extradite him;

- Hillary Clinton still hasn’t filed reports to the FEC enumerating Paul’s excessive contributions to her 2000 Senate campaign.

Click here to see the trailer video posted on YouTube (part 1).

Click here to see the trailer video posted on YouTube (part 2)

Hillary Clinton’s 2008 presidential campaign spares no kindness about its view of Paul, whose long arrest record, officials say, demonstrates his inherent deceit.

“Peter Paul is a professional liar who has four separate criminal convictions, two for fraud. His video repackages a series of seven-year-old false claims about Senator Clinton that have already been rejected by the California state courts, the Justice Department, the Federal Election Commission and the Senate Ethics Committee,” Clinton’s campaign said in a statement to FOXNews.com.

While it’s a coincidence that the film about the New York senator and Democratic presidential candidate is being released on her birthday, the movie’s producers say it is no accident the film’s trailer is getting such attention.

Douglas Cogan, a businessman-turned-associate producer and researcher for the film, said he’s made it his mission to expose what he calls “the greatest campaign finance fraud that ever has been committed.”

The Clintons think “they are truly above the law,” Cogan said. “My country has never seen anyone like Hillary Rodham Clinton.”

The allegations in the film are not new, although much of the video is. The film resurrects claims made by the thrice-convicted Paul that he unwittingly agreed to violate election-funding laws in exchange for a pledge from Bill Clinton to work with him in his new venture, Stan Lee Media, after Clinton left the presidency.

The documentary revisits Paul’s claim that, in exchange for Bill Clinton’s promise to promote Stan Lee Media overseas, for which Paul said he was willing to pay $17 million, he also agreed to produce an August 2000 fundraising gala in Hollywood for Hillary Clinton’s 2000 New York Senate campaign.

“My interest in supporting Hillary Clinton was specifically to hire Bill Clinton,” Paul told FOXNews.com in a telephone interview, noting that Clinton’s 2000 Senate campaign “concocted” the whole idea of the fundraiser.

Paul said he believed that in exchange for organizing the gala, “I had accomplished the hiring of the president of the United States to work with me when he left the White House.”

The gala cost $1.2 million, which was under-reported to the Federal Election Commission and led to the arrest of Clinton’s then-Senate campaign fundraising chief, David Rosen.

Rosen was found not guilty; a co-host of the gala, Aaron Tonken, was sentenced in a separate case to more than five years in prison for misappropriating funds for charity to pay for fundraisers featuring Hollywood celebrities.

Paul never got to work with Bill Clinton. Stan Lee Media filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in February 2001, long after it became apparent to Paul that Clinton wasn’t going to join the company and, Paul alleges, had stolen one of Stan Lee Media’s chief investors.

Paul writes off his convictions in the 1970s for cocaine possession and defrauding Fidel Castro of $8.7 million as part of an international anti-Castro effort gone wrong. He adds that the securities fraud plea that he agreed to cop in March 2005 was to get out of jail after 43 months in Brazilian and New York prisons. He still is awaiting sentencing on that plea despite being under house arrest since then.

As for the Rosen case, he calls that a farce aimed at getting a Clinton crony off the hook. The accompanying civil case, he said, also set a legal precedent Hillary Clinton later used to get out of being a defendant in his case against her and her husband.

“I am not the one-dimensional villain that I am portrayed to be, but I am the victim not only of the Clintons” but of their associates, who Paul says tried to steal his assets and wrap him up in a corrupt court system.

“Not only was the indictment and the trial (of Rosen) a scam, the judge … turned it into a referendum on the credibility of Peter Paul,” Paul said, also faulting the prosecutor for not objecting to Judge Howard Matz’s characterization of Paul as a con man during his instructions to the jury.

“You conclude either that the prosecutor is incompetent or, worse, that the prosecutor is dogging the case.”

Paul claims that while he has been prosecuted and marginalized by the Clintons, his video evidence proves his case against them – that the power couple defrauded him by falsely pledging the former president’s post-White House services in exchange for footing the bill for all the gala’s expenses.

That video documentation, however, may be worth only the revenue from copies sold. The California Court of Appeals last week upheld, 3-0, a lower court’s ruling to excuse Hillary Clinton as a defendant in that suit. The court also noted that the new video isn’t new evidence.

“In his motion to admit new evidence, Paul also seeks to admit the videotaped recording of the July 17, 2000, telephone call to demonstrate Senator Clinton had sufficient knowledge of Paul’s business enterprises and the president’s involvement with Paul such that it would not have been a ‘fishing expedition’ to depose her. While the recording itself may have only been recently obtained by Paul, the substance of the conference call is not new evidence,” reads the ruling written by Judge P.J. Perluss.

Nonetheless, the conference call with then-first lady Clinton is among the most compelling moments in the new documentary. The video, taken in Paul’s Beverly Hills office a month before the gala, shows on one end of a teleconference, Paul, Tonken and their business partner Alana Stewart, Rod Stewart’s ex-wife. On the other end is Hillary Clinton.

Clinton can be heard saying: “Whatever it is you’re doing, is it OK if I thank you? … I am very appreciative and it sounds fabulous. I got a full report from Kelly (White House adviser Kelly Craighead) today when she got back and told me everything that you’re doing and it just sounds like it’s going to be a great event. But I just wanted to call and personally thank all of you. I’m glad you’re all together so I could tell you how much this means to me, and it’s going to mean a lot to the president, too.”

Paul’s attorney, Colette Wilson, argues that Clinton’s conversation proves she was in violation of campaign finance rules preventing candidates from personally having a hand in coordinating fundraising events in excess of $25,000.

The appeals court’s ruling to dismiss Hillary Clinton as a defendant is flawed because “my evidence showed that this gala was coordinated between the candidate and Peter Paul,” Wilson said. “The whole basis of (Clinton’s motion to dismiss) was her right to solicit campaign contributions, so she admitted” she knew about the gala planning.

Wilson said that the appeals court also erred when it cited the lower court’s claim that they were on a “fishing expedition” by demanding to depose Clinton about her knowledge of the gala.

“I would attack that by saying that the case is defined as too broad [when it] is asking to take a lot of people’s depositions. A fishing expedition means you don’t have a clue whether the person has any evidence or not,” she said.

But Wilson acknowledged that it’s the court’s discretion to admit new evidence or not.

“They don’t have to allow it in. The cutoff is what was available during the lower court submission,” she said.

Wilson contends that several of the videotapes, including the would-be smoking gun, weren’t available to Paul because they were confiscated by the FBI when the securities fraud investigation began in 2001 and were withheld from Paul until April of this year, long after the lower court heard the case.

“They still have the originals,” she noted, adding that the FBI sent the videos to a vendor to be copied and sent to Paul.

Wilson said she’s not certain she wants to appeal for an en banc hearing of the entire appeals court or to ask the California Supreme Court to take the case because it could mean a delay of two years before they can return to the underlying case – the alleged fraud committed by the Clintons in pledging that Bill Clinton would work for Stan Lee Media.

Of that, Wilson and Paul claim to have plenty of evidence and still are able to depose Hillary Clinton as a material witness.

Paul said he also is prepared to keep open the case against the Clintons through other means. He is filing a new complaint with the FEC and is requesting that when Michael Mukasey is confirmed as U.S. attorney general, he investigate how the government could have prosecuted Rosen when authorities knew he did not commit a crime.

Cogan said he hopes the film also shines light on Hillary Clinton’s presidential campaign.

“Hillary can no longer feign ignorance in what went on here,” he said. “I think she is absolutely an unthinkable commander in chief.”

Click here to view more information on the allegations made in the film.

Click here to learn more about Peter F. Paul.

SEARCH
Click here for FOX News RSS Feeds

Advertise on FOX News Channel, FOXNews.com and FOX News Radio
Jobs at FOX News Channel.
Internships At Fox News (Summer Application Deadline is March 15, 2007)
Terms of use. Privacy Statement. For FOXNews.com comments write to
foxnewsonline@foxnews.com; For FOX News Channel comments write to
comments@foxnews.com
© Associated Press. All rights reserved.
This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten, or redistributed.

Copyright 2007 FOX News Network, LLC. All rights reserved.
All market data delayed 20 minutes.

*********************

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

FEMA’s Fake News Conference

October 26, 2007 Leave a comment

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1916921/posts

FEMA’S FAKE ‘NEWS CONFERENCE’
msnbc ^ | 10.26.07 | From NBC’s Kelly O’Donnell
Posted on 10/26/2007 4:07:22 PM EDT by trumandogz
From NBC’s Kelly O’Donnell On Tuesday, FEMA held what was called a “news briefing” on the California fires, but the questions asked did not come from reporters. They were asked instead by FEMA staffers. VIDEO: FEMA apologizes for having staff workers pretend to be reporters at a news briefing on the Southern California wildfires. NBC’s Jeannie Ohm has the story. “It is not a practice that we would employ here at the White House or that we — we certainly don’t condone it,” Press Secretary Dana Perino said. “We didn’t know about it beforehand. FEMA has issued an apology, saying that they had an error judgment when they were attempting to get out a lot of information to reporters, who were asking for answers to a variety of questions in regard to the wildfires in California.

(Excerpt) Read more at firstread.msnbc.msn.com

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1916921/posts

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original/The Only” Gunny G
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html
HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
Police Out of Control! – A Gunny G Wiki…
http://gunnygcops.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Editorial/Political Cartooning: History/Examples of, etc.

October 26, 2007 1 comment


http://tinyurl.com/2a9d43

Editorial/Political Cartooning: History/Examples of, etc.
by R.W. “Dick” Gaines

Political cartoons have always been with us at least back through the American Civil War (so-called). Upon closer examination I find that the concept reaches even further back into history (see the reference/example below, etc.)

“An editorial cartoon, also known as a political cartoon, is an illustration or comic strip containing a political or social message, that usually relates to current events or personalities.”
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Editorial_cartoon

Myself, I have always thought of these cartoons as both official/professional and also personal, e.g., many of them are to be found in both major and minor publications, but also of common ordinary folks, soldiers, etc.The G.I.s of WW II, for instance, were forever leaving behind their “Kilroy Was Here” graffiti wherever their duties took them.


Lately, however–the Iraq war era–the one incident of a political or editorial cartoon that is most memorable, rightly or wrongly, I think, is the one that immediately follows below…

Sadistic irony
By TrevorBothwell

Jun 12, 2006

In the June 7 edition of its newspaper, The Arizona Republic published a repulsive cartoon by Steve Benson that desecrates the U.S. Marine Corps’ Eagle, Globe and Anchor emblem and defames the USMC as a collection of wanton murderers. The source of Benson’s vitriol? The alleged murders of 24 Iraqis at Haditha in November 2005.

Normally I resist the temptation to reprint professional cartoons without first receiving proper permissions, and this time is no different. However, this cartoon truly must be seen to be believed. Simply go to Benson’s page here, click on “See previous Benson cartoons,” and click “next” until you arrive at slide 3 of 54. Benson depicts the Corps’ globe symbol as running with blood while bastardizing the USMC acronym to stand for “United States Massacre Cover-Up.”

Perhaps in Benson’s twisted mind our Marines are all war criminals fighting an illegal war for oil and intergalactic domination. After all, Steve Benson is known for his oftentimes inflammatory drawings. But publishing this type of cartoon should be beyond the pale even for the mainstream media, not least because this prejudges the Marines involved in this incident, not one of whom has been charged to date in an investigation that is still ongoing.

Unfortunately, I’m no longer capable of uttering “unbelievable” at the sight of such filth because this type of behavior is all too commonplace today. An American media that virtually as a whole couldn’t find the stones to publish the Mohammed cartoons — laughably passing out of so-called respect for religious symbols and “tolerance” — has little problem poking its stick into the collective eye of the world’s finest fighting force.

This is not an issue of a newspaper’s right to publish such a cartoon. Certainly it has such right, and I’m sure every Marine would acknowledge the same. But ideas matter. History matters. The Mohammed cartoons were published as part of a debate over whether the free media self-censored out of fear that criticism of a radicalized religious mindset would draw retribution from Muslims — an assumption immediately validated by the ensuing riots throughout the Muslim world. By contrast, the publication of Benson’s cartoon enabled editors at The Arizona Republic to take a cheap shot at the United States Marines while they confidently assumed they’d face no beheadings as a result.

It is some sadistic irony that they defame the very people who are responsible for their freedom to publish such trash.

Find this story at: http://www.townhall.com/blogs/c-log/TrevorBothwell/
story/2006/06/12/200930.html


*****************************

Read more…

The Essence of Liberty #171, Ch 14: War & Foreign Policy-Soviet Foreign Policy

October 25, 2007 Leave a comment

http://www.flyoverpress.com

The Essence of Liberty: Part 171 

Compiled and Summarized by 

Dr. Jimmy T. (Gunny) LaBaume 

Summary of For a New Liberty: The Libertarian Manifesto by Murray N. Rothbard. The complete book is available for download at: http://www.mises.org/rothbard/newliberty.asp 

Chapter 14: War and Foreign Policy 

Soviet Foreign Policy

(Editor’s Note: This section was originally written in the present tense. However, since the collapse of the Soviet Union , it is now mostly history. Therefore, I have taken the liberty to change the tense of most of the verbs from the present to the past.)

During the cold war, American foreign policy was based on the assumption of a Russian attack. But, was that a realistic assumption?

No doubt, the Soviets would have liked to replace the existing social systems with communism. But this would hardly mean that any sort of attack would have been realistic. In the first place, Marxism itself holds that victory is inevitable. After all, the tensions and contradictions within each society would inevitably lead to internal revolution or democratic change leading to communism. In other words, the very idea of “exporting” communism on the backs of the Soviet military was contradictory to Marxist-Leninist theory. And, Marxist-Leninist theory, with its goal of world Communism, was the sole basis for the cold warrior’s conjuring up of the threat.

Of course, this was not meant to say that Soviet leaders would never have done anything contrary to their guiding theory. But, as ordinary rulers of a nation-state, the case for an imminent threat was weakened. This is because, if Soviet rulers were acting in the interest of their own nation-state, the argument for imminent military assault crumbles.

The Bolsheviks gave little thought to foreign policy because they firmly believed that Communist revolution would soon follow in the industrial countries. After World War I they adopted a foreign policy of “peaceful coexistence.” Although Russia was to serve as a beacon and supporter of Communism throughout the world, it would promote peaceful relations and not try to export Communism through warfare. Survival was the foremost goal of foreign policy. The state was never to be endangered by inter-State warfare.

As time went on, this policy was reinforced by “conservatism.” Keeping power took precedence over the ideal of world revolution. This served to strengthen their “peaceful coexistence” policy.

The Bolsheviks were the only political party during World War I to clamor for an immediate pullout. Indeed, they went so far as to call for the defeat of their own government (“revolutionary defeatism”). Then, when the Bolsheviks took power, Lenin concluded the “appeasement” peace of Brest-Litovsk in 1918. This took Russia out of the war at the price of granting the Germans parts of the Russian empire. In other words, the Bolsheviks started out as a “peace-at-any-price” party.

After World War I the new Polish State attacked Russia and grabbed a part of White Russia and the Ukraine . In addition, several other national groups ( Finland , Estonia , Latvia , and Lithuania ) broke away. But, it was clear to Soviet rulers that the old Russian State was supposed to remain intact. So, the emphasis of both Russian and German foreign policy was to recapture their pre-World War I borders—what they considered the “true” borders of their States.

Germany , under Hitler, took strong measures to recapture their lost territories. But, Soviet leaders were cautious and did nothing until after the Stalin-Hitler pact when there was no danger in doing so.

On June 22, 1941, Germany launched an unprovoked assault on the Soviet Union . This was one of the pivotal facts in history. Stalin was so unwarlike and so unprepared for the assault that Germany was almost able to conquer Russia . Hitler was so motivated by anti-Communist ideology that he threw away rationality and launched the beginning of his ultimate defeat.

Since most cold warriors approved of the alliance between the uS and Russia during World War II, most of them concede that the Soviets were not aggressive until World War II. But this overlooks the German assault of Russia in June of 1941. There is no doubt but what Germany started this war making it necessary for the Russians to roll back and conquer the German army. In fact, it would be easier to make the case that the uS was more expansionist than Russia . After all the uS conquered and occupied Germany and Italy neither of which ever directly attacked it.

The uS, Britain, and Russia agreed on joint three-power occupation of the conquered territories at the end of the war. The uS was the first to break that agreement by refusing to allow Russia a role in the military occupation of Italy . Despite this, in order to preserve peaceful relations, Stalin held back the various Communist movements in France and Italy . As a result, these movements were soon ousted from the coalition. He also abandoned the Communist movements in Greece and urged them to turn over power to the British. However, leaders of partisan groups in other countries (Tito in Yugoslavia and Mao in China ) refused Stalin’s requests. These rejections were the beginning of the ”schisms” that developed within the Communist world during the Cold War.

Russia occupied and governed Eastern Europe after winning a war that was launched against her. Its initial goal was not to communize but to assure that Eastern Europe would not be the avenue of assault on Russia that it had been in the past. Russia wanted countries on its borders which were not anti-Communist in a military sense and would not be used as a springboard for invasion. Only in Finland did Russia find non-Communist politicians it could trust to be peaceful. Therefore, it was willing to pull its troops out even though it had fought two wars with Finland in recent years.

In other Eastern European countries Russia maintained coalition governments for several years not fully communizing them until 1948. Furthermore, she readily pulled her troops out of Austria and Azerbaijan.

If Russia had been hell-bent on imposing communism, then why the “soft line” on Finland ? The only plausible answer is that her primary motive was security for the nation-state with success of world communism being secondary.

The cold warriors were never able to explain the deep schisms in world Communism. If Communists are motivated by the mutual bond of Marxism-Leninism, how come the China-Russia split, the enmity between the Yugoslavia and Albania or the military conflict between Cambodia and Vietnam ? The answer is simple. Once a revolutionary movement seizes State power, it quickly takes on the attributes of a ruling class with a class interest in retaining State power. World revolution pales in the face of the conflicting interests of the State elites.

Since their victory over aggression in World War II, the Soviets have continued to be militarily conservative. They have only used troops to defend their territory and not to extend it further. The incidents in Hungary in 1956 and Czechoslovakia in 1968 were surely reprehensible. But nevertheless they were still conservative and defensive and not expansionist.

In no case since World War II did Russia use troops to extend or conquer more territory. The main thrust of Soviet conservatism was to preserve what it already had at home and abroad, not to jeopardize it. Its militaristic actions in Czechoslovakia were acts of imperial protectionism, not revolution or aggrandizement. Detente was not altruistic. It was in the Soviet national interest.

Even the anti-Soviet former CIA Director William Colby recognized the overwhelming concern of the Soviets to be the defensive and to avoid another catastrophic invasion.

Furthermore, even the Chinese have pursued a pacific foreign policy. They did not invade Taiwan . They allowed the islands of Quemoy and Matsu to remain in Chiang Kai-shek’s hands. They have not moved against British and Portuguese-occupied Hong Kong and Macao . Their invasion of Vietnam was a brief incursion followed by unilateral withdrawal. They declared a unilateral cease-fire and withdrew after having easily defeated the Indian army in their border war.

Next Previous


Copyright ©2004, FlyoverPress.com

Jimmy T. LaBaume, PhD, ChFC is a full professor teaching economics and statistics in the School of Agricultural and Natural Resource Sciences, Sul Ross State University, Alpine, TX. He does not speak for Sul Ross State University. Sul Ross State University does not think for him.

Dr. LaBaume has lived in Mexico and spent extended periods of time in South and Central America as a researcher, consultant and educator.

“Gunny” LaBaume is a decorated veteran of the Vietnam War and Desert Storm. His Marine Corps career spanned some 35 years intermittently from 1962 until 1997 when he refused to re-enlist with less than 2 years to go to a good retirement. In his own words, he “simply got tired of being guilty of treason.”

He is also currently the publisher and managing editor of FlyoverPress.com, a daily e-source of news not seen or heard anywhere on the mainstream media. He can be reached at jlabaume@sulross.edu.

Permission is granted to forward as you wish, circulate among individuals or groups, post on all Internet sites and publish in the print media as long as the article is published in full, including the author’s name and contact information and the URL www.flyoverpress.com.

FlyoverPress.com can be contacted at editor@flyoverpress.com


*Note: We hold no special government issued licenses or permits. We don’t accept government subsidies, bailouts, low-cost loans, insurance, or other privileges. We don’t lobby for laws that hurt our competitors. We actively oppose protectionism and invite all foreign competitors to try to under price us. We do not lobby for tariffs, quotas, or anti-dumping laws. We do not support the government’s budget deficits: we hold no government or agency securities.


HOME

E-mail

To Subscribe to our daily e-mail alert service, send an e-mail with the word “subscribe” on the subject line.

OUR SPONSORS


Options for Homeland Defense, Inc.

Professional Firearms Training at its finest.

Private and Descrete

Liberty Knows No Compromise

Protecting Liberty Through Private Firearms Ownership


AMERICAN LAPEL PINS & EMBLEMS, INC. has a large selection of patriotic lapel and hat pens, embroderied patches, badges, and service awards.

They also do custom work and can make just about anything. Your own pin complete with your logo or motto.

Visit their site.


The Warrior’s Press, Inc.

Military Manuals and Correspondence Courses

Infantry, Armor, Recon, Special Forces, Seals

Weapons; Tactics; Security; Intelligence; Nuclear, Biological and Chemical Warfare

We also carry a selection of unusual, outrageous and even banned books

Liberty Knows No Compromise

 

 

© Flyover Press All Rights Reserved.

Volunteer radar gunslingers nail speeders

October 25, 2007 1 comment

Page 3A

Volunteer radar gunslingers nail speeders

By Joanne Bratton
USA TODAY

http://tinyurl.com/2ltqk7

Speeders beware. Your neighbors might have you on their radar. That’s the message police departments across the country are trying to send by loaning residents radar guns and turning them into neighborhood speed watchers.

Volunteers can’t ticket the drivers they catch breaking the speed limit, but their reports can result in warning letters being sent by police, depending on how fast the drivers were going.

Police say the program is worth it if it can make even a few motorists obey speed limits. “It’s one more element of enforcing speed,” says Lt. Daniel Furseth of the DeForest Police Department in Wisconsin.

For the past year, the village has allowed residents to borrow a battery-operated radar gun for a week or two, sit on their front lawns and record the speeds of passing motorists.

Typically, a warning letter is sent when speeds are 13 mph over the limit, but it depends on the residential area, Furseth says.

The police department has sent out a couple dozen warning letters, he says. “One parent called and was glad we sent a letter,” Furseth says. “But it’s not always the kids (who are speeding) � it’s the soccer moms, too.”

Elsewhere:

•Residents in Loveland, Ohio, are invited to sign up in teams of two or three to use the Stalker II, a hand-held, battery-operated radar gun.

•In the Chicago suburb of Naperville, Ill., residents affiliated with homeowners associations use the radar guns. “Some people seemed surprised. Some took notice and slowed down,” says Bob Fischer, director of the Naperville Area Homeowners Confederation. “Others were angry that we were interfering with their inherent right to get to the train station � or back home � as quickly as possible.”

•In Shawnee, Kan., a suburb of Kansas City, police allow residents to use radar guns on residential streets that are posted 25 mph or less, police Sgt. Doug Orbin says. The volunteer must stay in his or her vehicle while using the radar gun, he says.

•This week, the police department in The Dalles, Ore., started taking names of interested citizens who want to be neighborhood speed watchers.
Page 3A

http://tinyurl.com/2ltqk7

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

We few, we happy few, we band of brothers -

October 24, 2007 2 comments

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1915972/posts

The FReeper Canteen, Oct 25th, 2007 – St. Crispin’s Day
25 OCT 2007 | Old Sarge
Posted on 10/24/2007 9:20:17 PM EDT by Old Sarge

 

Welcome to the 25 OCT 07 edition of
The FReeper Canteen!

Today, we shall tour the field of the Battle of Agincourt,
fought upon the feast of Saint Crispin!

We few, we happy few, we band of brothers -
For he today that sheds his blood with me
Shall be my brother, be he ne’er so vile
This day shall gentle his condition!
 

And gentlemen in England now-a-bed

Shall think themselves accurs’d they were not here,

And hold their manhood cheap while any speaks

That fought with us upon St. Crispin’s Day!!

 

(Henry V Act 4, Scene 3, by William Shakespeare)

PRELUDE TO THE BATTLE

On 24th October 1415 the English army, led by a screen of scouts, marched through the Picardy town of Frévent, now within 30 miles of Calais and safety. As the army entered the valley beyond the town, the scouts came riding back at speed with the news that an immense army blocked the road. The French had managed to march past the English and cut across their route during the delay on the Somme.

 

A Welsh man-at-arms, David Gambe, on being questioned by King Henry as to the size of the French army, said “There are enough to kill, enough to capture and enough to run away.”

That evening an air of resignation hung over the English, caused by the heavy rain that began to fall and the enormous French camp two miles up the road, marked in the dark by myriads of twinkling fires, laughter and music: the French had little doubt but that they would prevail the next day.

 

During the night Henry made his way around his army giving words of encouragement; a dramatic episode made much of by Shakespeare.

THE BATTLE OF AGINCOURT

The next morning, the feast of St Crispin and a public holiday in England, the English army took up position across the road to Calais in three divisions of knights and men-at-arms; the Archers formed wedged divisions along the front. Further down the road the French army was forming for battle. In front of the English position two forests approached the road from each side, leaving an area of muddy plough between them, insufficient for the French army to deploy with ease when every French knight of significance wished to be in the front with his retinue; the mass of knights and men-at-arms too compacted and unwieldy to maneuver or control.

 

The English soldiers knelt down before the battle commenced and kissed the ground as a symbol that they might be returning to the earth before the day was over.

Read more…

Is Ron Paul really so crazy?

October 24, 2007 Leave a comment

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1915765/posts

Is Ron Paul really so crazy? (townhall)
Townhall.com ^ | 10/23/07 | Jason Wharton

Posted on 10/24/2007 3:03:08 PM EDT by traviskicks

Is Ron Paul crazy for his position on the war and for criticizing our nation’s foreign policy? Many believe this to be the case. But, might we be mischaracterizing Ron Paul by over simplifying or clouding the issues? A much closer examination based on facts and sound principles is in order. In the end I will conclude that Ron Paul is indeed crazy. Sorry to spoil it for you.

There are many things in his favor. To answer pressing questions of our time, Ron Paul relies on historical facts many American’s are ignorant of. He isn’t afraid to reveal clandestine operations and interventions motivated out of our national self-interest or special-interests that have had detrimental results to other peoples in the world.

He is even bold enough to admit there is a tendency on the part of government to cover-up things to maintain a façade that we are always on moral high-ground in the world. Some see in him a rare privilege to have a candidate step forward with a willingness to reveal these inconvenient truths while others choose to characterize him as a “Blame America First” fringe candidate and dismiss the possibility that he could be on to something.

Ron Paul’s tendency towards transparency on these matters is at the root of why he is being attacked and marginalized because there is so much denial due to various forms of conditioning of people’s opinions. Some people simply can’t accept the reality that we are not always angelic and beneficial to others in the world as we were taught in grade school but this is an area where a reality check is definitely in order.

For example, who is it that “radicalized” Islam to fight against the Russians? We did! We created Osama Bin Laden. We created and installed Sadaam Hussein. We have been purposely destabilizing numerous regions and have and are causing all kinds of malice and strife among nations. Could Al Qaeda actually be like Frankenstein’s Monster? Do we really want to tamper so frivolously with the Law of the Harvest as we have been for decades? We deserve to know the facts as a self-governing nation so that We the People can make the best decisions. It’s our responsibility to search them out.

Ron Paul’s popularity is because there are many who are hungry for answers that make sense of all they see going on in the world who don’t buy the idea that we are hated because we are rich and free. These people want the truth and are willing to accept the truth of our nation’s imperfections, even if they are unintended consequences of well-meaning actions. Inevitably, this is the crowd who is willing to face up to the reality this implies and to seek to make the world a better place in as peaceful manner as possible. Does this sound insane to you?

Ron Paul’s impeccable record of public and private conduct gives him a very rare position to speak on all matters of his platform without hypocrisy; especially where Constitutional matters are concerned. Coupled with his obvious absence of guile when he speaks he is greatly enlarging the soul of this nation. He is the heart of a much needed revolution to put aside shaping this world through force and control and replacing it with going back to setting a good example and using persuasion and friendship instead, reserving force of arms strictly for self-defense as a last resort only. Is this crazy?

Ron Paul sees Iran as acting in a very logical manner based on what he knows of the history and current events. He recognizes all we are doing to engender strife and conflict and sees how it is coming back to haunt us as countries seek to defend themselves against our policies of aggression. He sees how the continuation and escalation of these failing policies of our past will simply make our national security more threatened. There is an excellent video hosted by TownHall.com where Ron Paul talks about this: Video Link

I am eager to hear other’s perspectives and see if I can discern any blind spots or failings in Ron Paul’s platform but so far nobody has prevailed against him. Bill O’Reilley’s attempt was miserable because he refused historical facts and valid parallels to be examined to establish a reasoned perspective. Please watch this video: Video Link

There was a post here on TownHall.com by Phil Harris on 10/23/07 where he says that Ron Paul is giving a prescription for disaster but Phil also failed to convince me. In fact, Phil convinced me all the more that Ron Paul’s detractors are the ones prescribing the path to disaster. The path Phil promoted is nothing short of an all-out full scale escalation of war with the defined goal to utterly and totally subdue the Islamic people based on the notion that the Islamic people simply want Israel and the USA exterminated from the planet. He promotes the idea that we either annihilate them pre-emptively or they will annihilate us. He leaves no room for any other scenario in his perspective. In either case he promotes there is certain disaster so by his own admission he is the one issuing the prescription of disaster, not Ron Paul.

This kind of over simplification is a brainwashing tactic that tries to get people to think they are helpless and without alternatives while they accuse their opponent of exactly what they themselves are guilty of. Reasoning from a fear-based viewpoint tends to exhibit this kind of contracted and self-accusing thinking and those doing it are knowingly or unknowingly acting as an agent for those who stand to benefit from the war and destruction this mentality will assure. Phil acts as if we are totally powerless to effect real solutions that will avert the death and destruction an all out world conflict would cause. Thanks to having Ron Paul on the stage we get to hear valid alternatives even if they sound crazy to some.

There is a better way but it involves us humbling ourselves as a nation and repenting of our evils we have perpetrated and forgiving the evils that have been perpetrated against us. The world overall will be a much better place by abiding by these principles and trusting in our Creator who gave us these principles with the promise that “eternal life” comes to all who abide by them. This is Ron Paul’s platform and it will save this nation, not sacrifice it.

With all the advances in technology we had better evolve as a people before we self-destruct and render our precious planet uninhabitable in our foolish pride and fears born of false assumptions. Could the “eternal life” spoken of in the Bible actually be referring to the set of principles we must collectively live by in order to avoid a conflict to such a point that this planet is rendered unable to accommodate our presence? This question deserves our most serious and sincere consideration. The last person we want in front of “the button” is a myopic fear-based person who is prone to shoot first and ask questions later.

Our current mentality insists that we have to force and sculpt global conditions to stamp out any potential threat pre-emptively as if there is no Creator watching over and protecting this nation. Unfortunately, this is the very mentality that will cause us to become unworthy of divine protection and we will be left to our own strength and devices and we will become considered as “salt that has lost its savor” and we will end up “trodden under the foot of men”. This is universal law in my book.

I implore everyone to set aside some time to do some sincere and humble research into this issue and even make it a matter of prayer/meditation and fasting. I challenge everyone to assure you are not taking this responsibility to chose our Commander in Chief lightly. I challenge all to step up and articulate their position that strikes against the establishment’s headlong plunge of our nation into an abyss of death and destruction as Phil, not Ron Paul, is prescribing.

And, as I promised, I do sincerely conclude that yes, Ron Paul is crazy. He is taking on a very powerful group that have patiently endeavored for generations to acquire the positions of power they control and Ron Paul is courageously standing up and giving our nation an opportunity to wake up and keep this nation a free country governed by We the People. The adversary of our freedom is only authorized to sieze the power we willingly lay down. If we don’t wisely govern ourselves the default governance imposes a loss of our liberties and we only have ourselves to blame. There is nothing to fear when we seek with all our hearts, might, mind and strength to be responsible and passionate about maintaining our liberties. Darkness cannot abide the light.
This is a very defining moment in our nation’s history. All Americans should do a reality check on Ron Paul before dismissing him. We as a nation of self-governance must be willing to stand up and accept the responsibility to be vigilant in preserving our individual liberties and champion those who take the lead, crazy though they are for doing it.

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/f-news/1915765/posts

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Ron Paul In Negotiations for Big Day-Time TV Appearance?

October 24, 2007 Leave a comment

http://www.freemarketnews.com/index.asp

FMNN logo

Ron Paul in Negotiations for Big Day-Time TV Appearance?
Tuesday, October 23, 2007 – FreeMarketNews.com

Sources tell FMNN that there are negotiations to put GOP presidential candidate Ron Paul (R-Tex) on a major day-time TV program in the near future. It would precede or follow his upcoming major TV appearance on the Tonight Show With Jay Leno on Tuesday, October 30.

Every time that Ron Paul makes an appearance on the national stage, it helps with fund-raising by expanding his base, campaign sources say, likely doubling or even tripling the amount of potential voters who are aware of him.

His name recognition is up around 10 or 11 percent now and as his base expands, his fund-raising base ability expands as well. Ron Paul’s campaign has set an ambitious goal of $12 million, and to reach it, more and more people have to become aware of the candidate within the requisite 4th quarter time frame.

1. 10/23/2007 – 9:14:5AM
BY: Darryl Schmitz, St. Johns, MI
A sure sign that the Ron Paul 2008 campaign is gaining traction is the increasing intensity of published and broadcast attacks on Dr. Paul, the increasing number of hatchet jobs like the NBC News‘ ridiculous “he wants to abolish (as in abruptly cut it off) Social Security” report last week or the Glenn Beck (CNN) cut-and-paste smear (complete with circus big-top music) portrayal of Ron Paul.

The major media, minor media’s yellow journalists, and Republican Party powerbrokers are treating Ron Paul with the same arrogant disrespect as the British Crown treated our founding fathers, complete with the same brand of demogoguery, taunts, and marginalization.

The reason?: Much to their dismay, the Ron Paul campaign is CATCHING ON. We the American public, thanks to the Internet, are not the easily misinformed and manipulated people we used to be, and that’s upsetting to many in the political establishment.

2. 10/23/2007 – 9:32:50AM
BY: Jerry Alexander
I hope it`s on “FOX”,aka “FAUX” station.

Every time “FAUX” tries to downplay Ron Paul” his numbers go sky high,in a positive direction,and the Donations come in faster…and bigger.

Go FAUX NEWS…and thank you for your support of Ron Paul.

3. 10/23/2007 – 9:42:59AM
BY: Joanna
www.TrueWorldHistory.info

4. 10/23/2007 – 9:48:29AM
BY: Tom Walls
It should be noted that when Ron Paul goes on the Tonight Show October 30, the musical guests are none other than the Sex Pistols. The singer John Lydon aka Johnny Rotten is a libertarian and has been known to attend Libertarian Party conventions. So perhaps there will be an endorsement or shoutout of some sort to Ron.

5. 10/23/2007 – 11:0:26AM
BY: Drena
I’m going to stop contributing to Paul’s campaign unless he improves his debate skills.

6. 10/23/2007 – 11:34:34AM
BY: Mike Brinkman
Hello Darryl Schmitz, it’s Mike from East Lansing. Remember the good old days of the Mid-Michigan LP group? Just by chance I saw your name so I thought I’d give you a shout-out. Anyway, I’ve been writing about Ron Paul on my blog quite a bit. If you leave a message on my blog (http://mikebrinkman.com), I’ll send you an e-mail.

7. 10/23/2007 – 11:35:57AM
BY: Mike Brinkman
I gota chance to meet “Johnny Rotten” in Anaheim for the 2000 LP convention. He was doing coverage for some online news site. It was pretty cool!

8. 10/23/2007 – 11:50:58AM
BY: Jason
I really like Ron Paul, and what he stands for. However, in this last debate he didnt really look very good. Not because of what he was saying, but how he was saying it. Of course, the audience was obviously a pre-selected pro-war audience, and the questions were a little ridiculous (How come you aren’t just like everyone else?). How else do you account for the Boos? He does need to work with someone on his debating, and orating skills.

9. 10/23/2007 – 12:49:32PM
BY: Alex Hammer
See also:

Unbelievable! NY Post takes out Ron Paul poll totals from published results
http://digg.com/2008_us_elections/Unbelievable_NY_Post_takes_out_Ron_Paul_poll_totals_from_published_results

Ron Paul Rally – Video
http://digg.com/2008_us_elections/Ron_Paul_Rally_Video

The #1 Ron Paul Internet Site
http://digg.com/2008_us_elections/The_1_Ron_Paul_Internet_Site

10. 10/23/2007 – 12:52:4PM
BY: René Merino
“When a true genius appears in the world, you may know him by this sign, that the dunces are all in confederacy against him.”

-Jonathan Swift

11. 10/23/2007 – 13:41:17PM
BY: Mitch Covington
#5 Drena – Admittedly RP is no smooth talker like the Huckster, BUT when you know you’re only going to get a small fraction of the time that the ‘front runners’ get, you’re under a lot of pressure to get in as much of your message as possible in the small amount of time you have. People still prefer a less than perfect talker if the message is clear and honest. Really now, would you not vote for the real message just because the speaker is not perfect?

12. 10/23/2007 – 14:57:50PM
BY: Steve
I’m guessing it’s the “View”

13. 10/23/2007 – 15:8:51PM
BY: Drena
#5 Mitch,

It’s not whether I would vote for him. I’ll definitely vote for him. But, I know most people don’t vote on what the candidate says so much as how he says it, and how understandable it is. Paul is not good in debate at making his points understandable to a general audience, and therefore not bringing as many as he could to his point of view. He’s great by himself in interviews and in speeches, but in debates he breaks down. He rambles, doesn’t interject when someone says something outrageous but rather waits until they tell him to talk, which reduces his effectiveness and ability to make the news. There have been so many opportunities that he missed. For example, the leading candidates in the debate for last said they supported free markets, but then said they supported agriculture subsidies. Why didn’t he point out that subsidies and a free market are inconsistent, and that therefore those candidates were clueless? And, he doesn’t clarify his positions for the layman (for example, when someone asked him about eliminating the CIA, he should have noted that he would turn intelligence gathering over to the State Department, instead of letting people have the impression that he would eliminate all the functions of the CIA). And I’ve yet to hear him on the debate stage tell the American people his qualifications to be president.

Why doesn’t he brag about his record? The people need to know his resume. I don’t feel like I’m getting my money’s worth when he peforms like this. So, unless he performs better next time, it’s not worth my hard earned money to contribute to him.

14. 10/23/2007 – 15:56:28PM
BY: Brek
The republican needs to realize Ron Paul is the only canidate who stands a chance of beating the democratic nominee. Bush and the party are so unpopular that any other canidate doesn’t have a chance to win the presidency. If you want Hillary as president support Giuliani.

15. 10/23/2007 – 17:34:44PM
BY: Bill
Drena, Try to remember, George Washington didn’t get his wooden teeth till after he was elected. I’m sure he wasn’t the most pleasing public speaker till then, either. Vote for the record, the honesty and the message, not the glamor or polish.

16. 10/24/2007 – 0:55:33AM
BY: Marhlfld
I can not believe there are people here saying that unless Ron Paul improves his debating skills, they are no longer going to support him. Listen you twits, this is our Freedom we are talking about and why would you let the stupid propaganda machines of mainstream media, with their so-called debates, sway your decisions? These debates ARE NOT TRUE DEBATES. These debates are scripted for the opposition who have no idea what their own platform is. They’re after sound bites you twits. WAKE UP. You know Ron Paul’s message can not be broken down to 5 second sound bites. He does what he can to get the message out in 30 seconds. You are so addicted to fast food and fast talk that the propaganda machine has fed to you, that you now feel slighted by a man that has to RE-TEACH the nation about freedom. The nation is uninformed and uninvolved. If you plan to support Ron Paul, you need to help spread the message and that takes more than 30 seconds. If you don’t continue to support Ron Paul and he loses the nomination, all I can say is “Enjoy your chains under Hillary.” Quit your whinning and get a backbone. No one promised you instant gratification. You have to be in for the long haul and FIGHT FOR YOUR FREEDOM.

Think secession!
http://www.flyoverpress.com

Support our sponsors:

Options for Homeland Defense, Inc.
Quality Firearms Training
www.optionsforhomelanddefense.com

The Warrior’s Press, Inc.
Military Manuals & Correspondence Courses
Outrageous and Banned Books
www.warriorspress.com

American Lapel Pins & Emblems, Inc.
Lapel & Hat Pins, Badges, Patches
www.pinsandemblems.com

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

The Essence of Liberty #170, Ch 14: War and Foreign Policy War as the Health of the State

October 24, 2007 Leave a comment

http://www.flyoverpress.com

The Essence of Liberty: Part 170 

Compiled and Summarized by 

Dr. Jimmy T. (Gunny) LaBaume 

Summary of For a New Liberty: The Libertarian Manifesto by Murray N. Rothbard. The complete book is available for download at: http://www.mises.org/rothbard/newliberty.asp 

Chapter 14: War and Foreign Policy 

War as the Health of the State

There are two important reasons to oppose a warlike foreign policy. One is the importance of preventing nuclear holocaust. (Keep in mind that Rothbard was writing during the height of the Cold War.) The other is that, as Randolph Bourne put it, “war is the health of the State.”

War has always been a time of a great (and usually permanent) increase in State power over society. The State really comes into its own when at war. Society becomes a herd standing happily ready to betray truth for the supposed public interest. It becomes an armed camp with the values and the morals of an “army on the march,” as Albert Jay Nock once put it.

War enables the State to rally its citizens under the slogan of defending the country against an outside menace. For the root myth is that war is a defense by the State of its subjects. The truth, however, is the exact reverse. A State can only “die” by defeat in war or by revolution. Therefore, it mobilizes its subjects to fight for it under the pretext that it is fighting for them.

In the uS, war has been the main reason for intensification of State power. The War of 1812 brought fractional-reserve banking, protective tariffs, internal federal taxation, a standing army and navy, and (as a direct consequence) the reestablishment of a central bank. The War of Yankee Aggression led to the neo-mercantilist policy of Big Government subsidizing big business interests with protective tariffs, land grants to railroads, federal excise taxes, and a federally controlled banking system. World War I brought corporate state monopoly at home and global intervention abroad. It brought an economy planned by the federal government in collaboration with big business and nurtured a labor movement that would become a junior partner in the corporate State economy. World War I also brought permanent global intervention, the Federal Reserve System, a permanent income tax, high federal budgets, conscription, and close connections between economic boom, war contracts, and loans to Western nations.

Herbert Hoover’s vision was completed by Franklin Roosevelt’s New Deal. World War II was the fulfillment of all the aforementioned trends. Roosevelt fastened a permanent partnership between Big Government, big business, and big unions on America as well as a constantly expanding military-industrial complex; conscription, permanent inflation; and the costly role as counterrevolutionary “policeman” for the world.

There is no greater distortion of the free market than the military-industrial complex. It has diverted scientists and engineers from productive research into wasteful boondoggles. Keynesian economists are equally in favor of all forms of government spending, be it on pyramids, missiles, or steel plants. They all increase gross national product, regardless of how wasteful.

Government spending has diverted science and industry into unproductive purposes and inefficient processes. Satisfying consumers has been replaced by the currying of favors by government contractors. Politics has replaced economics in guiding industry. And economic prosperity has come to depend on the narcotic of government spending as huge vested interest has been created in continuing these government programs.

John T. Flynn, in As We Go Marching , (written in the midst of the war) prophesied that the New Deal would attempt to permanently expand this system. He accurately predicted that the focus of governmental spending would continue to be on the military. That is because conservatives would never object and workers would welcome it because it created jobs. Militarism is a glamorous public-works project upon which a variety of elements can agree.

Flynn predicted that the uS’ postwar policy would become imperialistic which would follow from the policy of militarism. He foresaw that the uS government would keep fears of aggressive ambitions of other countries alive while, at the same time, embarking on imperialistic enterprises of its own. He knew that imperialism would insure a perpetual supply of “enemies.” He was absolutely right.

Editor’s Note: Since the collapse of the Soviet Union , the uS government has been hard pressed to find another “boogieman.” Candidates include Radical Islam (itself a product of meddlesome foreign policy), a starving and inert North Korea and China . In spite of China ‘s continuous movement toward a free market economy, it has been accused of everything from poisoning our pets (contaminated pet food) to killing our children (led paint on toys).

Next Previous


Copyright ©2004, FlyoverPress.com

Jimmy T. LaBaume, PhD, ChFC is a full professor teaching economics and statistics in the School of Agricultural and Natural Resource Sciences, Sul Ross State University, Alpine, TX. He does not speak for Sul Ross State University. Sul Ross State University does not think for him.

Dr. LaBaume has lived in Mexico and spent extended periods of time in South and Central America as a researcher, consultant and educator.

“Gunny” LaBaume is a decorated veteran of the Vietnam War and Desert Storm. His Marine Corps career spanned some 35 years intermittently from 1962 until 1997 when he refused to re-enlist with less than 2 years to go to a good retirement. In his own words, he “simply got tired of being guilty of treason.”

He is also currently the publisher and managing editor of FlyoverPress.com, a daily e-source of news not seen or heard anywhere on the mainstream media. He can be reached at jlabaume@sulross.edu.

Permission is granted to forward as you wish, circulate among individuals or groups, post on all Internet sites and publish in the print media as long as the article is published in full, including the author’s name and contact information and the URL www.flyoverpress.com.

FlyoverPress.com can be contacted at editor@flyoverpress.com


*Note: We hold no special government issued licenses or permits. We don’t accept government subsidies, bailouts, low-cost loans, insurance, or other privileges. We don’t lobby for laws that hurt our competitors. We actively oppose protectionism and invite all foreign competitors to try to under price us. We do not lobby for tariffs, quotas, or anti-dumping laws. We do not support the government’s budget deficits: we hold no government or agency securities.


HOME

E-mail

To Subscribe to our daily e-mail alert service, send an e-mail with the word “subscribe” on the subject line.

OUR SPONSORS


Options for Homeland Defense, Inc.

Professional Firearms Training at its finest.

Private and Descrete

Liberty Knows No Compromise

Protecting Liberty Through Private Firearms Ownership


AMERICAN LAPEL PINS & EMBLEMS, INC. has a large selection of patriotic lapel and hat pens, embroderied patches, badges, and service awards.

They also do custom work and can make just about anything. Your own pin complete with your logo or motto.

Visit their site.


The Warrior’s Press, Inc.

Military Manuals and Correspondence Courses

Infantry, Armor, Recon, Special Forces, Seals

Weapons; Tactics; Security; Intelligence; Nuclear, Biological and Chemical Warfare

We also carry a selection of unusual, outrageous and even banned books

Liberty Knows No Compromise

 

 

© Flyover Press All Rights Reserved.

Fox: Calif Fires…Possible Links To Terrorism…

October 24, 2007 Leave a comment

http://tinyurl.com/23jvhy

Happy un Day!!!!!

October 24, 2007 Leave a comment

FAIR AND BALANCED??? ASK Dr. RON PAUL!

October 24, 2007 Leave a comment

Personally, I’m more than a bit sick and tired of the fox ‘fair and balanced’ bs!

Take, for instance, the judge, jury and prosecutor, o’r factor…

My suggestions, if asked, for the o’r show in prime time, would be…

1. Replace it w/Neil Cavuto or Geraldo–maybe both. This show occupies an important time slot and is a spot discussing the big issues, too important to continue as it is now…

2. While we’re at it, why not also replace the fox morning juvenile show with…say, Don Imus @ Fox In The Morning–it would be a natural.

I have additional thoughts, but…Nuff said!
DickG
~~~~~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
FAIR AND BALANCED SEAN HANNITY MELTS DOWN
By Betty Freauf

October 24, 2007

NewsWithViews.com

http://www.newswithviews.com/Betty/Freauf108.htm

I watched the Florida GOP debate the evening of October 21, 2007. I nearly fell off my chair laughing when the first poll results showed Ron Paul leading the presidential pack and I heard the GOP’s lapdog Sean Hannity in the background saying the Ron Paul folks were “stacking the deck.” I worried he might turn into an Ellen Degeneres like-melt down like she did on her TV show over a pooch. His complaining was also reminiscent of Hillary Clinton always blaming the right-wingers for her husband’s problems.

A person had to have a cell phone to vote. I wonder how many older people who can still remember what America used to be like, watching the debate and who would probably favor Ron Paul don’t have cell phones and couldn’t vote so claiming the Ron Paul supporters were “stacking the deck” was nonsense on Sean’s part. By the time he and Colmes “stacked the deck” and finally put Ron Paul on the air near the end when many listeners probably had turned them off, he had composed himself and seemed gracious on the outside to Ron but I’m sure he was steaming on the inside and Ron was enjoying every minute of Sean’s discomfort. The deck was also “stacked” during the question and answer debate. The top tier candidates got the most time, as usual, but Paul made points given the few minutes he was allowed and I was appalled the obviously “stacked” GOP audience who favored the top tier candidates booed him on two occasions and Ron Paul said if he’d been given 2,000 tickets, the audience would have been “stacked” differently.

And then there was the 23-member pre-debate focus group. One member with a Sean Hannity mentality called Ron Paul “certifiably insane.” The few focus group members allowed to speak said they wanted someone with a backbone. They wanted someone to stand up and take charge. He was right under their noses but I don’t recall anyone mentioned Ron Paul; however, if I had been the one to hand out 23-tickets to “undecided” GOP voters to appear on TV, would I have “stacked the deck?” Sounds to me like the pot calling the kettle black. But I did get the idea that Alan Colmes likes Ron and not once but twice refuted the irresponsible “certifiably insane” remark. Why not take the test as this website to see who you should vote for president. [Read]

Earlier in the week, talk show hostess Laura Ingraham said, “I’m just trying to find the real conservative in the (GOP presidential race). That’s all I’m trying to do. The real conservative. Who is it? Where is he?” She makes this remark after her producer plays an earlier clip from 1996 of Rudy Giuliani where he says, “I’m a Republican mayor but I’m really not. I’m the mayor of New York City. I ran as a Republican. I ran as a liberal, which really confuses all kinds of people, and I ran as an Independent, part of the Independent party that is now supporting Ross Perot. So I ran as a fusion candidate like my predecessor…so I’m not the most partisan of Republicans.”

Another clip she ran was when Rudy spoke to the Jewish Republican Coalition meeting and said, “When they want to know are you a real Republican, I gave my blood for the Republican Party in New York. I often say I was the first Republican Mayor of New York in 25 years. I was the first one to remain a Republican in 50 years.” Orwell would be proud of this guy.

Through several segments Laura talked about how the Democrats raised more money than the Republicans by a two to one margin in the third quarter and wondered if some “political savior” would come around the corner mentioning that possibility might be in the second tier candidates and naming names but again avoiding mentioning Ron Paul. Later she choked on his name when she had to admit he had raised $5.2 million in the third quarter, more than any one of the second tier candidates and equal to some first tier and had to admit, “that’s pretty good.” That was the extent of her mention of Ron Paul. While many big-time contributors to the first tier candidates are beginning to max out for the primary, Ron Paul’s many small-amount supporters keep on giving She later interviewed Ann Romney, Mitt Romney’s wife, thereby giving Romney more air time exposure as his wife told what a great guy he was but Alan Stang sees Romney in a different light. I’m continually amused at how these first tier candidates feel an obligation to put their trophy wives into the public spotlight.

These conservative talk show pundits must think we, the people, have all fallen off some turnip truck and we won’t see past their obvious preferences for the president but with the Internet and all the information they can now gather on their own without having to read the slanted versions in many local Communist-leaning newspaper, they are waking up. Laura toured 29 cities in a month promoting her book and she said people go ballistic because the immigration issue is not being addressed. Someone from her staff said they made phone calls for the Republican National Committee four years ago and people were hanging up on him. So long as the border was open, their wallets were closed and Laura says the candidate that stands up and acknowledges this fact is going to do very well. She says, “They can’t dance around the edges on this one” and who is the only one capable of getting this illegal immigration problem under control methodically and conclusively just as I’m confident he will extricate America from the war in Iraq as diplomatically as possible? Ron Paul won’t do anything unconstitutionally.

Laura wrote a book Power to the People and had been on the road promoting it recently but doesn’t seem to recognize that it is THE PEOPLE POWER behind Ron Paul’s popularity. His revolution is gathering momentum like no other in recent election cycles and it’s all because he is pleasing those “single issue voters” which Rudy Giuliani nearly discounted when Sean Hannity interviewed him and his newest wife, Judith, recently. At one point he was talking about single-issue voters and said something like, “If you are a single issue voter, well, but if that is important to you, you should be one.” He was beginning to dismiss these voters and then he caught himself and quickly switched gears. Didn’t Ronald Reagan get swept into the White House not once but twice in 1980 and 1984 with the help of these “single issue voters” i.e. pro-life, less government, lower taxes? Laura ponders why ALL the candidates are afraid to challenge the Bush Administration on issues and then, like Giuliani and his near slip about single-issue voters, she quickly says “Not all of them are (afraid to challenge) but the top four certainly are.”

It should also be noted that she had an unscientific “online poll” and Ron Paul was identified as “other” because her poll only had five options. Fred Thompson, her choice for president, got 42% but the “others” got 31% while Romney got 19%, Rudy 5% and McCain 3%. This suggests that Ron Paul may have easily come in higher second if the actual numbers had been calculated and, of course, all other polls are showing that Ron Paul is gaining rapidly.

And then there was our “no spin” TV personality, Bill O’Reilly, for the purpose of trying to humiliate Ron Paul when he interviewed him. In his Patriot and Pinhead segment recently he called Ron a Pinhead after playing a clip back where Ron was talking to an audience telling how Bill didn’t want a history lesson when he interviewed him and the audience laughed. O’Reilly said he only had an eight minute segment and he, being a has-been English and History teacher, said he didn’t need to be filibustered by Ron about history. Ron has been in government more years than O’Reilly was ever a teacher so Ron has probably forgotten more than O’Reilly will ever have learned from the revised history books. O’Reilly still thinks FDR was a great president. There’s no better teacher than on-the-job training and that Ron Paul has proven with his continual 100% Constitutional voting record. Unlike the other candidates who flip-flop when they find it convenient, Ron Paul upholds his Constitutional oath of office. So where’s the beef with these right-wing talk show people? The best choice for president is right under their noses and yet they do their best to either ignore Ron or try to humiliate him. In either case, it backfires, because people have grown smarter over the years. They’ve learned voting for the lesser of two evils is still voting for evil.

I also find it hard to believe that the Council for National Policy (CNP), the James Dobson and Tim LaHaye, et al crowd, also fail to recognize Ron Paul as the only candidate that meets all their criteria with the exception of the unconstitutional war in Iraq that, for some strange reason, doesn’t seem to concern these so-called conservative leaders. I suspect it has something to do with Israel. I wonder how many of them have sons or daughters in the military? Could Ron’s aversion to the unconstitutional United Nations war be the problem?

This CNP gathered in Washington, D.C. from October 19-21 for “The Values Voter Summit.” I wonder if Ron Paul was put in the “others” category again for their straw polling? Gary Bauer, Bill Bennett, Ken Blackwell, Judge Robert Bork, Chuck Colson, former House Speaker Newt Gingrich, Sean Hannity from FOX, a number of Congressmen and a plethora of others unknown to me were speakers as well. Dobson called them “luminaries” (a celestial body). Special honor was bestowed upon Dobson.

You can read Devvy Kidd’s article about Dr. James Dobson on Ron Paul. She gives a thumbnail sketch on GOP candidates. Another good article is by Pastor Chuck Baldwin where he asks why evangelicals are ignoring Ron Paul. Mary Starrett also has a good article on the GOP presidential candidates. Readers have no excuse for not being informed and my article.

Laura Ingraham tells her listeners they should not become demoralized. “Whatever you stand for, whatever you believe in, whatever is most important to you, examine these candidates. See which one matches up best with your viewpoints…and support that candidate. That is all any of us can do.” It’s time for her to put her advice where her mouth is as well as all the other talk show pundits, which include the liberals who like Ron Paul except…he’s pro-life! Talk show personalities of all stripes could be the key to this next election. The destiny of our country may very well rest with them because so many people have become talk-show addicted. The buck stops at their microphones.

Lately I’ve been listening to the “progressive” (liberal) stations and I’m amazed at the turf battles. Randi Rhodes, a liberal, foul-mouthed Democrat and ex-Air Force turned talk show hostess says that a cover story in a big news magazine was to be published about Rush Limbaugh. Feeling the article may have mischaracterized him, Rush called the reporter and said he’d find where the reporter’s children went to school, who he knocked up in high school, what drugs he used, where he drinks, how he paid for his house and O’Reilly has been echoing similar sentiments that “every corrupt media person in America” is going to be hunted down by him. I’m ashamed that so-called right-wing talk show hosts that I once admired and respected are now stooping to the level of intimidation. O’Reilly announced months ago Air America was going broke and would soon be off the air. Not so! They are still on the airwaves.

Yes, we have a revolution! May the best side win! But for me and my house, we refuse to be sidelined and distracted by these very serious Hegelian dialectical games. The controlled opposition comes in different forms.

© 2007 Betty Freauf – All Rights Reserved

Sign Up For Free E-Mail Alerts
E-Mails are used strictly for NWVs alerts, not for sale

Betty is a former Oregon Republican party activist having served as state party secretary, county chairman, 5th congressional vice chairman and then elected chairman, and a precinct worker for many years but Betty gave up on the two-party system in 2004 and joined the Constitutional Party.

Betty is a researcher specializing in education, a freelance journalist and a regular contributor to http://www.NewsWithViews.com

E-Mail: bettyboot@wvi.com

http://www.newswithviews.com/Betty/Freauf108.htm

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Ron Paul – and US – can win this Thing Something unprecedented is happening

October 22, 2007 Leave a comment

“Jim Condit Jr.” <votefraud@fuse.net> am
reply-to votefraud@fuse.net
to Subscriber <GunnyG@gmail.com>
date Oct 22, 2007 11:09 AM
subject {NA} Ron Paul and US can win this Thing
mailed-by bizmailtoday.com

If at the top of your email — right above the “from” line — says: “Extra line breaks in this message were removed. To restore, click here.” Then do that, and you will find this Network America ewire will be much easier to read.

**********

NEW READERS: Please read messages immediately after this e-wire message at bottom. These short messages include extremely important information in light of the fact that the censorship of emails for political content is on the rise; this info also tells you how to subscribe or unsubscribe, and how to contact us.

**********

All past Network America e-wires from January 10, 2000 to the present can be found at this link: http://lists.topica.com/lists/networkamerica/read

**********

October 22, 2007 NA (Network America) e-wire

Ron Paul – and US – can win this Thing

Something unprecedented is happening.

The Big TV Networks and other related Big Media (like the near monopoly of Clear Channel Radio which owns almost all 50,000 watt talk radio stations) – are beginning to quake and totter under the assault of the “peasants with pitchforks”, and all the “new blood” that has rallied to the “Ron Paul Revolution” — using the internet, and other “New Media”.

There is still a definite and deliberate program to censor Ron Paul at the big “public airwave” (as opposed to cable) TV Networks (ABC, CBS, NBC).

Yesterday, Sunday October 22, 2007, neither George “that won’t happen” Stephanopolous and his crew on ABC’s “This Sunday”, — nor Tim Russert and his guests on “Meet the Press” – let the words “Ron Paul” slip out of their mouths during each respective nationally televised one hour program.

To express some proper and righteous anger about this continued and brutal and anti-American censorship of Ron Paul and his supporters by the Big TV Networks, — allow me to quote that one Scottish peasant in Braveheart at the beginning of the first battle: “B@$&@#D$!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!” – screamed at the top of his lungs.

EVIL VERBAL MINISTRALS OF THE NEO-CON WORLD ORDER

Utter phonies, like the proven and admitted plagiarist, Dorothy Kearns Goodwin, (she who has spent her more than pathetic life trying to turn Super-Traitors and War Criminals Franklin Delano Roosevelt and Lyndon Baines Johnson – into sympathetic figures. !!!!) were on hand to do their assigned job.

And that job is try and wax eloquent and gush over the dreary and dreadful Presidential candidates whom the top Neo-Con Ruling Elites have chosen to show-case and publicize in Presidential Campaign 2008.

Russert, Goodwin, Laura Ingraham (it’s better to be a blond bimbo than actually realize you’re a de facto traitor to your country), George Will (puke!), Kate O’Beirne – and the rest of these “respected pundits” — were not today, nor are ever — referees in the public arena – as they so desperately want you to believe.

They are the evil verbal minstrels of the Neo-Con New World Order tyranny team. YOU AND I are supposed to believe that they are “the press.” LIARS! They are NOT!

They are part of the same, as it were, corporation as the publicized Democratic and Republican so-called “front runners.” The CFR and the Bilderburgers and AIPAC – are like the corporate board. And now these so called “front runners” – are all auditioning to try and get chosen as corporation President. To get “chosen”, these Puppet-candidates need the subtle nod from the 5 Big TV Networks, including the untold billions in illegal in-kind campaign contributions given the Hillary-Rudy-type-Puppets – in the form of daily FREE publicity. And -

And the Chosen Puppet candidate for President — will need the SECRET computer count to be rigged in the “Chosen Puppet’s” favor by Diebold and the three other computer companies (that still count 96% of the American people’s vote in secre) – if the Big TV Network propaganda (disguised as news and analysis) doesn’t work as well as the Ruling Elite hopes it will. As you will see below, we have filed a National Clean Elections Lawsuit to try and rid the USA of this secret computerized count (made for rigging) before the first primary begins. Stay tuned.

And these lying deceivers working for ABC, CBS, and NBC are ALSO employed by the same Neo-CON corporation (to continue this analogy) – and their job is to do a public relations job to make US think that WE are choosing Hillary and Rudi Ghouliani to lead the country. It’s all a lie.

BIG MEDIA EDIFACE BEGINS TO SHAKE AND CRUMBLE

Thanks to “The Honor of Ron Paul” (to borrow an article title from the incomparable columnist Joe Sobran) and the burgeoning Ron Paul supporters, and the internet – for the first time since the dawn of the radio and television age – the Ruling elites’ Big Media is in the process of losing its credibility. BUT NOW -

But now, we must not fall for the FALSEHOOD that the owners of the Big TV Networks (ABC, CBS, NBC, CNN, FOX) – all run out of 20 or so city blocks in New York City, and all run by the war-mongering Neo-Cons – we must not fall for the lie that these Big Media outlets are getting a twinge of honesty or fair-play just because they are beginning to give a LITTLE grudging coverage to Ron Paul.

THEY NEED TO BE INDICTED, ARRESTED, PERP-WALKED . . .

NO! These Big Media entities constitute the GREATEST ENEMY THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA has ever known! All of the key controllers of these five TV Networks, and their key paid mouthpieces should be indicted, arrested, perp-walked, tried, convicted – and punished to the fullest extent of the law — as provided for in the US Constitution.

These Big Media moguls and mouthpieces ARE the domestic enemies that we were warned would come. And we were warned by the very promulgators of the Constitution itself.

To get an understanding of exactly WHO the Neo-Cons, ( the domestic enemies) are, take a good look at all Skull & Bones / CFR / Bilderberg / Bush / Clinton connections on the one hand – and AIPAC and its allies on the other (see “The High Priests of War” by Michael Collins Piper, and the recently published “The Israel Lobby and US Foreign Policy” by Professor Walt of Harvard and Mearsheimer of the University of Chicago).

And those highly paid “mouthpieces” who need to be perp-walked on the way to justice include Sean Hannity, Rush Limbaugh, Katie Couric, Brian Williams, Michael Weiner “Savage”, Larry King, and so on. Then future career-climbers will not that you don’t accept millions of dollars in return for helping to sell the American people World War III abroad, and a police state here at home, as well as the end of United States as a sovereign country via the North American Union and the United Nations.

NO RON PAUL MENTION

Today on “Meet the Press” they threw up the percentages gotten by the Republican candidates at the highly controlled, and highly disgraceful so-called “Values” gathering down in Florida over the weekend (disgraceful because James Dobson and the rest of them are primarily Neo-Con tools, not patriotic Americans, not matter how stupid they are). And guess who was missing? Ron Paul. All the other dreadful GOP candidates were shown on the screen with their percentage – but Ron Paul’s name was not mentioned. I have it on TAPE.

Along these same lines, I got a call two weeks ago from one of the HONEST talk show hosts (who, of course, is on a minor AM station) who hosts his own talk program in the South.

He told me that a very reliable and credible regular caller had called him a few hours earlier to tell him that he had just got a call from a polling operation.

The man taking the poll asked this gentleman whom he supported for the Republican Presidential primary. He read down a list of all the GOP candidates – except one. Ron Paul was left out! The man asked why Ron Paul wasn’t mentioned. The caller (probably a college student or a paid worker at a telemarketing company) pleasantly told the man that Ron Paul was not on the list given to him. The person being pollsed asked WHO was paying for the poll. The poller told the man — that they at the company are never told who is paying them to take the poll.

RON PAUL CALLS THE BIG MEDIA OUT

AND – on Hannity and Colmes last night after the October 21, 2007 debate in Floriday – Ron Paul CALLED OUT THE BIG MEDIA on this blatant and unconscionable DISHONESTY. Of course, he did it in his reliably gentlemanly manner.

You see, Ron Paul again won the controlled text poll which followed last night’s debate in Florida – by a landslide – AGAIN. Alan Colmes asked Ron Paul why he wins the online polls by wide margins – but doesn’t show up in the “official” polls.

Ron Paul said (paraphrase): “My name has not been tested in those polls.” WHHOOOOOAAAAAA! Take that, crumbling Big Media!

WHY THE CROOKED AND TREASONOUS BIG TV NETWORKS ARE BEGINNING TO MENTION RON PAUL

The Big TV networks are only now beginning to mention Ron Paul because they are being HAMMERED on an hourly basis by normal Americans via email, phone, letter, and IN PERSON confrontations.

Sean Hannity told Ron Paul that everywhere he goes out to speak now – he is confronted by chanting and sign waving Ron Paul supporters. Paul, playing the situation with subtle humor, smiled like it was a mutual victory for himself and Hannity, and gently said with a jovial tone, “That’s great.”

PROBLEM FOR THE BIG MEDIA AND RULING ELITE CANDIDATES HAVE COLLAPSED!

All of the dreadful puppets have collapsed. The public sees through them.

Even talk show host Laura Ingraham announced on Meet the Press that Fred Thompson had “underwhelmed” the crowd at the values convention; that they wanted to like him, but that he doesn’t seem to have the fire. His true record has been exposed anyway – and it’s NOT GOOD. And he’s CFR member.

Romney is exposed as a hopeless flip-flopper – and he looks like the ultimate corporate slickster.

McCain – has sold his sole to the Ruling Elite on many fronts, and too many people know it.

Brownback – another “Front Runner” who has dropped out.

Huckabee – they are trying to pump him up into a believable popular front-runner, but the dogs aren’t eating that dog food.

Ghouliani – a total mirage. The guy has $16 million in Ruling Elite money, but can’t even come out in public. He has no real supporters, which is why he dropped out of the Iowa Straw Poll, and is talking about dropping out of the Iowa Caucus. He can’t go out in public without being confronted by 9-11 truthers about his role in covering up the evidence and destroying the crime scene about what really happened during the 9-11 terror attacks.

Hillary and Obama – they’ve killed all grassroots enthusiasm by both announcing in the last Democratic Debate that each, if (s)elected President, would keep the troops in Iraq at least through 2013. (!!!) These are the anti-war candidates??

And that leaves Ron Paul with millions of enthusiastic supporters, $5 million cash on hand and counting, and a string of landslide victories in the OPENLY COUNTED straw polls and in the scientifically conducted text polls and email polls (no cell phone or computer can vote more than once).

And, so, under the circumstances, what is a crooked Big Media to do??

AS LONG AS IT’s BELEIVABLE!

The late Jim Collier, author of “Votescam: The Stealing of America”, used to say that they can get away with anything, as long as it’s BELIEVABLE.

The FIRST goal of the Big Media is to KEEP their credibility with the American people – even if they have to make some major concessions for a while. They want to keep their credibility with the majority of the least informed Americans – so they can FOOL THEM AGAIN, as soon as possible.

IT’S 1916 RUSSIA IN THE USA RIGHT NOW

We are now, as if, in 1916 Russia. The Neo-Cons of that day, hiding behind the mask of “Communism”, were about to spring the traps they had carefully laid over 30 years, with several failures along the way, to knock out the rule of the Christian Romanovs – which had at that point lasted 500 years. The deaths of millions of Russians followed shortly thereafter.

RIGHT NOW, the same crowd, hiding behind the masks of Neo-Cons, Democrats and Republicans (on the national level) – are trying to get their ducks in order to end 231 years of the American Republic, in favor of their North American Union, and then their hoped-for New World Order Tyranny.

Thankfully, occasionally, because things are getting touchy, they can not afford to hide behind dunces like W. Bush or opportunists like Bill Clinton anymore, and they must put one of their own right out in front of us, as is the case with SUPER-TRAITOR Michael Chertoff, who is head of “our” Homeland Security. (HA!)

THE “Neo-Cons” WILL NOT GIVE UP, BUT WE CAN EXPOSE THEM, ROUT THEM, AND WIN IF WE KNOW HOW AND WHERE TO STRIKE

These moral devils pushing the New World Order Tyranny are not planning to give up their control of trillions of dollars, the levers of power in the USA, and, right now, effective control of the US military.

And we, normal Americans, must be MORE determined that we will not let them get away with it, no matter what it takes.

POSITIVE PLANS IN MOTION – BE PART OF IT

And the POSITIVE PLANS are in motion right now. Here they are:

1. The Ron Paul for President candidacy. I say Ron Paul “candidacy” instead of Ron Paul campaign, because Ron Paul and his family are unquestionably true blue, and have proven themselves over 30 years.

The same happy and unqualified endorsement cannot be said all of the Ron Paul national paid staff. There are bad apples in the national campaign staff.

One of the malefactors is definitely Jesse Benton, national press secretary, who is still standing behind the MONSTROUS FALSEHOOD that everything at the Iowa Straw Poll was “done pretty much in the open.” —- In fact, the truth is that every vote at the Iowa Straw Poll was brutally HIDDEN from the people, and remains hidden to this day. And there is no question in the world that Jesse Benton knew that at least 3 days before the Iowa Straw Poll.

That important Iowa Straw Poll, cited again today on the Sunday Morning shows as the reason Huckabee is a “credible contender”, — was “counted” on the discredited Diebold computers – the computers which are in existence so that elections can be rigged at key moments against pro-American candidates like Ron Paul.

And the fact that the thugs and crooks running the Iowa GOP hid all the ballots from the public and press – that’s A-OK with Jesse Benton, who is STILL on record saying that “everything was done pretty much in the open. That is a LIE. I don’t pass over lying by W. Bush. I don’t pass over lying by Bill or Hillary Clinton. And I’m certainly not going to pass over a LIE by the likes of Jesse Benton, whoever he is, whoever foisted him off on the campaign, and wherever he came from.

As you will recall, in SHARP contrast to the openly counted straw polls and the scientifically counted text and email polls, Dr. Paul got only 9% at the secretly counted Iowa Straw Poll– a miserable “showing” that the Neo-Con media is STILL using against him. And Jesse Benton is on record as saying the hiding of the ballots in Iowa was “pretty much in the open”, and that Dr. Paul’s showing of 9% was a “good showing.”

Jesse Benton is also the campaign official, reliable people have been told, that has held back spending any money on radio and TV ads in New Hampshire until last week – even though most New Hampshire voters have still not even heard of Ron Paul —- thanks to the Big TV censorship of Paul, which the campaign paid staff pretends does not exist. With friends like these, Ron Paul and America does not need any enemies. I say this in hopes the good guys in the national paid staff will go to Dr. Paul and get the malefactors or hopeless incompetents – FIRED immediately.

The continued employment of Jesse Benton by the Ron Paul national staff bespeaks problems at a HIGHER LEVEL in the campaign paid staff.

An entire Network America e-wire is coming out any day lining up the evidence for this, so that some radical surgery can hopefully be done soon to remove the cancer from the Ron Paul paid staff, before it is too late.

In any case, the RON PAUL CANDIDACY, despite bad apples like Benton, is the foremost publicly visible positive program going. For instance, all of us who can — should donate $100 to the Ron Paul campaign on November 5, 2007. There is a move afoot to get 100,000 of Ron Pauls’ 150,000 donors to pitch in another $100 each on that day.

This would raise $10 million in one day – and would put Ron Paul just about ahead of ALL the other candidates as far as money on hand. This would mean that the normal Americans – with an average donation of $40 each so far to the Ron Paul Campaign – would surpass all those big chunks of cash which come in at $10,000 (4 family members x $2300) at a time to the Rudy, Hillary, Thompson, etc. campaigns. In other word, Main Street would start defeating Wall Street at the campaign funding game.

THE NEXT FOUR POSITIVE PROGRAMS

2. Taking back the nation, county by county, and state by state – through the Precinct Movement. I can’t explain that program in this e-wire, but go to http://www.RonPaulFriendsUSA.com – and sign up. We need at least 50,000 normal Americans to get involved with the Precinct Strategy in the weeks ahead, and attend their county GOP organizational meeting early in 2008 (yes, one happens every two years in most counties – the Party Bosses just don’t want you to know about it.) This goal of 50,000+ patriots running for their precinct position in the GOP — is a very realistic goal, — and would cause emergency meetings amongst the Rothschilds and Rockefellers, etc. in New York, London, and Washington D.C. They KNOW how important the precinct system is to running this country – but normal Americans, as of yet, does not.

3. The National Clean Elections Lawsuit. This has been filed to restore open, constitutional voting to US citizens. Hand marked ballots, hand counted ballots, machine free and computer free elections.

If we let Diebold and the Neo-Cons count 96% of our votes in the USA in secret again in 2007 and 2008 – then WE DESERVE TO BE SLAVES. Do you hear me? We DESERVE TO BE SLAVES IF WE ALLOW THAT AGAIN. See TakeBackAmerica2008.com – and the link at the top of votefraud.org dealing with the National Clean Elections Lawsuit, By the way, this lawsuit must be heard, by law, before the first GOP primary contest is held.

4. The Iowa and New Hampshire Vote Count WATCH program – to be done by normal Americans on the night of the Iowa Caucus and the New Hampshire Primary. Most of the votes in the Iowa Caucus and 50% of the votes in New Hampshire are counted in the open where we can watch with our own eyes, — but we must be at the counting places to WATCH the count, and immediately post the REAL COUNT on our own website for that purpose.

As many of you know, on February 12, 1996 the Iowa state GOP leadership (as opposed to the county GOP leadership in Iowa, which performed honestly) conspired with Voter News Service (owned by ABC, CBS, NBC, CNN, and AP wire; in 1998 FOX joined these sinister owners, and their creature Voter News Service, in 2002, like a mafiosa company trying to avoid detection, changed its name to National Election Pool) – anyway, these sinister forces joined up to steal 13% of Pat Buchanan’s vote in Dubuque County, and undoubtedly steal the entire Iowa Caucus from Buchanan and his supporters that year, — in favor of the near-cadaver bell-hop for the Fortune 500, the GOP establishment backed Bob Dole. The entire story is in the article “A House Without Doors” linked at the home page of votefraud.org -

We can’t let a similar vote theft happen in 2007 / 2008 to Ron Paul – so we MUST have the citizen poll watchers in New Hampshire and Iowa! See TakeBackAmerica2008.com – for that program.

5. The all important Voter Affidavit program.

We hope the Courts are not going to absurdly and unconstitutionally rule that it is OK for our own Boards of Election, with the approval of the 50 Secretaries of State, to HIDE THE BALLOTS from us citizens on election day and election night. Such a ruling would be in SHARP CONTRADICTON to the US Supreme Court Rulings of 1964 and 1916. BUT -

But, if the courts do not rule that we US citizens MUST be afforded our constitutional right – AN OPEN COUNT in which the ballots / ballot box never leave the public custody or sight until the ballots are publicly counted and the results posted – then we have a back up program. Go to TakeBackAmerica2008.com – and read about the VOTER AFFIDAVIT program linked on the home page. We will each download and affidavit – and then after we vote, fill it in and send it to the specified place, so we can double-check the computerized count, is such “hide the ballots” systems are still being used.

YES, WE CAN WIN WITH RON PAUL IN 2008

Yes, we can win with Ron Paul in 2008 – IF we continue to use the internet and FORCE some reasonable coverage on the 5 Big TV Networks through sheer force of number – AND if we can get all ballots counted in the open, instead of IN SECRET, behind police guard, where the people cannot see what is happening in the count.

Finally, the one very important POSTIIVE PROGRAM I did not mention above: our Censorship-Busting Congressional radio ad campaign to get the awareness of these POSTIVE PROGRAMS to the public, especially in NH and Iowa right away.

Only a preliminary video is up, but it’s still worth seeing – at TheTruth247.com. – After watching it, if you can – help us start getting the funds to run these radio ads and alert millions going to and from work everyday via Big Talk Radio stations. To repeat, especially we need to reach the people in NH and Iowa NOW.

You can donate to help us run these ads to promote all these positive programs at the link to my congressional campaign for 2008 on TheTruth247.com, which is found above and below the short 3:52 length video, or – if you don’t want to make a political donation – email to our educational fund using Paypal to Network America at realnews247@fuse.net -

or mail to to PO Box 11555, Cincinnati, Ohio 45211 for the “Jim Condit Jr. for Congress 2008″ campaign, or PO Box 11339, Cincinnati, Ohio 45211 for the “Network America” educational fund. Thanks in advance.

EVERYONE INTO THE BATTLE

Jim Condit Jr.
Network America e-wire service

“Those who cast the votes decide nothing.
Those who count the votes decide everything.”
Attributed to Communist Dictator Joseph Stalin

EMAIL US at: votefraud@fuse.net — or simply reply to this message;

MAILING ADDRESS: Network America, PO Box 11339, Cincinnati, Ohio 45211

Main websites: RealNews247.com; votefraud.org; TheTruth247.com; NetworkAmerica.org; ADLagainstMel.com;

**********

BECAUSE THE ENEMIES OF OUR COUNTRY OUR INCREASINGLY CENSORING EMAILS FOR POLITICAL CONTENT, you have to go to a little work to fight back:

We recommend you subscribe to BOTH of our Network America ewire delivery services – as we want you to receive at least one copy of each Network America ewire we try to send to you. (see immediately below for instructions on how to subscribe to either or both) –

**********

EASY SUBSCRIBE:

SUBSCRIBE TO OUR PRIMARY EWIRE DELIVERY SYSTEM: Subscribe to the Network America e-wire by going to http://www.votefraud.org, scrolling down to the very bottom of the home page, typing in your email address, and clicking on submit.

YOU WILL THEN RECEIVE A “CONFIRMATION EMAIL” which you must respond to, — so that we know it was YOU who did the subscribing. — This process subscribes you to our main Network America e-wire delivery service. If you do not answer the “confirmation email”, you will not be subscribed. If you do answer it, you get priority delivery by an agreement between our delivery service and almost all Internet Service Providers. The Double-opt in tells them all it was YOU who subscribed.

*********

We also recommend you subscribe to our secondary delivery service. All the spammers have made these back up systems necessary:

SECONDARY EWIRE DELIVERY SERVICE, here’s how to subscribe:

Email to:

networkamerica-subscribe@topica.com

And then YOU MUST watch for and REPLY TO the confirmation email from topica.com — again for your own protection as this proves it is YOU who has voluntarily subscribed.

**********

EASY UNSUBSCRIBE:

We are 100% against spamming. If a friend forwarded this particular email to you, tell him you don’t want him to forward any more of our messages. Rest assured, you will NEVER get any emails directly from Network America, unless you voluntarily subscribe.

To unsubscribe from our PRIMARY Ewire delivery service, you will find the way to do it at the bottom of every email from this primary service, where the “Unsubscribe” address contains: http://www.autocontactor.com . . . This unsubscribes you from our primary delivery system.

- however, — if the “Unsubscribe” below contains “topica.com” – then this email is from our secondary email delivery system, Topica.com, and will unsubscribe you from that secondary email delivery service.

Another way to unsubscribe from our SECONDARY Ewire delivery service, Topica.com — email to:

networkamerica-unsubscribe@topica.com

**********

To become active in the fight to return control of the USA to everyday Americans, go here: http://www.networkamerica.org

**********

You can help Network America — and learn the full truth about WWII — by considering ordering the DVD, “The Final Solution to Adolph Hitler”, at http://www.hitlerdvd.com – or by mailing to PO Box 11339, Cincinnati, Ohio 45227. This DVD is a devastating expose of the hidden side of World War II ($29.00 postpaid; 140 minutes), providing an avalanche of sources proving that Nazism and Zionism were two sides of the same coin, both cooperating to pave the way for the takeover of Palestine by Zionist leaders in 1948, resulting in the modern state of Israel — and thus setting the stage for our current world crisis in the Mideast. The first minute of this DVD is dynamic, and the rest shows pictures, books and pamphlets, as your narrator explains what each cited source contains. Who is more angry with this expose of suppressed information – the ADL or the deluded Neo-Nazis? You be the judge. One well informed researcher told us: “After viewing this DVD, I for the first time completely unde
rstand the 20th century.”

**********

Network America

PO Box 11339
Cincinnati, Ohio
45211
US

If you no longer wish to receive communication from us:
http://autocontactor.com/app/r.asp?ID=1015870753&ARID=0&D=

To update your contact information:
http://autocontactor.com/app/r.asp?c=1&ID=1015870753&D=

**********
News-N-Views, Military, History, Politics,
Controversial, Unusual, Non-PC
Eye-opening, Thought-provoking,
Articles Just Not Seen… Elsewhere!
**********
The “Original and Only” Gunny G!
THE “G” WEBLOG @N54
By R.W. “Dick” Gaines
http://www.network54.com/Forum/578302/
(Also Known As: Gunny G’s…Weblog)
Previous/Numerous GyG Posts Below!!!!!
http://www.network54.com/Forum/135069
Go To: Gunny G’s Sites/Forums/Blogs!
http://www.angelfire.com/ca4/gunnyg/sites3.html

HISTORY ETC. — The Gunny G History Wiki!
http://gunnyg.wetpaint.com/
**********
RESTORE THE REPUBLIC/
TAKE AMERICA BACK!

**********

Follow

Get every new post delivered to your Inbox.

Join 1,198 other followers